Home

NL8 Manual - Natural Broadcast Systems

Contents

1. 0146 15t Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awd 0 00 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0 00 0002 American National Bank 0 00 0133 American National Bank spanish 0 00 0155 Anytown American Legion 0 00 0102 Anytown Filley Co 0 00 0004 Apache Chemical 0 00 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 0 00 0006 Arnolds Jewelers 0 00 0007 Asap Paging 0 00 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0 00 0011 Bette s Sewing Center 0 00 0012 Bommer Ford 0 00 0013 Bommer Tractor 0 00 0015 Bordens Inc 0 00 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 0 00 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury 0 00 0142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 0 00 0019 City Utilities 0 00 0020 Clothes Tree 0 00 0152 Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 0 00 0023 Cow Palace 0 00 0143 Daisy Mae s 0 00 0157 Davis And Logan Insurance 0 00 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0 00 0153 Diversified inuidatars 93 00 278 30 593 75 80 00 31 50 200 00 136 69 60 00 24 00 233 75 80 00 150 00 417 00 167 50 120 00 15 00 293 25 24 00 406 25 100 00 105 00 115 50 42 00 60 00 155 00 Q You can double click any account statement to view it on screen Continued on next page Account Statements Sample for the period 9 1 03 through 9 30 03 Statements for accounts All Accounts with Activity All Statement Cycles 9 1 03 ___ nvoices _ Payments __ Adjst _ FinChg 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00
2. Apply Prepayment View History Print List FF Q To enter a payment from a customer highlight the customer from whom the payment is being received and click the Receive Payment button on the right side of the screen Ifyou receive a payment from an agency that applies to multiple customers you can enter it on one payment screen by selecting Sort by AgencyName select the agency then click Receive Payment Continued on next page Page 8 10 Natural Log User Manual 8 05 Receiving Payments cont 4 Payment from 0051 Graytown Bank Graytown Bank Payment Date Payment Method Check Number Payment Amount Unapplied Amount November 30 2003 check 7 1234656 276 06 Auto Apply A fo 00 9 30 03 03090071 DEMO AM 0051 001 Graytown Bank 9 30 03 03090072 DEMO AM 0051 002 Graytown Bank 10 31 03 03100089 DEMO AM 0051 001 Graytown Bank 10 31 03 03100090 DEMO AM 0051 002 Graytown Bank 10 31 03 03100149 33 DEMO A4M Finance Charge 10 1 03 10 31 03 Avg Balance Balance Due I Include Paid Items in List Save Print Receipt Adjust Item Create PrePayment Save Payment Help Cancel Enter the date you want to show the payment as being posted This must not be before the last date for which books have been closed Enter the payment method check cash or credit card Enter the check number if applicable Enter the payment amount Click Save to sav
3. What Are Log Templates Log Templates or skeleton logs are used by NL8 so that it will know where you want commercial avails programs text and automation commands to appear on your log Each station has its own set of Log Templates Ata minimum there must be a Normal Daily Log Template for weekday Monday Sunday Normal Daily Log Templates You must have one Log Template for each weekday Monday Sunday for each station These are used by Natural Log as the default Log Template when generating logs for the respective day unless it finds a Special Date Log Template for the date for which a log is being generated See Creating New Log Templates Special Date Log Templates Occasionally you may need to use a Special Log Template instead of your regular daily log format for only one day The easiest way to do this is to open the Normal Daily Log Template for the day and copy it to a Special Date Log Template for the date You can then make any changes in that new Special Date Log Template that will not affect the Normal Daily Log Template On the specified date only that Special Date Log Template will automatically be used in place of the Normal Daily Log Template Creating New Log Templates Natural Log User Manual Page 5 1 Chapter 5 Log Templates Special Events Templates These are partial day Log Templates useful for stations that run programming that often changes times an
4. Example A to show corrections on Adjustments Report continued on next page Page 8 34 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont Error Payment applied to wrong invoice continued Example A cont to show corrections on Adjustments Report continued from previous page Q Step 2 Post a CR Credit adjustment to the invoice s that should have received the payment Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090003 Oe x Enter Adjustment Adjustment Apen Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description TEN kd os x 2003 x DR Debit Adjustment Reverse incorect payment entry fho fae ae ee E 9 30 03 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas 220 00 03100009 10 5 03 Credit for incorrect spot placement 100 00 03100015 10 5 03 Payment Check 3333 on Inv 03090003 100 00 Pending 10 5 03 A F Debit Adjustment 100 00 Example B to show payment corrections on Payments Report Assume same payment error as described in Example A on the previous page but you want to show the corrections on current month Payments Report Q Post a negative payment in the current accounting period to reverse the original payment This will be an exact duplicate of the original incorrect payment except all amounts are negative After posting the negative payment as shown below post the normal correct payment in the current accounting period 44 Payment from
5. Position Replace Text mm Enter delimiting character or tab Cue then enter a position number Example If CUE ts the third item in a line separated Scheduled 2 by commas enter a comma in the above Scheduled hhmm ss box and 3 in the Cue box Format File Name E locke Che m Length 4 Length Format mmss Category 5 Description 6 Description 2 7 7 Add Auto Step Cue to all events lt Back Block Marker Set OPX_BREAK as the Block Marker In Change to Comment put LIVE and Category In Field All other entries leave as default Page 10 124 Natural Log User Manual 10 49 03 Sending Commands from NL8 Templates to OpX Background Timed Events which do not affect the log such as recording network audio network switching etc can be pre scheduled using OpX Scheduled Events There should be little need to send timed event commands from Natural Log BSI provides technical support for programming their OpX product Please call them 1 500 677 TECH for specifics regarding the macro commands such as network switching to be executed by OpX We are unable to provide assistance regarding the specific commands needed by OpX but once BSI provides the OpX command settings we will help you translate the commands into text to be placed on the Natural Log format The following samples and the explanation for each should show how any OpX Macro command can be entered in Natural Log Telli
6. The amp JINGLE on event 0304 tells Simian to automatically segue since no Q Code is entered after JINGLE1 NL8 sends as the Q Code and play JINGLE1 after the spots in the commercial set if any play amp JINLGE1 would accomplish the same effect Natural Log User Manual Page 10 27 10 08 06 BSI Simian Q Codes cont Specifying Q Codes on Simian Commands Sent From NL8 If you need to send one of the other Q Codes on a text command sent from NL8 to Simian the easiest way is to simply put the code at the end of the command or cut to be played on the Natural Log Template This will tell Simian how that event should be triggered Specifying the Q on a Text Command Line Example You have a legal ID you always want to run at the top of the hour without interrupting the currently running audio In the Natural Log Templates 444 Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help 0 x S D D New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log x Monday 01 00 AM x 01 01 i 0 0 00 AM 1 0 Lo c al 0102 0103 1 17 00 AM 0104 The amp on event line 0101 indicates a command or cut to start at time 1 00 00 AM The tells Natural Log to send the as the Q start code to Simian for the cut named 0002 The Q code causes Simian to move to that event at 1 00 00 AM then after
7. Example continued on next page Page 4 12 Natural Log User Manual 4 05 02 Complex Copy Example 2 Example continued from previous page Copy Rotation Changes During Order Run Step 3 Create a copy Schedule named S0002 003 or any unique CopylD and insert Rotator R0002 003A created above onto the first line and set it to expire Dec 24 Add Rotator RO002 003B to the second line of the Schedule so it will play after line 1 of the Schedule containing the first Rotator expires Copy 50002 003 American National Bank File Print Tools Help e D 4 i3 x Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy Schedule Infomation Copy ID S0002 003 Copy belongs to 0002 American National Bank Label American National Bank Length f3 x ESOR OO Voice Customer s Script IDY S chedule Status ok Usable Dates sep mjo mf203 through TFN Copy Schedule Contents Append ltem Insert Item Edit Item Delete ltem RO002 0034 American National Bank 30 Rotator Expires 12 24 03 11 59 59 PM R0002 0038 American National Bank 30 Rotator TFN Step 4 During order entry specify Schedule SO002 003 as the CopylD for the order line s Copy or Rotator to Play 50002 003 American National Bank 30 Schedule 9 1 03 TFN FC NL8 Logging Process During log generation NL8 will stay on the first line of the Schedule and play Rotator RO002 003A 50 each
8. DEMO AM Account Statement Format Statement Heading DEMO AM Statement of Account DEMO FM Message for ALL Statements if any 234 ANYPLACE RD AHERE CITY TX 78000 210 555 0000 OUR FED TAX 74 0000000 PLEASE PAY UPON RECEIPT NBS Paper Type Blank Paper x Note maximum 3 lines of message text are printed Amount V Show H Broadcasts on Statements Please Pay This Amount Past Due Messages Current 31 60 days 61 30 Days 91 120 Days 121 Days Credit Balance Past Due Message if Balance is 31 60 Days PLEASE HOTE YOUR PAYMEHT IS PAST DUE IF THERE IS AN ERROR PLEASE HOTIFY US IMMEDIATELY Note Maximum of 2 lines of PastDue message text are printed Additional lines beyond 2 are NOT printed K Restore a Page v Defaults eMail Settings Margin Font Print Sample Help Close Q Restore Default Settings You can return to the default Document format anytime by clicking here Q e mail Settings If you use the NL e mail capability to send Invoices by e mail you can set the text of the accompanying message as well as signal NL to automatically carbon copy e mail to the Account Rep a copy of the Statement Q Page Margin Font If you desire you can change the page margins left right and top bottom used when printing this Document You can also select a different font and or font size Warning Font sizes a
9. Broadcast Industry e Invoice Clearinghouse Elnvoice Encoda SpotData Radiolnvoices com DDS Invoice Manager DDS MediaOcean Invoice Manager EMediaTrade com If you use a clearinghouse you are responsible to register with the clearinghouse and pay all their required fees for electronic invoice delivery NL8 simply creates a properly formatted file that you send to them and they deliver the invoices electronically to the proper agencies Radiolnvoices com uses the same file format as the above mentioned Encoda system and also requires the same extra information which you must enter for each station as a described in e Invoice station settings The startup process to begin using a clearinghouse is 1 Establish an account with the clearinghouse 2 In Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats section you must click the e Invoice button to enter certain station specific information such as the 4 letter call sign used for the clearinghouse to identify your station the band AM or FM and the media type Radio TV or Local Cable 3 For each agency to which you want to transmit e Invoices through the clearinghouse you need to use Setup Agencies to enter the agency s Agency IDB code 4 Onthe customer s account screen set Invoice Deliver to select the desired method as set on each On the customer entry screen be sure the proper agency is assign to the customer so the Agency
10. Page 9 32 Natural Log User Manual 9 16 Report Type Transactions cont z Payments Detail oy x Report View Tools Help m rem ei A ae fc att E Finance Charge Report Sample for the period 1 1 04 through 2 29 04 ae ee eee ee 04010004 00 DEMO AM 7 DEMO FM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 728 04 Avg Bal 0002 American National Bank 04010004 01 DEMO AM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 428 04 Avg Balance 31 5 or 0155 Anytown American Legion Report Format Standard Report Type Finance Chgs Detail x Report Period Custom Dates 7 From Jan a gt 2004 x tofFeb 23 2004 x 04010004 02 DEMO AM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 428 04 Avg Balance 200 on 0102 Anytown Filley Co 04010004 03 DEMO AM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 428 04 Avg Balance 136 69 0004 Apache Chemical 04010004 04 DEMO FM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 28 04 Avg Balance 60 on Ir 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 04010004 05 DEMO AM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 28 04 Avg Balance 24 on l 0006 Arnolds Jewelers a Payments Detail lef x Report View Tools Help EEA Memorize Export Print Help Close m Report Settings 7 Filters Finance Charge Report Sample for the period 1 1 04 through 2 29 04 0002 American National Bank 0155 Anytown American Legion 0102 Anytown Filley Co 0004 Apache Chemical 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 0006 Arnolds Jewelers Report Format Standard hd R
11. Q Inthe Select Items to Which Prepayment Credit is to be Applied window select UnPaid Items from the left dropdown box Q You must select the specific Invoice s to receive the credit by clicking an X in the Pay column item for the invoice s to be credited Q You must specify how much of the prepayment credit to apply to each invoice Q Click Save Credit when done Continued on next page Page 8 22 Natural Log User Manual 8 07 01 Manually Apply Pre Payment Credit to Final Invoice s cont Applying a Prepayment from the Invoice View Screen An alternative method to apply a prepayment is to open the invoice from the customer screen accounts receivable tab from reports or from the transaction browser Invoice 03090008 File Edit Invoice Transactions Tools Help S American National Bank spanish DEMO AM Invoice Affidavit Accounts Payable Invoice ID 03090008 Receive Payment P O Box 1940 Invoice Date 9 30 03 Anywhere Tx 78000 Account ID 013 Order ID 01 Bom oP Account Rep Eddy Munster Enter Adjustment Sponsor American National Bank spanish American National Bank Summa a 9427 03 Apply Prepayment 9 6 03 8 27 08 30 Live Spot Co Op Scripts k Cancel Invoice Gross Discount Agency Net Tax Billed Print Involve e000 oo oo o 000 80 00 Fiesi eend te 9 30 03 Inv DEMO 4M 0133 001 American National Bank Click
12. 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Jockey Pro Automation Log FileName i My Documents 4121103BC jps Browse StationID BC P x Help Convert Cancel JockeyPro Cut Numbers The JockeyPro system can use any cut numbers names NL8 is limited to cut names of up to 20 characters and or numbers Enter the JockeyPro cut ID including any leading 0 s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is Supported for JockeyPro The Natural Log system reconciles with a Jockey as played log JockeyPro support can assist you in creating this as played reconciliation log Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyr jps mm is month dd is day yr is year is the right 2 characters of the call sign This is entered in the StationID field on the automation conversion screen in NL8 110295BC JPS is Send Log Nov 02 1995 for xxBC Reconcilation read log file mmddyr log mm is month dd is day yr is year is the right 2 characters of the call sign This is entered in the StationID field on the automation conversion screen in NL8 110295BC LOG is reconcile log Nov 02 1995 for xxBC Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 91 10 34 JockeyPro Automation ony Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the E
13. Apply payments FIRST to Finance Charges if any THEN to Invoices i Impose Finance Charges After an Account Balance is Unpaid for Days The default is 30 days but you may set it for any time period you like This will cause finance charges to be imposed if the customer has a balance due over days and that customer s account specifies a Finance Charge See Customer entry Impose Finance Charges on The default is Average Daily Balance or you may select Minimum Daily Balance or Ending Balance Minimum Finance Charge If Finance Charge is Imposed The default is 0 00 but may be set to any currency amount This is useful if you want to charge a flat late fee such as 25 rather than a You still must put a on the customer accounts see Customer entry so some late charge is due then NL will set it to this currency amount as a minimum Page 2 4 Natural Log User Manual 2 02 Finance Charge Options cont Apply Customer s Tax Rate if any to Finance Charge The default is unchecked Show on Statements as Description The default is Finance Charge but you may type any description you desire to be shown on statements for the Finance Charges Late Fees Post Finance Charges Only to Selected Checked Revenue Types This allows you to exclude late fees on Trades or other Revenue Types Note that posting finance charges to revenue type F Finance Charges has the effect of compounding finance charges If
14. Assessing Finance Charges This section of NL8 posts finance charges according to rules you set up in Finance Charge Setup See assessing finance charges See section 8 04 of this manual Receiving Payments and Entering Adjustments This section of NL8 allows you to enter payments received from your customers post any needed adjusting entries See receiving payments in section 8 05 posting prepayments in section 8 05 01 entering Accounts Receivable adjustments in section 8 07 See sections 8 05 8 09 of this manual Correcting Payment and Adjustment Errors Until the End of Month closing is done on an accounting period users may freely delete transactions and reenter them This is the best way to correct errors After the End of Month closing is done adjusting entries must be made to correct errors See section 8 07 to correct adjustment errors See section 8 08 to correct payment errors End of Month Closing This closes an Accounts Receivable month in NL8 After a month is closed NL8 prohibits entering any Accounts Receivable transactions dated before the last closing date This serves to protect any month closing Accounts Receivable reconciliation for that month you have submitted to your accountant from being changed after you submit the reconciliation See Accounts Receivable End of Month Closing in section 8 10 Q You can still post payments to invoices issued before that closing date the payment
15. Payments Report 1 116 30 X 1 116 30 1 04 through 2 58 30 58 30 800 00 i 800 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 1 00 257 00 257 00 BEI EI Natural Log User Manual Page 9 31 9 16 Report Type Transactions cont lt j Adjustments Summary oy x Report View Tools Help m in Go A ae r Report Settings Filters Adjustments Report Sample for the period 10 1 03 through 10 31 03 Debit Credit TradeCR _ BadDebt AgcCom Tax amp 03100003 TCR Trade Credit Applied 0001 Allen s Body Tech 03100006 APRE Apply PrePayment 04C Report Format 0133 American National Bank spi Standard Report Type Adjustments Detail x 03100005 BAD Bad Debt WriteO ff z 0102 Anytown Filley Co Report Period This Month x From Oct al 2003 x tof Det E gt 2003 x Get Report ej Adjustments Summary Report View Tools Help ee Fee EA Memorize Export Print Help Close r Report Settings Filters Adjustments Report Sample forthe period 10 1 03 through 10 31 03 Sponsor Debi _ Credi TradeCR BadDebt AgcCom Tax a 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0 00 100 70 i 0133 merican National Bank spanish 0 00 80 00 0102 Anytown Filey Co 0 00 0 00 0 00 180 70 Report Format Standard hid Report Type JAdiustments S ummary had Report Period This Month x From Oct a gt 2003 x tof Oct Bal EL gt 2003 x
16. Insert a stand alone avail slot Sample AM a Normal Daily Log x Monday TUTAM Enn nt Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 1 00 00 AM amp 5003 Source 3 ON Air 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break en x amp W 1 Overnite Weather 1 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp So002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 6 Natural Log User Manual 10 04 BE CORE AudioVault Automation NL8 converts to a native BE CORE early version of AudioVault log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs Any references in this section of this manual referring to AudioVault refer to the earlier BE CORE AudioVault not the current AudioVault AV Air Users of AudioVault AV Air MUST use the AudioVault AV Air output log format as described in section 10 07 of this manual Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type BE Core Audioault Pipe Delimited Automation Log FileName F Temp 120503 nl2 Browse Station Number 2 R x Help Convert Cancel BE CORE AudioVault Cut Numbers BE CORE AudioVault can use any numeric or alphanumeric cut up to 8 characters to identify its audio cu
17. Pending Inv American National Bank 17 26 04 APre Transfer Prepayment CR 04010001 2 to 0133 1 A x Save Payment Cancel After selecting the prepayment credit amount to be applied you must click the Save Final Invoice button on the Invoice before closing the invoice screen in order for the prepayment credit to be permanently attached Natural Log User Manual Page 8 25 8 07 03 Transfer a Prepayment Credit to Another Order or Customer In this case the prepayment was not used by the original order and or customer to which it was assigned and you need to transfer all or part of the prepayment to a different order for the same customer or to a different customer for future use Transfer a prepayment before the end of month closing If the end of month closing has not yet been performed for the period in which the prepayment was originally entered the best solution is to simply delete the original payment entry and reenter it correctly Warning If you delete the original payment payments applied to invoices by that payment entry and any prepayments created by that payment entry even if applied to invoices are also deleted To delete the payment entry open it from the A R screen or the customer tab or customer history and click Delete Transaction Payment 04010001 2 from 0133 American National Bank spanish Marcia Wiggles amp Associates iof x Payment Method Check Number Payment
18. 30 EXTRA Items run by BSI WAveStation NOT FOUND on Natural Log teline Copel Description eg Lenath Customer _____ _ 12 15 34 AM GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC 0123 Gray Valley Electric Coop 12 16 34 AM LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS 30 0111 Storey Jewelers Save 1 10 10 4M GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC 60 0123 Gray Valley Electric Coop 1 11 10 4M LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS 30 0111 Storey Jewelers R 2 11 12 AM GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC 60 0123 Gray Valley Electric Coop 2 12 12 AM LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS 60 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son Help 2 09 10 AM LUCADO BIBLE ESTEEM 30 001 7 Caraway Ford Mercury 2 10 10 4M LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS 60 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son x LITT IRIE AMOI a NIIN we bbe mnn Aaka Note Only items that exactly match active CopylD s in your NL8 Copy Manager are included in the extra items list This prevents non commercial items such as music jingles liners etc from showing up as extra items in the log reconciliation Reconciled Log Items tab NL8 scans the Automation Play Log and matches all items it can match within the reconciliation time window as described on the next page between the NL8 log and the automation log and lists them on the Reconciled Log Items tab Note The reconciled log item runtimes are not saved until the user clicks Save Reconciliation Errors tab Any items NL8 cannot match are listed on the Reconciliation Errors tab These errors include missed items NL8 finds on the NL8 log but cannot match in th
19. 7 28 004M 0103 Bommer Tractor i Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 4M 08 00 4M CipBoad EventID Log Time Eror Description O Aal 0703 7 00 00 AM 00 60 Mandatory Break is short 00 30 E 8 22 00 AM 02 00 Mandatory Break is short 01 15 Page 6 10 Natural Log User Manual 6 03 Log Editor Diagnostics cont Log Statistics In the Log Editor click the Log Statistics tab to see how much commercial matter is in each hour If you double click on an hour this tab the log position will move to the beginning of that hour a DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help x ir th 8 o7 00AM 7 Insert Blank Delete Items Swap ltems Find Item Print Log Help Close Jump to 07 00 AM LogTime CopylD Description Length Log ype Note OrderLinelD_ Cost __ SchedTimes Priority Pn a 07 00 AM 6 59 004M 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 07 01 AM 1 NA 1F 7 00 00 4M LOCAL NEWS 7 00 004M 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 7 00 00 4M 7 05 00 AM TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 7 06 00 4M 0071 W B Farm And Ranch Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 7 06 00 4M 7 13 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK 7 13 00 4M 7 14 00 4M 7 15 00 4M WEATHER 7 15 00 4M 0080 Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17 AM 7 19 00 4M 7 20 00 4M SUCCESSFUL L
20. Natural Log User Manual Page 10 51 10 16 Enco DAD Automation Custom Filter cont End of Stopset Markers Required Every stopset in NL8 must have an End Stopset marker for proper importing into the Enco System and merging with a music log In the event description column of the NL8 log template place an amp followed by a single space then the word END another space and the word STOPSET This must appear last in each commercial break in Natural Log Templates as shown in event 0121 shown below Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help k x D amp g s New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO 4M Normal Daily Log x Monday x 01 00 AM x Event Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source el 1 30 00 4M amp 02001 amp 02002 amp 02002 MyWay Program amp End StopSet 1 37 00 AM amp Soft Branch 1 37 00 AM Commercial Break amp 00023 Overnite Weather amp End StopSet Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as to execute a command or play an audio cut from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command text letter numbers in the Event Description column Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0120 shown above You need to run wea
21. Scheduled Time 8 22 00 AM ha Description Commercial Break Length z oo x Avail Type Restriction x New Avail Type Fill Priority 2 x W x Save Cancel Log Template Event Description Fill Code x The Event Description column of Log Templates may contain the following items If it is blank NL8 will print a Source Local blank line for proper spacing between other log items Q Text NL8 will print whatever text you enter for this event description on the Log when it is generated Q Automation Command These always start with amp See automation for information on entering commands for your specific automation system Also see Auto Inserting Date Time in Text amp Automation Commands in Log templates in section 5 05 of this manual Q tells NL8 that this is a stand alone commercial avail If you enter a length for the avail the computer will assume that the commercial must be that exact length Otherwise leave the length blank Q indicates that this event is the start of a commercial break also known as stop set or cluster of 2 or more commercials to be scheduled together Each on consecutive events after this event is considered part of this commercial break You may set a Maximum Length for commercial breaks by entering the length on the event at which the set begins Q indicates an avail which is part of a commercial break Q Sign ON Sign OFF NL8 assumes you
22. SmartCaster Break Numbers and Music Scheduling Within each hour you can have breaks numbered from 1 to 12 If you are using Smartcaster to play music as well as commercials the music must be inserted into breaks as well If this is the case you might want to use odd breaks 1 3 5 7 9 11 as spot breaks and even breaks 2 4 6 8 10 12 as music breaks However you may use the break numbers in any way you like as long as they are compatible with Smartcaster Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 81 10 29 Smartcaster Automation ont SmartCaster Commands Automation commands can be sent to the Smartcaster such as to play a specific audio cut or source switching from Natural Log On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 40023 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 40023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Comm
23. x Cancel After you make this initial connection to the database Natural Log will remember the database location so the workstation user will not have to go through this process each time they start NL8 If the workstation user clicks File Open NL8 will default to that database location and they can select any database at that location Windows File Access Permission Issues Users of NL8 on Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 machines must have full Read Write Windows permission for the Natural Log DATA folder and all its subfolders This data folder is usually set to Program Data Natural Software Natural Log 8 Data and the Natural Log installer automatically shares this folder But this folder may be changed by the end user as described above in which case you must set proper permissions Natural Log User Manual Page 1 7 1 05 Quick Start Guide To run NL8 on Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8computers users will need at least Standard User or Power User permission levels on that computer This describes a very abbreviated Quick Startup process to quickly generate a usable commercial and does not even begin to describe the many functions and controls of Natural Log This Quick Start Guide assumes you have successfully installed the system and have Natural Log started to its main screen To quickly get Natural Log operating you need to follow these steps Q Create an NL8 Database When you first start Nat
24. Automation ont Smartcaster Break Numbers The SmartCaster works with 12 breaks per hour into which you can insert spots Natural Log allows you to set up only those breaks you want to use in the Natural Log Templates You need a way to identify the Smartcaster Break numbers into which the spots are to be inserted when the log conversion is done Therefore immediately before each Commercial Break on the Natural Log Template you need to tell it a SmartCaster Break number 44 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D x S D amp g y New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log Monday 7 02 00 AM x 2 17 00 4M amp BREAK1 2 17 00 AM Commercial Break If Used Fill x a 2 28 00 AM amp BREAK2 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break Must Fill x x x The event description amp BREAK1 tells Natural Log to insert any spots in the following avails into break 1 of the 2AM hour in Smartcaster amp BREAK2 would send them to break 2 and so on If Natural Log has an if used break which is not needed it won t fill the break with anything If no spots get logged into the avails immediately following the break number line the break is skipped in SmartCaster In this way optional breaks can be set up in the log formats but skipped when not needed
25. Get Report 10 1 03 Wed 10 2 03 Thu 10 3 03 Fri 10 4 03 Sat 10 5 03 Sun Week Total 10 6 03 Mon 10 7 03 Tue 10 8 03 Wed 10 9 03 Thu 10 10 03 Fri 10 11 03 Sat 10 12 03 Sun Week Total 10 13 03 Mon 10 14 03 Tue 10 15 03 Wed 10 16 03 Thu 10 17 03 Fri 10 18 03 Sat 10 19 03 Sun Week Total Inventory Report Sample Units Sold VS Unsold for the Period 10 1 03 to 10 31 03 Future logs Non Fixed Position items randomly distributed within allowed times 01008 0559a 0600a 0959a 10003 0259p 0300p 0659p 0700p 1159p O6008 0659p 1200a 1159p 4 196 4 196 8 192 3 207 0 125 19 7 916 57195 137187 13 187 15 185 13 187 3 207 0 125 62 7 1273 15 185 13 187 14 186 13 187 14 186 3 207 0 125 337157 30 160 37 153 23 109 2 151 125 7 730 30 161 357 155 37 7153 30 160 32 158 21 111 4 149 189 1047 33 158 32 158 30 160 26 164 31 159 19 113 2 151 18 187 26 179 22 185 14 212 5 137 85 900 17 7188 17 189 19 186 22 183 21 7186 132213 4 138 113 1283 20 185 16 190 16 189 20 185 19 188 10 216 4 138 29 4151 34 7146 33 147 16 166 127133 124 7 743 33 147 30 150 29 151 36 144 36 144 15 167 11 2134 190 1037 29 151 24 7 156 26 7154 27 153 27 7153 12 170 11 134 7 176 1 182 1 182 10 7 258 1 126 20 924 7 150 1 182 72176 1 182 1 139 9 259 1 4126 27 1214 7 150 1 182 7 176 1 182 1 182 10 7 258
26. Natural Log can reconcile its log against the actual play log from some automation systems see Reconciling Automation Play Log in section 6 06 of this manual The value you set here tells NL how much time difference there can be between the logged time for an item and the time it played and still match the items in the log reconcilication If the time difference is outside this window NL does not reconcile and record the runtime for that item Default value is 60 minutes Logging Options You can tell NL if you want to Attempt to equalize commercial loads between hours when generating logs NL8 s log generator has 2 conflicting goals when generating a log 1 good horizontal and vertical rotation of customer s spots into all allowed hours and 2 even spot loading in each hour This setting tells NL8 to give priority to equally filling log hours over trying to equally rotate customers spots into every possible hour All customer s spots will run within the time window ordered and will rotate into different dayparts and hours but they may not rotate absolutely equally into every possible hour when this option is selected Prohibit Same Announcer Voice back to Back this stations Logs Prohibit Live or Call In Spots back to Back on this station s Logs See Copy manager voice in section 4 01 and Description Note in section 3 07 to designate live call in spots Station Return Address Optional Logo This is the add
27. Q NORMAL amp Normal See the Enco DAD manual for descriptions The codes are set in the Natural Log Template Event Description column as amp SEGUE amp LOAD amp AUTOPLAY and amp NORMAL The default start code assumed by Natural Log is Segue in the absence of any other code entry Once the start code is set Natural Log continues to send the start code on all subsequent events until enter another start code in the NL8 Log Templates Manual Start Example Events 0101 and 0103 shown below You need to load a spot break but wait for a live announcer to start it This will LOAD the first spot and wait for the announcer or satellite network to start it Because the amp SEGUE is after the first spot in the break it will then segue through the break until it hits the End StopSet marker 4 Log Templates OF Xx File Edit Tools Help O al x ar D amp R xs New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log Monday 7 01 00 AM x 1 17 00 4M amp LOAD 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break amp SEGUE x x A amp End Stopset Natural Log User Manual Page 10 53 10 16 Enco DAD Automation Custom Filter cont NOTE The Enco DAD system have its own filter merger module which reads an ASCII file containing the commercial log into the Enco system This import filte
28. Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 Page 9 12 Natural Log User Manual 9 08 Report Type Customer List Mailing Labels Envelopes Mail Merge cont General Tab Report Type The Customer List report screen has 3 types of reports Q Customer List Summary Q Customer Mail Labels Q Customer Mail Merge creates tab delimited Mail Merge data file for MS Word documents Q Customer Envelopes General Tab Report Period The Customer List Mailing Labels Envelopes report screen has 3 types of report periods All Include all customers whether they have or have not had activity Active Since Include only customers that have been active since the date you specify in the date boxes displayed when you select this report period Q Not Active Since Include only customers that have not have been active since the date you specify in the date boxes displayed when you select this report period Note For purposes of this report active date is defined as the LATER of 1 The last date a transaction was posted to the account or 2 The end date of the latest running broadcast order on the account General Tab Labels Only applies if Customer Mailing Labels report is selected This allows you to select the label type you want
29. 0 127 80 7 495 90 485 92 485 53 487 197 421 334 7 2373 80 496 82 7 494 85 490 88 487 89 488 49 491 19 421 492 3367 82 7 494 72 504 72 503 73 502 77 2 500 41 499 17 423 72 71263 17371063 105 1291 15671071 27 1257 43473425 548 6197 7 b 95 7 903 100 898 101 7 899 66 994 20 7 697 382 7 4391 94 879 98 901 109 889 106 892 106 851 61 999 20 697 594 6108 104 869 90 7 909 98 7 900 91 7 907 94 7 906 54 1006 17 700 The report can show units or minutes or sold unsold sold versus unsold sold versus total total average rate and total cost as described on the next pages General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default_report format in section 9 07 Page 9 38 Natural Log User Manual 9 19 Report Type Inventory cont General Tab Report Type The Sales Projection Report screen has these types of reports Q Inventory Sold Prints a report showing how sold out each selected daypart is for each log Report columns show or of units or minutes sold depending on your selection for Report Basis Inventory UnSold Prints a report showing how much is unsold in each selected daypart is for each log Report columns show or of un
30. 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 05 Leeroy Mantcha 05 Leeroy Mantcha 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 05 Leeroy Mantcha 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 02 Corey White NRI eeru Mantcha 157 Accounts UNFILTERED Browser Sorting In any Browser you may click on any column heading to sort the list by that column You may also select the columns from the dropdown boxes on the left side of the screen column for the list sorted by the column selected in the third Sort dropdown box Browser Filtering See section 11 11 of this manual Browser Display Columns See section 11 12 of this manual Q First Sort Use the first Sort dropdown box to select the data column to be used as the primary sort Q Ascending or Descending The buttons to right of the Sort boxes allow you to sort in Ascending or Descending order Up arrow means ascending down arrow means descending Q Secondary Sort Any items with matching entries in the primary Sort data column are then sorted by the column selected in the second Sort dropdown box Q Third Sort Any items with matching entries in the primary and secondary Sort data columns are then Natural Log User Manual Page 11 11 11 11 On Screen Browser Filtering On the browser screen click the Filter button to change the Browser list filtering After making any changes click the Apply button on the Brower design screen to apply th
31. 12 00 00 SMI 6 00 00 AM 10 00 00 AM 2 00 00 PM 7 00 00 PM Drive Times 12 00 00 AM to to to to to to 5 59 59 AM gt 8 59 59 AM 2 59 59 PM gt 6 59 59 PM 11 59 59 PM 11 59 59 PM Cancel Page 9 40 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 10 Automation Logs Natural Log can convert its commercial log into a format usable by many automation systems Several automation systems have their own file formats in which case Natural Log converts logs to the automation vendor s formats Otherwise Natural Log uses the output file format described in the Generic Automation Text Log Format see section 10 19 01 Go to your automation type listed below and on the next page to determine if your automation system uses this Generic Text Format or another proprietary format If you system is not listed you can try to use the Generic format or send us specs on interfacing with your automation system and we will attempt to write an interface module for your specific system Also see Auto Inserting Date Time in Text amp Automation Commands in Log templates in section 5 05 of this manual if your automation uses date or time specific automation commands or audio cut names in your log templates Automation Systems Supported OOOOOODOOOOOCOOCOOOCOODOOCOOOOCOOCOOOOCOOCOOOCOOD Arrakis Digilink Arrakis Digilink XTreme AudioVault AV Air AuDisk Auto Mate Systems AXS 1 2 Digita
32. American National Bank spanish Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filley Co Anytown V FW Apache Chemical Apache Tractor amp Implement Amolds Jewelers Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Boone s Bakery Bordens Inc Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Caraway Ford Mercury Casa Porras Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr City Utilities Clothes Tree Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac Cattnnwond Inn Restaurant And Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Ad Agency American National Bank American National Bank spanish Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filey Co Anytown F W Apache Chemical Apache Tractor amp Implement Amolds Jewelers Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Boone s Bakery Bordens Inc Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Caraway Ford Mercury Casa Porras Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr City Utilities Clothes Tree Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac Cattnnwond Inn Restaurant And lAccountRep Order a 03 Delfino Garcia 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 08 Sally Selalot 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster
33. Automation NL8 converts to the native Format Sentry EV file format In this event file here are 2400 slots 100 per hour exactly the same as NL8 has in each hour of its log templates When creating the NL8 log templates the event ID s DO control into which slots the spots are inserted For example if you set a commercial avails slot at event 1210 any spot scheduled into that slot will be placed in the Format Sentry event log at event 1210 Event 10 in the 12 noon hour Keep in mind if you are using a music scheduler the events used in the NL8 log template must be blank in the music log At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Format Sentry Automation Log FileName P EMP Format Sentry 0912 EV R x Help Convert Cancel Format Sentry Cut Numbers Format Sentry and NL8 both accept any cart cut number from 1 to 9999 Enter the cut number into the NL8 CopylD field during order entry Log Reconciliation is not supported for Format sent Copy the Audit Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL
34. Commercial Break e E x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 73 10 26 RDS Phantom Automation In RDS Phantom itself you must set RDS Phantom to import form Other traffic type to read the file created by NL8 Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type ASD Phantom na Automation Log FileName C Temp 4M100203 log Browse Convert Cancel RDS Phantom Cut Numbers The Phantom can use any cart ID s from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters All you need to do is enter the Phantom cut ID for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in Phantom Station AM or FH JAM Log Reconciliation is supported for RDS Phantom Copy the play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log
35. Drag and drop and cut and paste functions are available in the log editor There is a user configurable log editor screen See Chapter 6 Billing see Chapter 7 Users can mass charge multiple logs Users can cancel correct and reissue invoices in the billing section as long as the billing period has not been closed Billing errors can be more easily investigated using the view error detail function on the main billing screen Electronic invoicing is supported for most popular broadcast industry e Invoice clearinghouses NL can also automatically e mail invoices to customers in Adobe Acrobat PDF format See section 7 04 Invoices may be printed as they were in NL DOS detail times only summary NL Windows adds a new times rates invoice type Accounts Receivable see Chapter 8 Q One of the major changes with NL Windows is the ability to edit or delete and reenter payment and adjustment transactions NL DOS required you to enter reversing entries if you discovered an error after a payment or adjustment was processed In NL Windows you can always delete delete and reenter or edit a payment adjustment or invoice so long as the accounting period has not been closed see section 8 09 Account statements may now be printed in Open ltem format or Balance Forward format A minimum finance charge amount can be set to allow users to charge a flat late fee even if small amounts are owed Users can also specify whether f
36. EZ2000 automation 10 57 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page F Filler material 3 29 Fill Commercial breaks to exact length 3 29 Finance Charges Assessing 8 9 Canceling 8 20 Customer settings 3 9 Report 9 28 to 9 33 Setup Options 2 4 Format Sentry Automation 10 108 to 10 109 Front loading 2 3 3 32 to 3 33 G Generic automation log 10 60 to 10 62 Getting Help 1 2 Google Radio Automation GRA 10 78 H Harris ADC100 10 84 to 10 85 Help 1 2 Help on screen under mouse 2 3 History report 9 14 l If Used Commercial Breaks 5 9 12 5 Initial customer balances 7 15 Installation Process 1 3 Inventory report 9 38 to 9 40 Invoices Billing cycle 3 17 Charging logs to invoices 6 5 7 2 Co Op script 4 2 to 4 3 Copies to print 3 18 Correcting errors 7 3 to 7 10 Customer e mail address 3 8 Delivery method 3 8 Document format 2 15 Editing invoices 7 5 to 7 9 e mail settings 2 20 Electronic delivery 3 8 Electronic Invoices 7 11 Final invoices 7 1 Non Broadcast Invoices 7 13 Re Issue corrected invoices 7 10 Report 9 28 to 9 33 Trial invoices 7 1 Type for Broadcast order 3 18 Type for customer 3 10 ISCI Codes 4 2 12 5 J JockeyPro automation 10 90 to 10 91 Natural Log User Manual L Late Fees see Finance Charges Level Package billing 3 20 Local Area Network Accessing NL8 data across LAN 1 7 License End user 1 18 Live Spot Protection 2 9 3 26 Logs
37. Finance charges posted in NL Dos are not listed in the Finance Charges column of NL8 s A R Aging report Instead they are included in the aging column with the original invoice to which they applied Any finance charges posted in NL Windows will show up properly in the finance charge column of future NL8 A R aging reports 2 After data conversion verify the 6 month sales projection reports between both NL Dos and NL8 They should match unless you have miscellaneous charge invoices in the current month being transferred from NL Dos These invoices are properly transferred into NL8 but will not show up on the sales projections in NL8 due to differences in how the 2 systems handle miscellaneous charge invoices Any miscellaneous charges non broadcast invoices entered in NL8 will properly show up on future NL8 sales projections reports 3 All other reports should match exactly between the 2 systems Natural Log User Manual Page 1 13 1 08 01 Changes from Natural Log DOS Here is a summary of the differences between Natural Log DOS and Natural Log Windows Speed Windows based programs are inherently slower than DOS programs NL Windows runs as efficiently as any Windows based program If you are dissatisfied with the speed or operation you must get a faster computer and local area network if operating across a network A 1 8 gHz computer is the absolute minimum for reasonable speed You should also end all unnecessary Windows processes
38. Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 05 00 AM 7 5 00 00 4M amp Log Update 5 00 00 4M amp 4utomation 5 28 00 4M amp 0053 5 17 00 AM Commercial Break xA 5 20 00 AM amp Satellite 5 28 00 4M amp 0053 5 28 00 AM Commercial Break x x x x Natural Log User Manual Page 10 15 10 07 AudioVault AV Air Automation NOTE Users of early versions of AudioVault such as BE CORE and AV Satellite who need the AudiuoVault native pipe delimited log must use the BE CORE AudioVault Pipe Delimited output log described in section 10 04 of this manual Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Audio ault AV Air Automation Log FileName i Temp 120503 nl2 Browse Station Number j2 R x Help Convert Cancel Warning Regarding Avails in AudioVault AV Air This warning does not apply to recent versions of AV Scheduler AV Air which load fine without empty avail markers when you select NL8 s standard AV Air automation type Some early versions of AV Air s AV Scheduler commercial loading systems don t
39. OrderLinelD 12 17 00 4M 1 17 00 4M 1 17 00 4M 2 17 00 AM 3 17 00 AM 4 17 00 4M 4 17 00 4M 5 17 00 4M 6 00 00 4M 6 13 00 AM 6 20 00 AM 12 15 34 AM 12 16 34 AM 1 10 10 4M 1 11 10 4M 2 11 12 AM 2 12 12 4M 2 09 10 AM 2 10 10 4M 4 15 35 AM 4 16 36 AM 5 10 13 AM City Utilities Graytown Livestock Commis Ehrig Bros Ag Products American National Bank Gray Valley Electric Coop Reichmans Davis 4nd Logan Insurance American National Bank Walley s Lumber Company Graytown County Hospital Bommer Ford Spot 0019 002 02 Spot 0053 002 02 Spot 0044 001 02 Spot 0002 004 02 Spot 0123 002 02 Spot 0095 001 02 Spot 0157 001 02 Spot 0002 004 02 Sponsorship 0115 002 01 Spot 0052 001 01 Sponsorship 0012 002 01 Items RUN by BSI WaAveStation NOT FOUND on stats Log GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS GRAY VALLEY ELECTRIC LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS LUCADO BIBLE ESTEEM LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS LIFELINE PRODUCTIONS AIRSHOW LUCADO BIBLE ESTEEM 7 23 Gray Valley Electric Coop 0111 Storey Jewelers 0123 Gray Valley Electric Coop 0111 Storey Jewelers 0123 Gray Valley Electric Coop 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 001 Caraway Ford Mercury 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0118 Southern Auto 0122 Farmer s Insurance 001 Caraway Ford Mercury See section 6 04 of this manual for a complete description of this reconciliation process and what it does and does
40. and then close the brackets after the command entry then you may add a description Examples are shown on the following pages Natural Log User Manual Page 10 41 10 12 Computer Concepts DCS amp Maestro Automation cont DCS Maestro Command Examples cont Example of Required Stopset with DCS Maestro Event 0003 shown below Event 0003 amp D LR tells DCS to load the upcoming 12 17 AM Required stopset at 12 15 AM This stopset is 3 00 which includes the 2 30 of commercials plus 30 of weather We inserted the Load Required StopSet in the Natural Log Template to make it more readable but this is not required Natural Log uses the information on events numbered 0004 through 0008 as commercial avails in which it may log a total of 2 30 of commercials Note that for DCS this 30 weather is part of the break total of 3 00 but we have told Natural Log that only 2 30 of commercial matter may be loaded This 2 30 plus the 30 of weather equals the 3 00 break for DCS Mandatory in the FillCode column of the NL log template tells Natural Log that this break must be filled to exact length Example Optional Stopset with DCS Maestro Event 0011 shown below Event 0011 tells DCS to load the upcoming 12 28 AM optional stopset at 12 25 AM If it finds no spots logged in events 0012 through 0015 it would skip the spotset since it is optional amp D LS tells DCS to load the next optional spotset We inserted the text Load Optional StopSe
41. billing schedule You must specify the billing date amount to be billed that date and the station to which it applies if more than one station is ordered Q Edit Pkg Price Q Add New Pkg Price Q Delete Pkg Price w Package Price iof x Station 1 DEMO Ab m Save Billing Date Tuesday September 30 2003 x Amount to Bill 1125 00 Cancel Natural Log User Manual Page 3 21 3 06 Broadcast Order Approval Memo Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab This tab allows you to enter memo items for this order Additionally you can enter dated reminders using the Contact Manager Account Date Reminders button See Reminders in section 9 07 of this manual lt Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank File Print Schedule Tools Help eS Order ee Order aoe Production ee ie ea Invoice Instructions Schedule Order Memo IV Order Reviewed Approved by Sales manager Contact Manager Account Date Reminders M Order Reviewed Approved by Traffic Director IV Order Reviewed Approved by Accounting Dept Tsn News Sponsor Contact Manager Account date Reminders You can view the date specific Reminders for the displayed customer See section 9 07 for a discussion of the date specific reminders Order Review Approval before Logging This option allows you to
42. etc in the lower portion of the invoice screen right click the invoice reference number and select View Transaction Detail from the dropdown menu ia Invoice 03110006 Settings Pill Es Customer ID 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Re Assign Sponsor Name Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Agency if any None Biling Name Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Address JAccounts Payable Address2 P 0 Box A City State AnywhereTX O rs000 Product Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 00000 Customer PO Estimate Regarding Abs Cablevision Of Texas Ine 00000 Invoice Type Tims f T Scripts Biling Cycle Calendar Month Discount 0 0000 Revenue Source LD Local Direct 7 Agency Jooooo Revenue Type CCashSpots Nat Rep fo oooo Account Rep 02 Corey White Acct Rep 15 0000 Applicable Tax None Tax Rate Jo o0000 Product Code1 43 Television cable Taxable Amt 275 00 Product Code2 00 None NoPost24A IM Close Page 7 8 Natural Log User Manual 7 03 Relssue Corrected Invoices Finalized invoices can be only edited as long as the month in which the invoice was issued is not closed If the month has closed the invoice must be reissued in the current month so it can be corrected and reprinted If the Month is NOT Closed If the month is not yet closed simply edit the invoice as described in section 7 02 and reprint it without going through this reissue process If the Month is Alre
43. f i i f i 1 i i i i i Get Report aa General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 General Tab Aging Columns Finance Charges The AR Aging report may be displayed with columns defined as month such as Sep Oct etc or by days due such as 31 60 days 61 90 days etc You can also tell NL8 whether you want it to age the finance charges into the appropriate columns or show finance charges in a separate column Page 9 26 Natural Log User Manual 9 15 Report Accounts Receivable cont General Tab Report Type The Log Reports screen has 3 types of reports Q AR Aging Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the Accounts Receivable balance as of the date specified on the report screen General tab Columns can be broken out by 30 60 90 days aging or by month Q AR Aging Detail Prints each Accounts Receivable transaction open unpaid as of the date specified on the report screen General tab Columns can be broken out by 30 60 90 days aging or by month Q AR Reconciliation Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer showing the Accounts Receivable activity for the specified period Columns show beginning balance invoices issued payments received adjust
44. first Note In a multi user environment all other users must exit Natural Log database before data compaction can be performed This process will create massive traffic on your local area network if run on a workstation so it is recommended you not run this process over a network Data compaction should be done only on the server the computer on which the database is stored in order to minimize network traffic w Compact Database Sample Ed Select Database Sample v All OTHER users accessing this database across a network must exit from this NL8 database in order for you to run this process gt Start Compaction x Cancel Q Select the database to be compacted Note If you have multiple NL8 databases each must be compacted separately Click Start Compaction when ready This process can take a VERY long time several minutes even on a fast computer Please do no nothing to interrupt this process even when it appears your computer has hung up Do NOT reboot or use alt ctrl del until you get the notice that the process is complete Natural Log User Manual Page 11 5 11 05 Adobe Acrobat PDF Writer NL8 includes a component licensed from Amyuni Technologies that allows NL8 to create Adobe Acrobat PDF files This component only works from within NL8 and will not work from other applications PDF files are a very common means to share printed material via e mail The recipient onl
45. from the automation vendor Natural Log can generate such a file as described on page 11 23 Use the file format information contained on the following pages to tell those reader modules where the data is located in our output file With this information you or the automation vendor should be able to configure the automation reader module to read and import our log file You can try the Generic Text NL8 Windows format file output for any automation system not specifically supported by Natural Log if the automation system has its own configurable reader module Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Genetic Text v Automation Log FileName C Temp5100203t1 log Browse x i Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The Natural Log generic automation log export can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters however some automation systems are further limited Station Number i Log Reconciliation is Not Supported for Generic Lo The Natural Log system does not reconcile with any system that use the NL Generic automation log at this time If the vendor will provide play log specs we will support reconciliation Output amp Input Log FileNames O
46. means triggered at the end of the prior event amp IXI the blank between the lines means triggered from your network or automation system Explanation of 3rd column codes amp X X means an AudioVault Command follows on this line amp L L means an announcer stack Load follows on this line amp d J means Jump to a new playlist follows on this line amp means an Audiovault label follows on this line amp indicates a COMMENT line The actual command would immediately follow the last in the log format event description in Natural Log See your AudioVault manual for explanations of these commands and codes Continued on next page Page 10 8 Natural Log User Manual 10 04 BE CORE AudioVault Aligning BE CORE AudioVault for Satellite Network Contact Closures When using a satellite network which sends contact closures you need to be sure that AudioVault stays aligned with the satellite service so that it is at the proper point in the log when the next contact closure occurs even if the break to be triggered is empty In the example below the station is running a satellite service so they are concerned with proper alignment with contact closures There are 2 commands required on the Natural Log Templates Q amp ALIGN The tells AudioVault that this is a timed event to be executed at at the specified time 1018 in this example The time you enter must be before the earliest time the contact closure
47. of the Net invoice amount that will show as commission due on reports for the Account Rep to whom this order is assigned National Rep Commission On the order entry screen this is commission of the Net invoice amount that will show as commission due on reports for the National Rep or UnWired Network if applicable Apply Trade Credit On the order entry screen this is the of the Net invoice amount that be automatically credited as Trade Credit This is useful if you have an order that is some cash and some trade NL8 will automatically post a trade credit to offset part or all of the invoice net amount ApplicableTax On the order entry screen this is the tax item rate to be applied to the invoice amount The invoice amount may be Gross Discounted Gross or Net depending on how this tax item is setup Natural Log User Manual Page 3 19 3 05 01 Package Priced Billing Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab Billing Basis On the Order entry screen this entry describes the basis upon which the order is to be billed This may be any of the following Per Broadcast The order is billed at a cost per broadcast as specified on the Order Lines This is how most advertising is billed Level Package Every time an invoice is generated from an order with schedule lines from which at least 1 billable item w
48. to print Supported label types are a Avery 5160 mailing labels 8 5 x 11 sheets 10 rows x 3 columns a Avery 5161 mailing labels 8 5 x 11 sheets 10 rows x 2 columns a Avery 5162 mailing labels 8 5 x 11 sheets 7 rows x 2 columns Most office supplies carry these or a type of label compatible with these Natural Log User Manual Page 9 13 9 09 Report Type Customer Billing Payment History Report Description This report prints customer payment or billing history by month quarter or annually It can go back as far as you save data in NL8 usually data is saved for 5 years To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Customer Reports Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Sample Billing History Monthly Report Report View Tools Help MAEAEA Memorize Export Print Help Close ee Customer Billing History Report Sample Net
49. 00 AM Commercial Break x x x 1 55 00 AM C Audio Weather mp3 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 65 10 21 MediaTouch iMediaTouch Automation MediaTouch and iMediaTouch are the same as far as log interfacing The Natural Log interface for MediaTouch systems exports a log in the Scott Studios generic format You must purchase the Log Tools module from MediaTouch to import this log into MediaTouch automation systems Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 244 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type MediaTouch Me Automation Log FileName C T emp 031002 log Browse x Convert Cancel MediaTouch Audio Cut Numbering The MediaTouch system can use any cart numbers from ZM0001 to ZM9999 but it also uses Categories There can be duplicated ZMH Hs in different categories which means that cut ZM0034 from category COM is not the same as cut ZM0034 from category PSA This conflicts with NL8 s need to see a unique CopylD for each audio cut Therefore when creating CopylD s for NL8 use CAT ZM as the CopylD In place of CAT put the 3 letter MediaTouch category a dash then the ZM 4 If you fail to put a dash in the CopylD NL8 will use whatever you put in the Log
50. 01 for 2001 T traffic schedule M is for Music schedule station number usually 1 may be 1 or 2 if AM FM station Example 0501951T1 LOG is Traffic log for 05 01 95 for station 1 Generic Text NL8 Windows Format Newer format for full 20 character CopylD s COLUMN LENGTH FIELD IDENTIFICATION 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 20 Cut number filename to be played left justified 32 24 Event description sponsor name etc 57 4 Length in seconds left padded with zeroes 62 8 Played Time hh mm ss not used by NL8 71 16 Reserved 87 4 Natural Log event number 91 2 Carriage Return Line Feed Generic Text NL DOS Format used by Dalet NL DOS format Audisk Pristine RapidFire Older format limited to 8 character CopylD s COLUMN LENGTH FIELD IDENTIFICATION 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 8 Cut number filename to be played left justified 20 24 Event description sponsor name etc 45 4 Length in seconds left padded with zeroes 50 8 Played Time hh mm ss not used by NL8 59 16 Reserved 75 4 Natural Log event number 79 2 Carriage Return Line Feed Natural Log User Manual Page 10 63 10 20 m3u List Automation Log File NL8 can create a standard m3u list of audio cuts to be played by some of the audio players available We cannot help you Troubleshoot problems with these audio players All NL does i
51. 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Tue 9 30 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 09 17 AM 00 30 7 03 16 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Wed 10 1 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 4 12 13 PM 00 30 03 16 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Thu 10 2 03 00 30 09 17 AM 00 30 03 16 PM 00 30 05 20 PM 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texz Report Type Log Times Report Period Custom Dates From Sep oa 2003 x to Oct yfi5 gt 2003 x 0001 003 Allen s Body Tech Allen Mon 9 8 03 00 30 08 22 AM ANNA ONT AvMed Teele A AMA Tie QUIN INT ANA INNAN A Natural Log User Manual Page 9 25 9 15 Report Type Accounts Receivable Report Description This generates an Accounts Receivable Aging report an Accounts Receivable Reconciliation report and an UnApplied PrePayments report To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Accounts Receivable Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientat
52. 02 95 for station1 NL8 output log format for BTSG AutoMax only Column Length Field Description 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 8 Cart number filename to play left justified 19 1 Start Code Segue Load Autoplay Normal 20 24 Event description sponsor name etc 45 5 Length in mm ss 50 8 AUX commands 59 16 Reserved for Artist Name for Music 75 4 Natural Log event pointer for reconciliation 79 2 Carriage Return Line Feed Page 10 32 Natural Log User Manual 10 09 BTSG AutoMax Automation End of Break Markers and Skip Break Markers This applies only to stations using BTSG to run a satellite based format You must tell BTSG to stop at the end of a break by sending a blank line You also need to tell it to SKIP any unused breaks This is done as follows Put amp BREAK by itself on the line before each break and amp by itself on the line after each break This will cause a SKIP command to be sent to BTSG for any empty breaks and a blank line at the end of each break This only applies to satellite formats If you do this on a music format the BSTG will stop at the end of each break See example at events 0012 through 0017 shown below BTSG AutoMax Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching playing liners etc from the Natural Log system These can be entered on your Natural Log Templates as command lines of text More usefully
53. 03 000 Jun 03 0 00 Fug 03 0 00 Now 03 Q1 2003 02 2003 0 00 Sep 03 0 00 03 2003 0 00 Dec 03 165 00 042003 165 00 Z Natural Log User Manual Page 3 13 3 03 Broadcast Orders cont Broadcast Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser menu The orders are displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired See Configuring On Screen Browsers in sections 9 11 through 9 13 of this manual You can also access the orders for any customer on the Orders tab on the customer screen Production Order You can print a Production Order showing when production is required for this order using the Production button on the order entry screen An example is shown on the 2nd following page To customize the Production Order see_Production order document format ij Production Order Iof X DEMO FM Production Order OrderlID 0007 004 Sponsor Asap Paging Asap Paging Product Asap Paging 103 South Texana Run Dates 12 4 M03 12 23 03 Anywhere TX 78000 Account Rep Corey White This Schedule Runs on Station s DEMO FM Asap Paging The following Production is required by the date time indicated First Scheduled Copy Label Length Scrip Expires Produced By 124703 6 00 00 AM Asap Paging A Print Close Page 3 14 Natural Log User Manual 3 04 Broadcast Order Entry General Tab Orders a
54. 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 8 Cut number filename to play left justified 20 24 Event description sponsor name etc 45 4 Length in SECONDS zero left padded 50 24 Reserved 75 4 Natural Log event pointer for reconciliation 79 2 Carriage Return Line Feed AV Air Extended CopylD s Newer format for full 13 character CopylD s COLUMN LENGTH FIELD IDENTIFICATION 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 13 Cut number filename to be played left justified 32 24 Event description sponsor name etc 57 4 Length in seconds left padded with zeroes 62 8 Played Time hh mm ss not used by NL8 71 16 Reserved 87 4 Natural Log event number 91 2 Carriage Return Line Feed AudioVault AV Air Cut Numbers The AV Air system can use any cart numbers from 1 to 13 characters or 1 to 8 characters if using original NL8 AV Air interface All you need to do is enter the AV Air cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 matches the exactly number in the AudioVault AV Air system Log Reconciliation is supported for AudioVault AV Air Copy the Aired Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into t
55. 11 01 Data Backup Beware Q Due to wide range of computer systems in use the existence of malevolent computer viruses and the fact that no hardware is completely fail safe the Natural Log developers make no warranty of any mind that your data won t be corrupted or lost Do regular data backups to multiple locations Your data is valuable Think of how much time it will take you to manually re enter all your data The only protection you have is to do frequent Data Backups daily if possible We cannot recover lost data for you so please do not ask We recommend that you save Data Backups to several different media and locations on a rotating basis in case the backup media goes bad or there is a fire or natural disaster The NL8 database is very large and should NOT be backed up to floppy discs It takes too many discs and is inherently unreliable We recommend you use USB Drives Zip Discs re writeable CD s or tape backup devices Data Backup In MultiUser LAN environments no other user can have the NL8 database open during this procedure To begin the EXTERNAL Data Backup from the Main screen Q Q Click Data BackUp im Save a Backup Copy of NL8 DataBase Sample Ea Save Data BackUp to Folder Browse to New Folder 9 D Backup Save Data BackUp as FileName Sample zip DE Start Data Backup x Help Cancel Select the Natural Log Database to be backed up
56. 12 40 00 M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 84 Natural Log User Manual 10 31 Harris ADC100 Automation This NL8 log interface exports a log in the format as specified in the Harris Extended Flat ASCII format and requires the Harris log reader to be properly configured by Harris Automation Solutions Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Haris ADC100 bi Automation Log FileName 9 C Temp 090103 asc Browse x a Convert Cancel Harris ADC100 Cut Numbers The Harris system can use any cut ID s up to 32 characters Enter the Harris ID including any leading O s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is NOT supported for Harris ADC100 Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyr asc mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 asc is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file Not Supported Natural Log User Manual Page 10 85 10 31 Harris ADC100 Automation conv Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation can be sent to the automation such as type codes secondary type codes channel and input from the Natural Log system
57. 1421 E Court Street Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filley Co Anytown FAW P O Box 2 P O Box 86 P O Box A Report Format Standard Report Type Customer Mail Labels hd Report Period All Labels Avery 5160 Mailing L 7 Get Report Bob Erickson Lasserre Bradley David Porter Bruce Epstein Bruce Epstein D W Brooks Kim Caraway Tammy Lester Apache Chemical Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Boone s Bakery Bordens Inc Bozo Advertising Bright Star Agency Bright Star Agency Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Brown And Terry Advertising COREY COXEY Caraway Ford Mercury Casa Porras Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr City Utilities Clothes Tree 932 Oil Patch Lane 103 South Texana C o Lasserre Bradley P O Box 435 Accounts Payable 106 North Austin Accounts Payable P O Box 1102 Rt 3 Box 400 C o Mike Cooper 123 N Jay Leno Suite 120 Accounts Payable Accounts Payable 127 Hwy 90 a Accounts Payable Accounts Payable Accounts Payable P O Box 1960 110 St Joseph Street Rt 1 Box 163 4 P O Box 547 612 St Joseph P O Box 17037 P 0 Box 149 P O Box 14 123 Anywhere RD 4118 North 41St Pla 4118 North 41St Pla 234 Post Ad Suite 3 525 N Loop Suite amp 525 N Loop Suite amp General Tab Report Format
58. 31 03 8 45 AM 08 50 AM 0 0 00 02 10 1 03 10 31 708 All Weeks E 20 Erp PM 2 sro 03 10 1203 10 31 03 Al Weeks 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 2 Sponsorship 04 10 1 03 10 31 03 All Weeks 06 00 4M 06 00 PM 10 Spot 05 10 1703 10 31 03 All Weeks 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 3 Sponsorship Total Errors rt a 5 we View Line Error Detail Open Order Line Print Help Close Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 7 3 7 01 Verify amp Correct Invoices cont Viewing Invoice Errors on Screen cont Then on the View Error screen shown on the previous page if you select an order line that shows an error you can click View Line Error Detail and see the exact times items from that order line ran ij OrderLine 0007 003 05 Asap Paging for the Period 10 1 03 thru 10 1 03 OF x Invoiced Ordered Invoiced Ordered y Date Nome tems Ces Cost Ti Wed 10 1 03 2 3 Pkal Pkag 07 22 PM 07 42 PM Once you have determined what the error is for the invoice you can fix it if needed as described below Viewing the Order on Screen Right Click on an invoice from the list to obtain a drop down Edit View menu and select View Order You can see the entire order that created the invoice If you have sufficient user permissions you can edit the order to fix any problems with it Edit View the Invoice on Screen Right Click on an invoice
59. 4 03 12 31 03 Brooks amp Lee Fune 9 1 03 12 31 03 0017 002 Caraway Ford Mercury Caraway Ford Mer 9 2 03 12 51 403 0026 001 Dewitt Poth amp Son Dewitt Poth amp Son 9 1 0 03 11 23 03 0154 001 E L Sanchez E L Sanchez 941 103 1 2 3103 0006 001 Arnolds Jewelers 0007 002 Asap Paging 0007 003 Asap Paging 10 1 103 10 31 03 104 103 10 31 03 1041 103 10 31 03 9 2 03 1 2 31 103 9 2103 1 2 31 103 9 2 03 1 2 31 403 9 2 03 1 2 31 103 0012 001 Bommer Ford 0013 001 Bommer Tractor 0015 001 Bordens Inc 10403 103103 _T_ MWF MTATF_ S MTATFSS s MTATFSS s MTATFSS sae MTVVTFSS S 08 45 AM 08 47 AM 05 20 PM 05 22 PM 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 06 00 4M 06 00 PM 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 08 20 4M 08 40 AM 12 35 PM 12 40 PM 06 00 4M 07 00 PM 12 00 AM 11 59 PM 08 45 AM 08 50 AM 05 20 PM 05 25 PM 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 06 00 4M 06 00 PM 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 12 43 PM 12 45 PM 06 00 AM 07 00 PM 12 28 PM 12 30 PM 06 00 4M 07 00 PM 05 00 PM 05 30 PM 06 00 4M 07 00 PM 10 00 AM 10 15 AM 06 00 AM 07 00 PM 06 50 4M 07 00 AM 12 00 AM 12 00 AM 05 00 PM 07 00 PM 30 Missing 30 Missing 730 Missing 15 0011 e gt 15 0011 amp 760 0011 e gt 60 0049 e gt 30 0049 e gt 30 0049 e 30 0049 e gt 30 0049 e gt 30 0049 e gt 30 Missing 30 Missing 30 Missing 60 Missing 30 00 Missing 30 Missing 15 00 0113 e gt 60 0114 e gt 30 Missing 60 0019 e gt General Tab Report Period The Orders List report screen has 4 typ
60. 5 7 02 View_ amp Edit Invoices cont Finalized invoices can be only edited as long as the month in which the invoice was issued is not closed With the invoice displayed as describe above you can do the following Pending invoices can always be edited Note If not already displayed as a Detail type invoice NL8 which switch to that display for editing purposes Edit Invoice Item To edit an individual invoiced item right click that invoice item and click Edit this Item from the dropdown edit menu If not already displayed as a Detail type invoice NL8 which switch to that disllay for editing purposes im Edit Invoice Item Iof x Run Date not editable to edit date delete item and reinsert it on invoice Run Date Run Time 14 17 00 4M Length Type 30 x CA Commercial Announcement x Description Spot x Copy Script Jooos American National Bank 30 9 1 03 TFN Change Copy Delete Invoice Item To remove an invoiced item right click that invoice item to highlight it and Delete this Item from the dropdown edit menu Insert Invoice Item To insert an invoice item right click on the invoice to get the edit menu and Insert an Item You must select an Order Line to be associated with the new invoice item After you click Insert Item on the screen below you will get the Edit Invoice Item screen shown above and the new log item can be edited Insert an Item onto this Invoice OF x
61. 59 59 PM However the past midnight events will appear after the 11PM hour in the log for the date on which in Special Event began This MAY create unwanted results in your automation system particularly if there are any timed events in the template that occur past midnight Other Log Templates You can you save templates under a different name for later use For example you might save the Friday Normal Daily Log Template as Other Log Template named Friday Old Then you can edit the Friday Normal Daily Log Template to add some more commercial breaks for a heavy advertising period Later when you want to revert to the original Friday Log Template open the Friday Old Other Log Template and copy it back to the Friday Normal Daily Log Template See Creating New Log Templates Page 5 2 Natural Log User Manual 5 01 Creating New Log Templates To access the Log Template Editor from the main NL8 menu select Logs then the Template Type you want to work with You can then use the drop down boxes to select the Station Log Template Type the Specific Log Template and the hour to be displayed In the Log Template Editor click File then New to create a new Log Template w Create New Log Template Of x m Basis for New Log Format Create a new BLANK Log Template mi Make a Copy of the EXISTING Log Template Create DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday New Log Format R Station DEMO AM hd Help Log Templa
62. 6 03 5 30 04 LA 09 Grandma Moses Gindler s 30 Copy 9 2 03 9 6 03 CI 00 House Accounts Fashion Collection Boutiq 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 CI 07 Ima Manager Southern Auto 30 Copy 9 1 03 9 30 03 C 05 Leeroy Mantcha Dewitt Poth amp Son 60 Copy 9 10 03 9 23 03 C 08 Sally Selalot Storey Jewelers 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 C3 10 Salseman 10 Donnie s Western Wear And 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 Ehrig Bros 4g Products 30 Copy 9 1 03 5 30 04 Apache Chemical 30 Copy 9 2 03 12 31 03 al AccountReps Customers x Baptist Bible Hour 30 00 Copy 9 2 03 12 31 03 Murman Drugs 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 Find City Utilities 30 Copy 9 2 03 12 31 03 Colurnn CopylD x Dragon Place 30 Copy 9 1403 12 31 03 Find SS Walley s Lumber Company 730 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 Steelman Office Products 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 eral pau Farmer s Insurance 60 Copy 8 26 03 12 29 03 141 Items Natural Log User Manual 4 01 Copy Manager Normal Copy Copy Type Normal Copy This is the simplest Copy item in NL8 It consists of a single piece of Copy During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the individual piece of copy to be scheduled when that order line runs This CopylD should exactly match the AudioCut ID or Filename within your automation system See Automation a Copy 0009 American National Bank File Print Tools Help G Q 5 Previous Copy Next Copy EMail Listen Help Cancel Close Copy Information Copy ID JO
63. 6 14 Skeleton logs see Log Templates SmartCaster automation 10 80 Software License 1 18 Software Unlock Key 1 4 SoundBox Automation 10 92 to 10 93 Spartamation Automation 10 57 Special events templates Description 5 2 Scheduling 3 41 Spot separation 2 26 3 11 3 15 Sponsor 3 7 Sponsorships Reserving log template avails 5 7 Entering Avail types on orders 3 26 Spots Per Week type scheduling 3 31 Standard Broadcast Month See Broadcast Month Stand alone commercial avails Natural Log User Manual Statements Balance Forward type 3 9 8 7 12 2 Cycle 3 9 Document format 2 17 Generating 8 5 to 8 8 e mail settings 2 20 Finance Charges 8 9 Electronic deliver 8 8 Open ltem type 3 9 8 7 12 6 Type 3 9 8 7 Viewing 8 7 StationPlaylist Automation 10 112 to 10 113 Stations Add New 2 8 Broadcast orders 3 15 Document formats 2 10 to 2 18 Setup 2 8 Status Broadcast Order 3 15 Station official certification text 2 16 Start Up Problems 1 10 Synergy Broadcast Centre 10 98 System Requirements 1 1 System Setup Chapter 2 Account Reps 2 21 Avail Types 2 25 Default data entry values 2 19 Document formats 2 10 to 2 18 Finance Charge Options 2 4 Program Options 2 2 to 2 3 Revenue Types 2 27 Station Setup 2 8 Tax Rates 2 29 Time Classes 2 28 User Settings 2 6 to 2 7 T Tag Rotator 3 36 TaxID number 3 10 Tax due report 9 34 to 9 35 Tax Rates Customer settings 3 10 Setup 2 29 Time Classes Broadcast Orders 3 25 Setup 2 28 Tools 11
64. 7 Type 3 9 8 7 Viewing 8 7 Accounts Receivable Chapter 8 Adjustments 8 14 Adjustments correct errors 8 30 to 8 33 Posting 8 14 Bad debt write offs 8 18 Correcting payments 8 34 to 8 41 Customer Browser 8 2 Customer screen 3 4 End of Month closing 8 43 Finance charges 2 4 3 9 8 9 Finance charges canceling 8 20 Payments 8 10 Payments correct errors 8 34 to 8 41 Prepayments 8 12 Prepayments applying 8 21 to 8 29 Reports 9 26 to 9 27 Returned checks 8 16 Statement Generator 8 5 to 8 8 Trade Credit 3 19 8 19 Activity Log Broadcast Orders 3 12 Administrator Controls 2 2 to 2 7 Address Customer 3 8 Station 2 8 Adobe Acrobat PDF Driver Details 11 6 e mail 11 6 Setup 2 3 Adjustments A R Correcting errors 8 30 to 8 33 Posting 8 14 Report 9 28 to 9 33 Agency Agency list 9 16 Assign to customer 3 7 Page 12 10 Agency continued Commission 3 19 Setup 2 23 Arrakis Digilink automation 10 6 Arrakis Digilink Xtreme Automation 10 102 AudioVault automation 10 8 AuDisk automation 10 60 Auto Mate automation 10 10 AutoPlus Automation 10 114 Automation Arrakis Digilink 10 5 Arrakis Digilink Xtreme 10 102 AudioVault 10 8 AuDisk see Generic Auto Mate 10 10 AutoPlus 10 114 AXS 1 or 2 10 12 Be Core amp AV Air 10 16 BSI Simian WaveStation 10 20 to 10 31 BTSG AutoMax 10 32 BTSG Gen lV 10 34 CartReady see Generic CartWorks 10 37 Classic Hollywood TV 10 88 to 10 89 Computer Concepts DCS 10
65. 951102 LO0G is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file yrmmdd AlR yr year mm month dd day 951102 AIR is Air Log for 11 02 95 Wide Orbit Google Radio Automation Special Merge Requirements This does NOT apply to Scott Studios SS32 If you are using Wide Orbit or Google Radio Automation to merge a music and commercial log the commercial log items will only be merged into the music log where there are Merge Markers in the music log These merge markers must be of the appropriate length and start time to accept the spot breaks from NL8 To create these please consult your music software vendor The following information must be included in the merge marker on the music log Start Time must match the start time of the commercial break in NL8 Google Sync F a single dot Google Category COM Google Cut DALIVE Page 10 78 Natural Log User Manual 10 28 Wide Orbit Google Scott SS32 Wide Orbit Google Scott Studios SS32 Commands When using automation it is sometimes necessary to send command codes to the automation such as source switching playing jingles legal ID s etc This is done in Natural Log by entering TEXT on the Natural Log Templates at whatever point you need the command to occur You indicate to Natural Log that this is a command to be sent to the automation by preceding it with amp When sending commands a Be sure to start with the amp If you want to send a sync code such as or place it im
66. Ah C Cas 0002 003 American National Bank Spot American National 02 Corey Wh C Cas 0002 004 American National Bank Spot American National 02 Corey Wh C Cas 0002 American Hational Bank Report Format Standard fi Report Type Order List Summary ba Report Period Running x From Oct y is 2003 7 to Oct yfis 2003 x 0133 001 American National Bank spanis American National 12 3103 03 Delfino Ge C Cas 0133 American National Bank spanis 0102 001 Anytown Filey Co Spot Anytown Filley Co 12 3103 01 Eddy Mun C Cas 0102 Anytown Filley Co 0005 001 Apache Tractor amp Implement Apache Tractor amp 06 Albert Doc C Cas 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement Get Report General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default_report format in section 9 07 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 9 17 9 11 Report Type Order Lists Missing Copy Report Sponsorship Report cont General Tab Report Type The Order List report screen has 3 types of reports Order List Summary Prints a summary of each order such as run dates etc Order List Confirmations Print a confirmation for each order This is useful to print confirmations for quite a few Orders and it would inconvenient to do
67. Apply Prepayment button then select the prepayment credit to be applied and the amount to apply ia Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090008 Of x Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description oo Juan ze 26 2004 v 2004 fcr Credit Adjustment x aR Credit Adjustment f s0 00 00 03090008 Pending Reference Date _ Type 9 30 03 1 26 04 Inv DEMO 4M 0133 001 American National Bank CR R Credit Adjustment Amount Balance Natural Log User Manual Page 8 23 8 07 02 Manually Apply Prepayment Credit to a Pending Invoice In this case the invoice has not yet been issued but you need to manually attach the prepayment credit to the invoice so the credit will be applied when the invoice is printed In the Billing module open the invoice 4 PENDING Invoice for Order 0133 001 File Edit Invoice Transactions Tools Help American National Bank spanish DEMO AM Invoice Affidavit Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Invoice ID Pendin Accounts Payable Invoice Date 10 1 0 Receive Payment P O Box 11 Account ID 0133 Anywhere T 78000 Order ID 0133 001 a Account Rep Delfino Garcia Enter Adjustment Sponsor American National Bank spanish American National Bank Summary 7 Cd a A el a SZ 10 1 03 10 1 03 30 Live Spot Apply Prepayment ar Edit Item Co Op Scripts Save Final Invoice Uh Trial Invo
68. Aun Dale Wednesday November 05 2003 Run Time x Cancel _ insert tem Select the Order Line to Associate with this Billable Item inoan ns Js fo ve Fa a son YE coh ier per 01 l ee Overnites 22 ae 2222 od 13 30 CA Spot 10 1 403 10 26 03 All Weeks Overnites 12 30 11 2 03 11 30 03 All Weeks Overnites 12 2 03 12 28 03 All Weeks Overnites 1 6 04 1 31 04 All Weeks Overnites 2 1 04 2 29 04 All Weeks Overnites 3 1 04 3729 04 All Weeks Overnites 4 1 04 4 28 04 All Weeks Overnites 5 3 04 5 30 04 All Weeks Overnites MMMM Mh Mh N MMM hh hh Moh MMM Mh hh N MM MPM Mh MB MMMM hh Mh hoo Page 7 6 Natural Log User Manual 7 02 View amp Edit Invoices cont Mass Change Invoice Items Finalized invoices can be only edited as long as the month in which the invoice was issued is not closed Pending invoices can always be edited With the invoice displayed as describe above you can select items to be Mass Changed Note If not already displayed as a Detail type invoice NL8 which switch to that display for editing purposes To mass change items Left Click an item Ctrl Left Click then selects additional items you want to mass change Shift Left Click selects all items in the range between the last item clicked and the currently clicked item After you have selected all items to be mass changed Right Click and select Mass Change Selected
69. Chapter 6 Automation logs 6 13 and Chapter 10 Bump errors 6 7 Break errors 6 10 Logs Chapter 6 continued Charging to invoices 6 5 7 2 ClipBoard 6 6 Copy errors 6 9 Deleting 6 2 Editing 6 3 to 6 11 How long to save 2 3 Log Statistics 6 11 New 6 1 Options 2 9 Page format 2 13 Printing 2 13 6 3 Reconciling with play log 6 14 10 4 Reports 9 24 to 9 25 Time errors 6 8 Trial 6 1 Troubleshooter 6 12 11 10 Log Templates Chapter 5 Avail Type restrictions 5 7 Commercial breaks 5 9 Copying 5 10 to 5 12 Date Time text insertion 5 13 Editing 5 4 to 5 8 Event description 5 6 Fill Codes 5 8 Fill Priority 5 7 New 5 3 Normal daily log template 5 1 Other log templates 5 2 Schedule special events templates 3 41 Special events templates 5 2 Special date log template 5 1 Stand alone commercial avails Page 12 13 Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page m3u automation log 10 63 Maestro automation 10 40 Macros Defined 12 5 Howto use amp Examples 3 34 to3 40 MasterPlay Automation 10 100 to 10 101 Matco Video Server Logs 10 95 to 10 96 Mail Merge data files 9 12 Mandatory Commercial Breaks 5 9 12 5 MediaBank automation 10 117 MediaTouch automation 10 65 Memos Customer screen 3 6 Missing copy report 9 17 MusicReady automation Interfacing 10 68 Reconciling with play log 6 14 N National Rep 3 9 3 19 12 5 Natural Log DOS comparison 1 12 Network Breaks auto fill to length 3 29 Non Broadcast Inv
70. Charge Detail Report Accounts Receivable Reports Q oOo oOo AR Aging Summary Report AR Aging Detail Report AR Reconciliation Summary AR Reconciliation Detail Report UnApplied PrePayments Report Transactions Reports OOOOOOOODCOCD Invoices Summary Report Invoices Detail Report Payments Summary Report Payments Detail Report Aged Collections Report Adjustments Summary Report Adjustments Detail Report Finance Charges Summary Report Finance Charges Detail Report TaxDue Invoices TaxDue Payments Projection Reports Q Sales Projection Summary Report Q Sales Projection Detail Report Q Sales Projection Comparative Q Projected versus Actual Inventory Reports Inventory Sold Report Inventory Unsold Report Inventory Total Avails Report Inventory Sold VS Unsold Report Inventory Sold VS UnTotal Report Inventory Avg Rate Report Q_Inventory Total Cost Report Page 9 2 See section 9 11 See section 9 11 See section 9 11 See section 9 12 See section 9 13 See section 9 14 See section 9 14 See section 9 14 See section 9 14 See section 9 14 See section 9 15 See section 9 15 See section 9 15 See section 9 15 See section 9 15 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 16 See section 9 17 See section 9 17 See section 9 18 See section 9 18 See section 9 18 S
71. D amp g v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log x Monday x 01 00 AM x 10 1 00 00 4M ID LEGALID 1 17 00 AM amp SYNC 1 17 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 Local Local Local Local amp WX 9001 Overnite Weather Page 10 36 Natural Log User Manual 10 11 CartWorks Pristine CDS32 Automation NL8 converts to a specific CartWorks log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs This interface is the same whether you are using CartWorks or Pristine CDS32 Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Cart works Automation Log FileName 0 7 emp 100203 ntl Browse x Convert Cancel Automation Log Type Pristine CDS32 ki 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log FileName C Temp5100203 ntl Browse i Convert Cancel CartWorks Cut Numbers CartWorks can use any numeric or alphanumeric cut up to 8 characters to identify its audio cuts NL8 can handle any valid CartWorks audio cut identifier so all you need to do is enter
72. Date Range in which this Order Line runs Tuesday September 02 2003 thru Wednesday December 31 2003 x Runs i eda EA atai aT AEN 02 DEMO FM Time Range allowed for this Order Line 1200 00 AM to 11 59 59 PM New Time Class If desired time is not listed in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format r Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Perv Ep ee ni ni ni r Order Line Details Length Type 32 CA Commercial Announcement W Description Note Sponsorship 0 AvailType NS News Sponsorship Position UnResticted st ti iti s s s sSSY Preemption Level 1 x O Non Preemptible 9 ery Preemptible m CopylD to be Played inal Bank 30 9 1 03 TFN Change 0009 Americ an i Natio Ll gt Save Help Cancel Run Dates NL8 does consider the run dates on the Order Line Example If you have a customer that only wants to sponsor the Special Event for a month say 01 01 03 through 01 31 03 Anytime the Special Event runs within the period 01 01 03 through 01 31 03 the linked Order Line will also run After 01 31 03 even if the Special Event runs the linked Order Line will not run Run Times NL8 ignores the RunTimes on any order line linked to a Special Event but we highly recommend you enter the runtimes as 12 00 00 AM to 11 59 59 PM on any linked order l
73. Enter Source as Local or Network See section 5 02 for more details of the required entries i Edit Log Format Line iof x Maximum Spots in Break Event Type Start Commercial Break Avail fi x Scheduled Time Formatted as 11 00 00 AM Description Commercial Break Length A Avail Type Restriction ii New Avail Type Fill Priority Fill Code H a E Source Local ha Save aoe Insert Stand Alone Commercial Avails For a stand alone commercial avail if you enter a length NL8 will always use only that length If you don t care about the length leave it blank If you need to force an avail to be filled enter Mandatory for the Fill Code Enter Source as Local or Network See section 5 02 for more details of the required entries w Edit Log Format Line Iof x Event Type Stand Alone Avail Scheduled Time I a Formatted as 11 00 00 AM Description X Length E Avail Type Restriction bd New Avail Type Fill Priority d Fill Code H W E Source Local Es Save ona Natural Log User Manual Page 5 9 5 03 Copying Log Templates To access the Log Template Editor from the main NL8 menu select Logs then the Template Type you want to work with You can then use the drop down boxes to select the Station Log Template Type the Specific Log Template and the hour to be displayed Copy an Entire Log Template To copy an entire Log Template open the Log Template
74. File named Setup STP This file will be located in the TRAFFIC FILES folder for 1st copy of NL TRAFFIC2 FILES folder for 2nd copy of NL TRAFFIC3 FILES folder for 3rd copy of NL When you find the Setup STP file click Open Select a name for your Natural Log 8 for Windows database Then click Start to begin the conversion of the Natural Log database into your new Natural Log for Windows format Depending on the speed of your computer and the amount of data to be imported from Natural Log DOS allow 15 to 30 minutes for this data import process See important notes regarding data conversion on the next page Page 1 12 Natural Log User Manual 1 08 Converting from Natural Log DOS cont Important notes regarding NL Dos to NL Windows data conversion If you fail to generate and compare the test reports listed below after data conversion and you later find a problem in the converted data we will not be able to assist you Print the reports immediately compare them and report discrepancies immediately to Natural Log support before beginning use of Natural Log Windows 1 After data conversion verify the total balance of your A R aging reports from both NL Dos and NL Windows Because of differences in how NL Dos and NL Windows handles finance charges late fees there may be differences in individual columns of these reports this is normal The important issue is for the report totals to match between the 2 systems
75. Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEM0 AM Normal Daily Log x Wednesday 7 12 00 AM x Even Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 1 12 17 00 AM amp T hhmm Voice Track 12 17 004M Commercial Break xA 12 20 00 AM amp wxihh 12 30 00 AM amp MyWay DayNum My Way program 12 37 00 AM Commercial Break 12 40 004M amp A4BCD mmdd Page 5 14 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 6 Commercial Logs At the Natural Log main screen select Logs This section of the Natural Log system allows you to generate and edit Logs These logs can be printed for a live DJ s use or converted into Automation Logs if you are using an Automation system Note You can t create a log for a station for a day until you have first created a default Normal Daily Log Template for that weekday Monday Sunday for that station so NL8 knows where your commercial avails are scheduled See Creating Log Templates in Chapter 5 a DEMO AM Commercial Logs Show Logs for Station Pending Non Final Logs x Monday December 01 2003 E F Tuesday December 02 2003 L DEMO FM Wednesday December 03 2003 Thursday December 04 2003 Friday December 05 2003 Create New Log Click Logs New Log This generates a new Log for a day Please note that these New real Logs must be generated in chronolog
76. Items On the mass changer screen leave any unchanged fields BLANK and enter values only for those fields to be mass changed After you save the mass change values there is no UnDo function Edit Pending Invoice Settings To edit the underlying information on an invoice that has not yet been issued such as name address commissions taxes etc you need to edit the customer or order itself Then reopen the pending invoice 4 Order 0112 002 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc File Print Schedule Tools Help p 0 7 mr Order Next see alle Production Help Cancel Close i Schedule Order Memos Invoice Instructions Billing Cycle Calendar Month imo Copies of Invoice to Print fo x nvoice Type Detail gt Pome Print CoOp Script Affidavit I Purchase Order Estimate Note to be printed on Invoice T ci Cablevision Of Texas Inc Billing Basis Discounts Commission Tax Discounts Allowed 0 of Total Agency Commission fo x of Gross eee FM On each Invoice issued Account ep Comm fis N Z of Net wri a National Rep Comm fo X of Net Apply Trade Credit fo X of Net Applicable Tax None v Natural Log User Manual Page 7 7 7 02 View amp Edit Invoices cont Edit Finalized Invoice Settings To edit the underlying information on an invoice that has already been issued Final Invoice such as name address commissions taxes
77. Liability Report Sample for the Period 1 1 03 to 12 31 03 Sot Stations Taxitem 6 125 Sales Tax This report shows Taxes Due assuming Taxes must be submitted to the tax collector upon Invoice being issued tna Go Tt Tafan 03090011 DEMO FM 0004 001 Apache 9 9 30 03 150 00 127 50 150 00 6 1200 919 03090014 DEMO AM 0007 002 sapP 9 30 03 275 00 233 75 275 00 6 1200 16 84 6 125 Sales Tax 425 00 361 25 425 00 6 1250 26 03 Report Format Standard Report Type TaxDue Invoices d Report Period This Month 7 From Jan zjjn 7 2003 x to Dec zji 2003 Tax ltem s to Report 6 125 Sales Tax 361 25 425 00 Get Report General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 Continued on next page Page 9 34 Natural Log User Manual 9 17 Report Type Tax Due Report cont General Tab Report Type The Tax Reports screen has 2 types of reports Q Tax Due Invoices Prints a report of tax due assuming taxes must be forwarded to the tax collector based on issued invoices Q Tax Due Payments Prints a report of tax due assuming taxes must be forwarded to the tax collector based on payments received General Tab Tax Item s to Report The Transactions Repo
78. Lines with a preemption level superior to a specified level This is sometimes helpful to see the loading without the lower priority items like station promos trades etc to which you can assign an inferior preemption level and exclude from this report Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 9 39 9 19 Report Type Inventory cont General Tab Distribute Non Fixed Spots Because NL8 is a dynamic scheduler the exact log positions of spots with wide time windows are not set until the final log is generated New orders may cause some of these spots to be moved to another time within their time window This can cause a problem for Inventory Reports Inventory Report Example Assume you have a spot to ordered to run 6AM 7PM Assume you have your Inventory Report daypart columns set up as 6 10A 10 3P 3 7P 7P 12MID and 6A 7P In this case NL8 must count the spot as running in the 6A 7P daypart but should it also count it as running in any of the 6 10A 10A 3P or 3 7P columns You select how you want NL8 to handle these wide time window spots when generating the Inventory Report Q Distribute Non Fixed Spots IS checked NL8 will pick an approximate time for a wide time window spot and include it in any daypart columns in which the assumed time falls This means a proportional share of wide time window spots are included in the daypart column because we know at least some will be run in that daypart even though they could be
79. Month The month we normally think of starting on the 1st and ending on the 28th in February except leap years the 30th in April June September and November and the 31st in all other months This is the month used by most non agency accounts Page 12 2 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Glossary of Terms Charged Log This is a log that is a final log whose billable items have been attached to invoices Charging the log can be done in either the Log Editor or Broadcast Billing sections of NL8 Charging the log is what causes the billable items on the log to be attached the customers invoices Before a log is charged the log s billable items do not show on invoices After a Log is charged billable items show on the invoices but the log may no longer be edited from the Log Editor but invoiced items can be edited from the Invoice Editor For this reason logs should be charged only after they are reconciled and corrected if needed to accurately reflect what actually aired Commercial Break In an NL8 Log Template a group of avails in which more than one commercial item may run sequentially as part of a single break or stopset from regular non commercial programming This is designated on the Log Template with a on the first avail line and on following avail lines so that there are as many lines starting with as commercial items allowed in the break Co Op This is a situation in which a manufacturer or distrib
80. NLS Fill out the Registrant Information above To register this copy of Natural Log and obtain a Software Key use 1 of the following 1 Click Register by Fax and fax the printout to 210 344 7567 or 2 Click Register by e mail You must have access to eMail from this computer or 3 Click Export Registration File and eMail the file to us from another computer Software Lock D Software Key UnLock Natural Log 8 Key Provided by Natural Broadcast Systems Inc_ Print form to Register by Fax Register by e mail Export Registration File Cancel e mail Registration creates a text file containing your registration information and attempt to send it to us using your e mail program If your NL computer does not have e mail see below Export Registration File allows you to create a text file you can carry to another computer to attach to an e mail addressed to register nat soft com in case your NL8 computer does not have e mail Fax Registration prints a single registration sheet containing your registration information that you will need to fax to 210 344 7567 Natural Broadcast Systems Inc will fax your registration key While you wait for your unlocking key Natural Log will continue to operate for the remainder of your evaluation period when you click the Continue button When your software key arrives via return e mail cut and paste it into the software key box on the NL8
81. NS News Sponsorship H Position UnResticted 0 Preemption Level 1 7 O Non Preemptible 9 Very Preemptible CopylD to be Played 0009 American 30 9 1 03 TFN National Bank Change Date Range On the Order Line entry screen this tells Natural Log the start and end date for the items scheduled on that order line These Order Line dates must fall within the run dates entered on the General tab of the Order itself See order entry general tab Runs On the Order Line entry screen this field has multiple uses but is most commonly set to All Weeks This means this order line will run the Broadcasts per Day as specified for each weekday see below between the order line Start date and End date However additional uses can arise in complex scheduling situations Alternating Weeks Specified Weeks Link gt Filler Only See Order Lines advanced scheduling options in section 3 08 of this manual Page 3 24 Natural Log User Manual 3 07 Broadcast Order Line Entry cont Time Range On the Order Line entry screen you most commonly tell Natural Log the start time and end time within which the item on that Order Line must be scheduled You can enter a time range in your local time format If the desired time is not one of the predefined times just type the time in the box in local time format You may also select 1 of your user defined Time Classes if u
82. O O OO Contact E Mail DOO a4 Sample Agency Setup File View Tools Help Natural Log User Manual Page 2 23 2 13 Agency Setup cont New Sponsor Default Values Except for Agency name and AgencylDB the data required to set up an agency is mostly the same as the data used during customer entry See 3 02 for a complete description of these data entry values If you make changes in these agency data records the changes will become the default values for any future customers entered for this agency The values do not automatically apply to customer accounts existing before the data changes If you make a chnage and want to apply the new agency values to all existing accounts assigned to the agency click the Apply gt Accounts button Use this with care as there is no mass undo if you apply something incorrectly a4 Sample Agency Setup File View Tools Help Allen s Ad Agency Bright Star Agency i aa Lig Terry Advertising Account Rep 01 Eddy Munster x Dave And Dave Advertising Revenue Source LA Local Agency 7 Friedrich Media Services Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Revenue Type C Cash Spots 7 Media Buyers Media Minus Billing Cycle Calendar Month 7 InvoiceT ype Detail X Deliver Invoice Mail Paper Invoice Invoice E Mail Statement Type Open tem 7 Statement Cycle Calendar Month 7 Applicable Tax None 7 Agency TaxlD Finance Chargefo X Per Year Mi
83. Packeted Item Time Restrictions C As Ordered g Allowed fi 2 00 004M to 3 59 59 AM w Help Gate WARNING Only use the packet item restrictions necessary to accomplish your goal For example if the packet item is restricted only based on time do not use the date or day of week restrictions Leave the unneeded restrictions set to As Ordered These settings only restrict the copy played for order lines placed on the log that have this packet as their CopylD This does not restrict the dates days or times an order line can be logged See Broadcast Orders in Chapter 3 of this manual to restrict when order lines are actually logged Natural Log User Manual Page 4 5 4 03 Copy Manager Rotator Copy Type Rotator This copy type consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy and or Packets that you want to rotate on a percentage basis During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Rotator itself to be used when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the appropriate individual CopylD within the Rotator and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can rotate Rotator Example Suppose you have 2 pieces of copy CopylD 0018 and 0450 you want to rotate equally You can create a Rotator named R0118 004 or any unique CopylD you want to use and insert CopyID 0018 and 0450 into the Rotator each set to run 50 During order entry specify R0118 004 the CopylID of the
84. Playlist Event A Lors amp L PlayList Name TAMS Event A LorS amp A TAMS Style Timed Event AorL amp T Timed Event Backtime Marker amp B Backtime Marker AutoFill Start Event Length amp F AutoFill Start seconds AutoFill Start Event to Time amp F AutoFill Start TARGET AutoFill End Event amp F AutoFill End Comment amp C Any comment text up to 35 characters To play a specific audio cut put the cut number in place of H below You may optionally put a single space after the cut number and then a description of the event to make it easier to read the NL8 Log Templates Do not use this to schedule billable spots with are scheduled from broadcast orders See chapter 3 NOTE EncoDADPro32 Multi Library option ONLY You must enter cuts as Drive LibraryName Example if cut HHHH is played from the CUTS library on Drive E enter it as E CUT S Command Transition Code Log Template Event Description replace with Transition Code Play Audio A L S or N amp P HHA Description a Log Templates Iof x File Edit Tools Help O x D D amp lt New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour JDEMO AM z Normal Daily Log z Monday z 01 00 AM z e nt Scheduled Time Event Description Lenath Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source L amp 1 37 00 4M amp T A Soft Branch 1 37
85. Program Options in section 2 01 of this manual to prohibit order entry after credit limit is exceeded Account Rep On the Customer entry screen assigns the customer account to an Account Rep Orders entered will default to this Account Rep but individual orders can be assigned to a different Account Rep during order entry You can create a new Account Rep by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Account Rep box when you click the Account Rep box See setting up Account Reps Natural Log User Manual Page 3 9 3 02 Customer Data Entry cont Revenue Type On the Customer entry screen sets the default Revenue Type for new orders entered on this account Revenue Types are usually used for Cash Trade Political etc to filter reports You can create a new Revenue Type by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Revenue Type box when you click the Revenue Type box See Setting up Revenue Types Changing this customer account value does not change the Revenue Type on existing Orders only future Orders Invoice Type On the Customer entry screen sets the default Invoice Type for new orders for this customer account With each type of invoice you can also add Affidavit to the invoice types below to have the station official s statement certifying accuracy of the invoice If you need the invoice notarized add Notarized Affidavit to the invoice type Changing this customer accou
86. Projection Report may be based on these Report periods This Month Next Month Next 3 Months Next 6 Months Next 12 Months Next Quarter Next 4 Quarters Next Year This Quarter This Year This Year to Date Custom Dates General Tab Revenue The Sales Projection Report may show amounts based on Gross billing Net after agency commission Gross Tax or Broadcasts General Tab Accrue The Sales Projection Report may show amounts accrued when Invoiced or when Logged Q When Invoiced default value will include per spot revenue in the correct column based on the date the invoice is going to be issued Q When Logged will include per spot revenue in the correct column based on the date the item s are going to be logged For level package and variable package billing revenue is prorated by using an average rate BILLCYCLE COST BILLCYCLE SPOTS X SPOTS RUN IN CALENDAR MONTH General Tab Include Sales Goal On Sales Projection reports if you check this box an extra line will be computed for each Account Rep and Station subtotal showing the of sales goals These sales goals are entered in Setting up Account Reps General Tab Include 0 Orders On Sales Projection reports if you check this box detail report lines for orders that run but are to be billed at no cost during the projections period will be printed on the report Natural Log User Manual Page 9 37 9 19 Report Type Inventory Report Description This
87. Q Print Sample Sends a sample Order Confirmation to the printer Page 2 10 Natural Log User Manual 2 05 Order Confirmation Format Order Confirmation Heading This is the large typeface page heading to be printed on the Order Confirmation for the selected station Paper Type You may print this document on the following paper types Blank Paper Draws the entire document including form boxes and lines return address and if used logo Letterhead Same as Blank Paper but does not draw the return address and if used logo PrePrinted Form Prints only the document data and assumes all form boxes lines addresses and logos are preprinted Contact the NL8 developer for a sample form These preprinted forms are not user configurable and must match the NL8 format Compute Projected Billing for Order Confirmation based on The Order Confirmation includes a table showing projected billing You can have NL8 display this projected billing as Gross Net Gross Tax or Net Tax If you select one of the Tax options to display the projected billing on the confirmation tax will only be included in the projected billing total if the order calls for tax to be assessed Bottom Message for Order Confirmation This is the small typeface message printed at the end of the Order Confirmation This can be anything you want such as contract language or verification language Natural Log User Manual Page 2 11 2 06 Production Order Fo
88. RadioOne Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type y sitt Radio STORG or RadioOne Automation Log FileName f 053106t B log Tome Station Number 4p x Help Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The STORQ and RadioOne automation log export can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters Enter the STORQ cut ID including any leading O s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is Supported for STORQ Lo The Natural Log system reconciles with the STORQ as played raw data unfiltered log STORQ automatically creates this log STORQ support personnel can assist you in finding this as played log in your STORQ system Once you initially point NL8 to this file thereafter NL8 will remember where it is located We recommend you tell NL8 to only consider commercials STORQ category 2 when it reconciles with the as played log generated by STORQ On the NL8 log reconciliation screen enter the STORQ category numbers to be included in the log scan as defined in STORQ separated by commas For example to include Commercials STORQ category 2 and PSA s STORQ category 9 you would enter 2 9 See your STORQ manual for
89. Report Format Daypart Columns menu choice on the report screen You can set specific start and end times and days to be included in each column or select time classes Q Order Rates Average Rate For each order running within the report period creates a list of the average ordered rate broken out by daypart You can change the report daypart columns with the Inventory Report screen displayed using the Report Customize Report Format Daypart Columns menu choice on the report screen You can set specific start and end times and days to be included in each column or select time classes General Tab Report Period The Orders Rate report screen allows you to select the specific period to be reported as a date range or a specific period such as Next Month Next Quarter etc General Tab Spot Pgm Length You can restrict the spot length or program length to be considered in the report General Tab Avail Types You can restrict the report to include only specific avail types such as sponsorships General Tab Exact DayPart Matching This does not apply to the Order rates Summary report The default value is unchecked which causes the report to include an item in a daypart column if it s schedule time falls within that daypart column If checked this causes the report to include an item in a daypart column only if it s schedule time exactly matches the daypart column Example Assume you have a spot scheduled at 8 10 AM Q With
90. Schedule Demand Weekly Special1 through Special9 General Tab Account Balances to Include This will most often be All Accounts with Activity but you can restrict the list to No 0 or CreditBal Accounts No Credit balance Accounts 31 day Accounts ONLY 61 day Accounts ONLY 91 day Accounts ONLY 121 day Accounts ONLY Page 8 6 Natural Log User Manual 8 03 Account Statement Generator cont Viewing Account Statement before Printing On the statement generator list you can double click any account statement to view it on screen Please note that selecting these statement types does not change the internal record keeping of NL8 You can always switch between Open ltem and Balance Forward statements for individual customers without any loss of data Example of Open Item statement a Account Statement Start Date October 01 2003 End Date October 31 2003 E Statement Type Open item x Refresh Statement Print Statement lof x DEMO AM Statement of Account Account ID 0112 Statement Date 10 31 03 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Accounts Payable P O Box Anywhere Tx 78000 Account Rep Corey White Sponsor Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc t invoice DEMO 4AM 0112 001 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Ir Payment Check 443 on Inv 03090002 03090003 03100003 Invoice DEMO AM 0112 002 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Ir Payment Che
91. See Statement Generator for details on generating statements 4 Sample Customer Account Statements a x Statements View Tools Help ae eee Preview Ben a ae Statement Settings Account Statements Sample for the period 10 1 03 through 10 31 03 General Sort Stations Statements for accounts All Accounts with Activity All Statement Cycles 10 103 tinvoices Payments vid oF 10 31 03 a 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awd 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0002 American National Bank 0133 American National Bank spanish 0155 Anytown American Legion 0102 Anytown Filley Co 0004 Apache Chemical 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 0006 Arnolds Jewelers 0007 Asap Paging 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0011 Bette s Sewing Center 0012 Bommer Ford 0013 Bommer Tractor 0015 Bordens Inc 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury 0142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 0019 City Utilities 0020 Clothes Tree 0152 Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 0023 Cow Palace 0143 Daisy Mae s 0157 Davis And Logan Insurance 0025 Delta Armature NNR Dewitt Poth amp San Then instead of printing the statements click View and select the delivery method you want to use This will limit the list to only those customers whose invoice delivery method is set to the type you select Note The Encoda SpotData electonic invoice clearinghouse does not accept account statements only invoices Q EMail Fax State
92. Spot 9999 is used as an empty spot marker Merge or Clear Event Log Clear Merging NL8 log into Spartamation or_EZ Automation Event Logs The EZ Broadcaster Automation system uses an event log into which both music and traffic can be merged You must choose to CLEAR or MERGE NL8 into the EZ event log CLEAR If you are not using a music scheduler we recommend you select CLEAR in the NL8 log conversion window This will create a new completely blank event log into which the NL8 log data will be inserted MERGE If you are using a music scheduler we recommend you select MERGE in the NL8 log conversion window This will only replace those breaks into which NL8 puts commercial content and NOT clear those breaks that have music loaded from a separate music scheduler Log Reconciliation is supported for Spartamation EZ amp EZ 2000 Copy the play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Page 10 58 Natural Log User Manual 10 18 Spartamation Automation cont formerly EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Automation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file for EZ Broadc
93. Suppose you need to join a network and then set type AU on the first commercial in the break Then you need the 2nd and 3rd spots in the break to be type A You could make entries shown below at event 1004 and 1006 in the Natural Log Templates The only difference is the cutID is SET This tells NL8 to apply the field values set on the SET line to the following commercial items until it sees another SET command 44 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O al x D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM a Normal Daily Log x Monday x 10 00 AM x sen Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 10 10 00 004M amp D1000 0 4 1 Legal ID 10 10 00 00 4M amp NET 0 4 1 Family Network 60 00 10 30 004M amp SET AULA 10 17 00 4M Commercial Break 10 30 004M amp SET 4 41 x Page 10 86 Natural Log User Manual 10 32 Waitt Radio STORQ RadioOne Automation NOTE This system requires a custom import filter that you must obtain usually purchase from the automation vendor Natural Log creates a file in its Generic format as described in section 10 19 01 of this manual Waitt Radio Network s STORQ and RadioOne use the same interface file format The discussion below regarding Waitt Radio Network STORQ also applies to
94. Temp 100203t1 log __Browse E Ea AF EnA Automation Log Type ControlReady MusicReady Windows Automation Log FileName f Temp 121 70311 log Browse Station Number iE R x Help Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The Natural Log system can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters when interfacing to the DOS version of MusicReady The Windows version of MusicReady handles long filenames but Natural Log s limit in this case is 20 characters Station Number i 4 Create Automation Log Log Reconciliation is Supported for ControlReady MusicRead The Natural Log system does reconcile with both versions of MusicReady but the PlayLog has different names depending on which MusicReady version it was created by Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT LOG mm is month dd is day yy is year Input reconcile log file MusicReady DOS mm dd yy LOG mm is month dd is day yy is the year Input reconcile log file ControlReady MusicReady Windows _mm_dd_yyyy PlaylistLOG is the MusicReady Deck mm is month dd is day yyvy is the year PlayList is the playlist name usually CallSign Day Page 10 68 Natural Log User Manual 10 22 ControlReady MusicReady CartReady WireReady Automation won Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the comman
95. User Manual 3 03 Broadcast Orders cont Broadcast Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser menu The orders are displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired See Configuring On Screen Browsers in sections 9 11 through 9 13 of this manual You can also access the orders for any customer on the Orders tab on the customer screen Order Confirmation You can print an order confirmation and verify the order is correctly entered using the Confirmation button on the order entry screen To customize the Order Confirmation see Order confirmation document format Order Confirmation DEMO FM DEMO FM Order Confirmation 1234 ANYPLACE RD ANYWHERE CITY TX 78000 pore poe oni 210 555 0000 ae Tee Estimate PO FeccountRep Corey White Asa p Pa g in g Biling Cycle Calendar Month 103 South Texana InvoiceType Times Rates Run Dates 12 1 03 12 2303 An ywhere TX 78000 items Ordered 56 Gross Amount 165 00 Discounts 0 00 Agency Commission 0 00 Net Amount 165 00 This Schedule Runs on Station s DBWO FM feap Paging Gee Co elie 12 20 03 Al Weeks 08 50 AM 30 Sponsorship 12 20 03 Al Weeks i 05 25 PM 30 Sponsorship 12 23 03 Al Weeks 5 08 00 PM 30 Sponsorship 12 20 03 All Weeks d 06 00 Pr 12 2003 Al Weeks 3 08 00 PM 30 Sponsorship Feb 03 htar 03 hMay
96. UserType must be logged in to review and approve the order before it runs Note If the Require User Logln checkbox on the User Permissions tab is not checked no review or approval is required even if you set a required review and approval here The available order review and approval options are Sales Manager Q Traffic Director Q Accounting Manager Q Only Reviewer may revise Order after review approval If at least one review is selected prevents a restricted user such as Account Rep from revising an order after it has been reviewed and approved If checked and an order revision is needed the revision must be entered by a usertype that can review and approve orders Q Prohibit new Order entry after Credit Limit is exceeded D Day Weights for Front Loading Random Type Schedules Most stations do not use Front Loading so these should be set to NORMAL However for those that do use Front Loading this option allows you to specify how much front loading can be done for each day of the week This can range from 90 to 90 This is the change in the likelihood from normal that an individual spot from a Random Type Schedule will be scheduled on a given day See Front Loading Adobe Acrobat PDF Driver This option allows you to specify if NL8 s PDF print driver is used The default is Enabled which is required if you want to use the PDF writer included with NL8 The only time this would be set to Disabled is if you don t want t
97. VTR location You may optionally include frames as hh mm ss ff Matco Command Example 1 Assume you need to play a cut named ID1000 as your top of the hour ID as a timed event at 10 00 00AM You could make the entry shown below at event 1001 in the Natural Log Templates Matco Command Example 2 Assume you need to join a network assigned to switcher input 3 after the legal ID for 29 minutes and 50 seconds You could make the entry shown below at event 1002 in the Natural Log Templates Matco Command Example 3 Assume you need to play VTR 4 at 10 30 00AM and the location on the VTR is 01 00 10 You could make entry shown below at event 1005 in the Natural Log Templates NOTE On commands Event Code is optional and can accept any text as described in the Matco specs Just put a comma after the description then any event code as described in the Matco log specifications ea Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help D amp g D D x R v New Template Print EditLine Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Sample AM 7 a Monday 7 ir ZI ro 10 00 00 AM amp D1000 Legal ID 1002 10 00 10 AM amp S 3 Family Network 1003 1004 1005 10 30 004M amp 4 01 00 10 The ABC Show 1006 1007 Page 10 96 Natural Log User Manual 10 37 Raduga Automation Log NL8 can create a standard INI file containing instructions for pl
98. When you preview a report or a Log printout or on a Browser screen you may drag the column separators left or right to adjust the column widths Natural Log will remember the most recent column settings for each report and the Browser screen Natural Log User Manual Page 9 9 9 06 Report Printer Page Setup Design Screen To set the page layout you first need to display the Design screen you first need to display the Design screen by selecting Report Customize Report Format on any report screen the Browser Settings button on any Browser screen or the Print LogPage Setup on the Log Editor screen After making changes click the View Print button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Standard Sales Projection Summary Report Design La P x View Print Help Cancel Page SetUp m Paper Orientation m Printer Font Portrait Font arial LandScape Size E SetFont Margins HHH Copies Top Margin fos Bottom Margin ps oo Left Margin pe z Right Margin ps Orientation If your printer permits you may select Portrait or Landscape paper orientation Landscape will rotate the paper 90 degrees and allow more width for printing data on each line Font amp FontSize You may select any font that has been installed for yo
99. a 3 amp 0009 Overnight weather 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 92 Natural Log User Manual 10 35 SoundBox Automation NOTE This output log is in the Generic Text NL8 Windows Format see section 10 19 01 Before it can be imported into SoundBox it MUST be merged with a music log created by Natural Music or another music scheduler which then creates the actual merged log in the SoundBox log format Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log NL8 converts to a native JockeyPro log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for this automation system log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type SoundBox Automation Log FileName k My Documents 1112034D5 log Browse x Convert Cancel SoundBox Cut Numbers The SoundBox system can use any cut numbers names NL8 is limited to cut names of up to 20 characters and or numbers Enter the SoundBox cut ID including any leading O s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry This output file is described in section 10 19 01 Generic Text NL8 Windows format Log Reconciliation is Not Supported for SoundBox Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file ddmmyr ADS dd is da
100. a single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Page 10 76 Natural Log User Manual 10 27 Salsa Systemation Automation cont Output amp Input Filenames Output send log file ISPOT DAT Input reconcile log file EPLOG DAT SpotBreaks All items in Salsa must fall within a SpotBreak Note that there must be breaks set up in Salsa at the exact same time as the breaks on Natural Log or the automation will not properly load the log NL8 sees every avail as part of a single break until it sees a new time in the Scheduled Time column ea Log Templates Iof x File Edit Tools Help Db gt x o gt D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Tuesday x 12 00AM x 2 12 17 00 4M Commercial Break 2 30 gA x 2 2 5 2 amp 6 0009 Overnight Weather 12 28 00 4M Commercial Break Salsa Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as to play certain audio cuts from the Natural Log system On the Natural Lo
101. amp 000201 amp 000202 amp 000203 MyWay Play a Non Commercial Video Cut Example Assume you may need to run weather at a certain time each day If your weather is named 001009 you could make the entry shown above at event 0220 in the Natural Log Templates This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Once again the computer only needs the 001009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Command Sequence Example You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 000201 then play a program cut 000202 then play a closer cut 000203 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown at event 0223 above in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and MyWay is an optional description Natural Log User Manual Page 10 121 10 49 BSI OpX Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log Special Considerations Unless running satellite programming O
102. amp 4UTO ON 10 01 00 AM COUNTRY MUSIC 10 17 00 4M Commercial Break xA These events must appear exactly as shown including amp followed immediately by AUTO ON or AUTO OFF Natural Log User Manual Page 10 39 10 12 Computer Concepts DCS amp Maestro Automation NL8 converts to a specific DCS Maestro log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs Any references herein to DCS also apply to Maestro which uses the same type log interface file to send the log A different file format is used for reconciliation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Computer Concepts DCS Automation Log FileName a ATEMP OS1 206s2 log Browse Station Number x Convert Cancel 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Msestro Automation Log FileName ATEMPA091 206s2 log Browse Station Number DCS Maestro Cut Numbers Computer Concept s DCS amp the Maestro system can use cut numbers from 1 to 999 with a single letter in front to identify the type All you need to do is enter the DCS Maestro cut letter and or numbers into the CopylD field during order entry in NL8 Log Reconcilia
103. and click Continue If the item you need to adjust is not listed click the Show Items with 0 Balances checkbox to see all items for the selected customer Alternatively you can enter an adjustment directly onto an invoice by opening the invoice to be adjusted and clicking the Enter Adjustment button You can open the invoice from Reports the Transaction Browser from the individual customer account screen using the Accounts Receivable tab or from the Customer Account History Returned Check was posted as payment on Invoice s Do a DR Debit adjustment to cancel the amount posted to each invoice Note that you can include a returned check fee in the adjustment amount if you like If the check was posted to more than one invoice you will need to adjust each invoice separately ia Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090010 ii Ea Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description Amount Juan 26 2004 x DR Debit Adjustment NSF CHeck Returned 20 Fee 220 03090010 9 30 03 Inv DEMOA 0102 001 Shiner Filley Co 200 00 04010003 1 17 04 Pmt Payment Check 1234 on Inv 03090010 200 00 Pending 1 26 04 DA A F Debit Adjustment 220 00 R x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Verify the correct entry date This must be after the last End of Month closing date Select DR Debit Adjustment Enter a meaningful description of the adjustment En
104. are running programming from a satellite for other network and you need to specify filler items to be used fill Mandatory or If Used commercial breaks to exact length if you don t have enough paid spots You can add these as bonus spots on selected paid orders or you may enter separate orders to run PSA s promos etc as filler material These items are not counted on Order Confirmations because until a log is generated NL8 has no way to know how many items it will schedule to fill any unfilled breaks Q Filler Items are logged only after all non filler items are logged or attempted to be logged and are bumped due to rule violations Q This only applies to breaks with If Used Fill Code and at least 1 regular item logged in the break or Mandatory Fill Code whether or not any spots are already logged Q The number of spots per day on the Order Line is treated as the maximum number of items that can be scheduled from the Order Line as filler for that day n If NL8 does not need the item s to fill a commercial break this Order Line is not used and nothing from this Order Line is ever listed in the bumped items list for the log Q NL 8 will never open a new break and log only filler items in the break unless the break is Mandatory Linking an Order Line to a Special Event Template On the Order Line entry screen the Run field may be set to Link gt followed by the name of the Special Event Template to which the Order Line
105. as ordered Sponsor ct 2003 Nov 2003 Dec 2003 Jan 2004 Feb 2004 Mar 2004 a 0144 Emergency Brdest System Test 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Sort Group by 00 House Accounts DEMO Ak 0 00 0 00 AccountR ep b 2l IV Group Subtotals I Group PageBreak 0110 Steelman Office Products 0 00 150 00 00 House Accounts DEMO FM 0 00 150 00 00 House Accounts 0 00 150 00 r then Sort by Station 7 IV Group Subtotals T Group PageBreak 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0102 Anytown Filley Co DODE Arnolds Jewelers 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0012 Bommer Ford 0013 Bommer Tractor 0019 City Utilities 0157 Davis nd Logan Insurance 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0027 Donnie s Western Wear And 0031 Dubose Insurance 0122 Farmer s Insurance 0158 Ferrell Gas Co 0040 First Baptist Church 0043 First United Methodist Church P SAE PEN OU Men at then Sort by Sponsor ha V Group Subtotals J Group Pagebreak Group Subtotals If checked the report will include subtotals for every group of items with the same sort value Example If you check Group Subtotals every time the Account Rep changes in the report a subtotal line will be printed Group PageBreak If checked the report will send a fomrfeed to the printer after the subtotal line for every group of items with the same sort value Example If you check Group PageBreak every time the Account Rep changes in the rep
106. automation system See Commercial Logs Billing At the end of the month use Billing Broadcast Invoices to create your invoices and affidavits In the Billing module you first need to select the month to be billed then click Charge Logs to be sure all logs are charged for the period being billed NL cannot bill for an item on a log until that log is charged Any invoices ready to be billed will show an Invoice of Ready You can review and correct any invoices that are incorrect before finalizing them When you click Final Invoices all ready invoices will be finalized printed and moved to accounts receivable Accounts Receivable You may enter payments and adjustments through the Accounts Receivable module from the main NL menu You can also edit existing invoices and reissue corrected invoices After all transactions for the month are complete you can use End of Month Closing to close that month to prevent anyone from changing anything after the fact Continued on next page Page 1 8 Natural Log User Manual 1 05 Quick Start Guide cont Accounts Receivable You may enter payments and adjustments through the Accounts Receivable module form the main NL menu You can also edit existing invoices and reissue corrected invoices Reports The NL report section allows you to print numerous reports such as invoiced sales payments aged AR balances useful for your accountant These reports can be exported in delimited forma
107. automation uses codes designated as Q in OpX to determine how an event starts or is triggered Natural Log will insert these in the Log file The is always sent as the Q unless you send another Q Code as shown on the next page Segues after prior event or cut ends This is the default value used by Natural Music Plays at a specific time without waiting for previous event to end Plays at a specific time but waits for a playing cut or event to end This is useful to skip any unplayed items at the end of an hour and reposition the OpX to begin a new hour at the appropriate log position to keep it on schedule Wait for BackTimed Start This causes OpX to change the pitch of the playing audio to backtime to a specific event See OpX Manual for more information Wait for Manual Start Converted to Q Blank when sent to OpX Used only with OpX version 3 and later Converted to N when sent to OpX for non sequential timed start of recording switching etc Automatic Segue Between Events The easiest way to send a Q Code start code is send no Q code and let Natural Log assume that the start code is Segue Automatic Segue Example You want to play a cut named WEATHER then a cut named JINGLE1 after a Commercial Break In the Natural Log Template Log Templates Iof x File Edit Tools Help k amp D D x g x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s He
108. be played by CartWorks in place of the empty break not used by Natural Log The CartWorks will get out of sync with Natural Log This is prevented by entering the BREAK command immediately before each spot break in Natural Log In the Natural Log Templates on the line immediately before the start of a spot break you need to enter an event at the approximate spot break start time and use event description BREAK Break Marker Example Event 0004 shown below If no spots are inserted by Natural Log the amp BREAK marker will serve to tell Cartworks that the break is empty so it should be skipped This is entered in the Natural Log Templates as shown below at event 0004 Event 0004 contains the amp BREAK marker which will be sent to CartWorks in the event no spots get logged into this commercial break by Natural Log This must be done before all breaks in Natural Log If the spot break is empty this amp BREAK will be transferred by Natural Log as an empty break and CartWorks will skip to the next break If spots are logged into the break the amp BREAK is ignored by the cartworks interface In this way the spot break loading sequence can be kept in sync between Natural Log and CartWorks z Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O lt x D amp g s New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily
109. can be done in NL8 log templates as shown below on event 0130 Note there are no spaces between amp and the command This will work with any Raduga commands lt i Log Templates File Edit Tools Help k amp A D D x x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Sample AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 01 00 AM 01 53 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x ga x amp C Audio W eather MP3 amp stop Page 10 98 Natural Log User Manual 10 38 Synergy Automation Log File This Natural Log interface exports and reconciles a log in the format as specified by the Synergy Broadcast Centre developers Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Synergy Broadcast Centre Automation Log FileName aT Dome Station Number 2 x Convert Cancel Synergy Cut Numbers The Synergy Broadcast Centre can use any cut alphanumeric cut numbers names up to 20 characters All you need to do is enter the Synergy cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when en
110. corrections on Adjustments Report continued from previous page Q Step 2 Post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong invoice for 100 ia Enter an Adjustment for A F Item 03090003 030901 46 Pending 9 30 03 9 30 03 2 10 04 SSC eesecription DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas Payment Check 3333 on Inv 03090003 Mm E Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description Amount Feb A fio 2004 x DR Debit Adjustment Reverse incorect payment 100 00 Type 03090003 Amount Balance 220 00 A F Debit Adjustment 100 00 100 00 Q Step 3 Post CR Credit adjustment to the new 0 Prepayment s for 100 w Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03100021 2 Te 00021 2 Pending 10 5 03 2 10 04 Payment correction Chk 3333 CSC scription DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Bil E3 Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description nE ca oc 10 10 2004 x cR Credit Adjustment 7 Payment correction Chk 3333 100 00 oo Reference Date Type 0 00 100 00 Hep Save Adiustment Natural Log User Manual zE EEE Help Cancel Page 8 37 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error Payment applied to i
111. customer account broadcast order log and invoice that records the changes entered the user that made the changes and the date time of the change Natural Log User Manual Page 1 17 Natural Log End User License Agreement This license agreement is a legal agreement between you the end user and Natural Broadcast Systems Inc Carefully read this license agreement prior to use of the software product Use of the software indicates your acceptance of the terms and conditions of this license agreement If you do not agree to the terms and conditions of this license agreement do not use the software and promptly return the complete product to the place you obtained it and the license price will be refunded By installing this Software the End User acknowledges that it has read this License understands it and agrees to be bound by its terms and conditions Should you have any questions concerning this License contact the Licensor at www nat soft com prior to use The enclosed computer program s and the accompanying documentation are provided to the End User Licensee by Natural Broadcast Systems Inc Licensor for use only under the following terms Licensor reserves any right not expressly granted to the End user The End User owns the disk on which the Software is recorded but Licensor retains ownership of all copies of the Software itself and the Software Source Code The End User assumes sole responsibility for the installation
112. default report format in section 9 07 Page 9 28 Natural Log User Manual 9 16 Report Type Transactions cont General Tab Report Type The Transactions Report screen has 9 types of reports Q Invoices Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the invoices issued during the report period Report columns include Gross Discounts Agency Commission Net Tax AccountRep Commission and National Rep Commission Invoices Detail Prints a detail 1 row per invoice of the invoices issued during the report period Report columns include Gross Discounts Agency Commission Net Tax AccountRep Commission and National Rep Commission Payments Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the payments received during the report period Report columns include Payment Amount Tax Amount Net Amount Agency Commission AccountRep Commission and National Rep Commission Payments Detail Prints a detail 1 row per payment of the payments received during the report period Report columns include Payment Amount Tax Amount Net Amount Agency Commission AccountRep Commission and National Rep Commission Aged Collections Report Prints a detail 1 row per invoice of the payments received during the report period The amounts are shown in columns based on the number of days outstanding the balance was when collected Adjustments Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the adjustin
113. end a commercial break Automation Commands To send source switching and other automation commands to MediaBank in the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then a sequence of values separated by commas as described below 4 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 amp a D x vA New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday 7 02 00 AM 7 Scheduled Time Event Desorption FilProny Fea Sours ID Restriction 2 17 004M amp CUE KLFTINSERT NETWORK TRIGGER Local Break 2 17 00 AM Commercial Break x ok a s a amp DUR DECODE1 123456 Weather Forecast 2 20 00 AM DUR KLFTNET001 NETWORK SWITCH Return to Network NOTE KLFTINSERT and KLFTNETO001 above should be replaced by your specific INSERT or NETWORK designations Play a Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Assume you may need to run weather at a certain time each day If your weather is named 123456 you could make the entry shown above at event 0211 in the Natural Log Templates This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Once again the computer only needs the event type DUR for autosegue device DECODE1 and the cut 123456 We inserted description Weather Forec
114. even if an earlier closure was missed for some reason Log Templates Iof x File Edit Tools Help 0 amp nel D D x g v New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM Normal Daily Log x Monday x 04 00 AM x Scheduled Time Event Description Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code 4 15 00 4M amp M REM Align for 17 Break 4 17 00 4M amp M Relay 1 100 4 17 00 AM amp OP_BREAK 4 17 00 4M Commercial Break x 4 20 00 4M amp M Relay 2 100 This is an example only your Relay numbers will be different or you may use the built in audio mixer on your audio board in which case you will use MIXVOL macros to turn the network up and down instead of the RELAY macros in this example Page 10 132 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 11 Utilities This chapter contains information concerning use of the database utilities and other tools available in Natural Log 8 for Windows Q Data Backup Section 11 01 Q Data Restore Section 11 02 Q Database Repair Section 11 03 Q Database Compact Section 11 04 Q Adobe Acrobat PDF Writer Section 11 05 Q Tools Calendar amp Calculator Section 11 06 Q Tools Reminders Section 11 07 Q Tools Activity Log User Log Section 11 08 Q Configuring On Screen Browsers Sections 11 10 11 12 Natural Log User Manual Page 11 1
115. following page Natural Log User Manual Page 7 9 7 03 Relssue Corrected Invoices cont If the Month is NOT Closed and an Invoice is Re lssued Q The reissued invoice amount will have the current date and will be reported as part of current month billing Your accountant will need to adjust their current month reconciliation for this fact The old invoice amount as originally issued will still exist in its original month s sales totals as reported in NL The old invoice will show an adjusting entry dated for the current month that zeroes out the old invoice All payments and adjustments attached to the old invoice are automatically moved to the reissued invoice Opening an Invoice For Edit Relssue You can open an invoice on screen in any of the following ways m From Billing From the main NL8 screen click Billing Broadcast Invoices display the invoice list for the period and double click the invoice to pen it From the Customer Screen From the main NL8 screen click Accounts Receivable or Traffic to display the customer Then double click the invoice on the customers Accounts Receivable tab to open the invoice If the invoice has already been paid so it does not show up on the Accounts Receivable tab click History on the customer Accounts Receivable tab and select it from the list of previous invoices From Reports From the main NL8 screen click Reports and generate any report that includ
116. from the list to obtain a drop down Edit View menu and select Edit View Invoice You can correct invoice errors even on finalized invoices as long as the month in which the invoice is issued is not closed a Ifthe month has not closed see view amp edit invoices in section 7 02 of this manual Ifthe month has closed and you need to reissue a corrected invoice see reissuing a broadcast invoice in section 7 04 of this manual Verifying Script Status for Invoices requiring notarized script affidavits In the Billing Broadcast Invoices with the desired invoice list displayed click Tools Pre Billing Script Status Verification on the top dropdown menu The displayed invoice list will be scanned for those that require script affidavits Each script and its status will be displayed as OK or missing depending on whether the script has been typed into the NL8 Copy Manager Page 7 4 Natural Log User Manual 7 02 View amp Edit Invoices Edit Pending Invoice You can always view and edit pending invoices You can open a pending invoice on screen as described below Also see View Error Detail for help finding the source of errors on an invoice Edit Finalized Invoice Finalized invoices can always be viewed but can be only edited as long as the month in which the invoice was issued is not closed You can open a pending invoice on screen as described below Also see verify invoice in section 7 01 for hel
117. future Per Broadcast Billing Each broadcast is billed at a cost per broadcast as specified on the Order Lines This is specified using Billing Basis on the Order entry screen Preemption Level On the Order Line entry screen this lets NL8 know how important it is for an ordered the item to be logged If you are oversold and NL8 cannot schedule all ordered items it needs to know what items to log first and what items can be bumped Items with Preemption level O are logged first then preemption level 2 then 3 and so on Less important items should have inferior preemption levels 7 8 9 so they get bumped More important items should have superior preemption levels 0 1 etc so they are more certain to be logged ANY items not logged are always placed in the log s Bump Item file regardless of their preemption level PrePayments Receipt of payment for an invoice that has not yet been issued If you receive payment for an invoice that has already been issued that is a payment Payments are applied to pay individual invoices already issued in NL8 Prepayments are applied as a credit on a customer s account to be used in the future Product Codes Product Protect These allow you to protect similar products from appearing together on the log Then during order entry you put 1 or 2 Product Codes on the Order Natural Log will then provide the required protection between all Orders that have been assigned the same Product Code This preve
118. generating a log See Eill Priority Final Invoices This is the process in NL8 Broadcast Billing which finalizes prints and post invoices to Accounts Receivable Until process this is done invoices do not show up in A R See Broadcast Invoices for more information Page 12 4 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Glossary of Terms Gross Invoice Amount This is the total of all charges on an invoice before any discounts agency commissions or trade credits are deducted and before any taxes are added Also see discounted gross invoice amount If Used Fill Code on Log Templates This tells NL8 that the commercial break must be filled to the specified length provided you entered a required length on the Log template only if at least 1 item is logged within that commercial break This is helpful for satellite network formats in which you must fill certain commercial breaks because the network does not cover them Invoice An invoice in NL8 shows only the items run from a single broadcast order during the current billing period It does not include any prior balances See Account Statement Invoiced Sales Report This report shows the invoiced sales for the report period To get a report showing current customer balances see accounts receivable aging report ISCI Industry Standard Coding Identification ISCI is a system for coding commercials established in 1970 and owned and operated by the Am
119. gt 09 59 AM Copy Packet Contents American National Bank 30 10 00 AM gt 11 59 PM Step 2 Create a Packet named P0002 004B or any unique CopylD and insert CopylD 1003 on the 1st line of the Packet set to run before 10AM Insert 1004 into the 2nd line of the Packet and set it to run after 10AM Append Item Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item 1003 American National Bank 30 12 00 4M gt 09 59 AM 1 1004 American National Bank 30 10 00 4M gt 11 59 PM Copy Packet Contents Example continued on next page Page 4 14 Natural Log User Manual 4 05 03 Complex Copy Example 3 cont Example continued from previous page Copy Varies Based on Time of Day Day of Week AND the Copy Variation Changes During the Order Run Step 3 Then create a Schedule named S0002 004 or any unique CopylD and insert Packet PO002 004A onto the first line and set it to expire Dec 24 Add Packet P0002 004B to the second line of the Packet so it will play after line 1 of the Schedule containing Packet PO002 004A expires 4 Copy 50002 004 American National Bank File Print Tools Help n 4 MA Previous Copy Next Copy listen Help Cancel Close Copy Schedule Infomation Copy belongs to 0002 American National Bank x Copy ID S0002 004 Label American National Bank Length 30 x oi 7 Voice Customers ScnptiDy S chedule Status jk Usable Datesfsep efor mf203 thr
120. immediately following the break number line the break is skipped in Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 In this way optional breaks can be set up in the log formats but skipped when not needed lt a Log Templates Iof Xx File Edit Tools Help O x D D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM he Normal Daily Log hd Monday be 02 00 4M 2 17 00 4M amp BREAK1 2 17 00 4M Commercial Break d If Used Fill x 2 28 00 AM amp BREAK2 2 28 00 4M Commercial Break 00 Must Fill Natural Log User Manual Page 10 59 10 18 Spartamation Automation cont formerly EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Automation Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching if available in the automation On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name number to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the we
121. in chapter 3 of this manual Note The Commercial Break length was reduced to 2 30 to account for the 30 seconds of weather which automation does count as part of the cluster but NL8 does not count as part of the commercial break Command Sequence Example Event 0113 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0113 in the NL8 Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and Program is an optional description 44 Log Templates OF Xx File Edit Tools Help D gt x oo D D amp vA New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM z EE Log Monday x E Commercial Break amp 0023 Overnite Weather 1 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp 52002 amp 2003 Program Page 10 18 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 BSI Simian Automation The instructions for Simian automation also apply to BSI Wavestation versions 3 0 or later Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Lo
122. invoiced amount NL does not deduct the UnWired Network commission on the printed invoice only as an internal credit on their account On National Rep orders NL assumes you are billing the buying agency directly collecting the net amount and separately paying your National Rep his commission Variable Package Billing You specify amount s to be billed on various dates This amount will be billed on the first invoice generated on or after that date even if nothing ran Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amount will be billed This would be useful to bill different package amounts in different months even if no broadcast items ran Variable Package Billing is specified using Billing Basis on the Order entry screen Weekly Billing Cycle This Billing Cycle tells NL8 to generate an invoice for this order based on the standard broadcast week of Monday through Sunday After each Sunday s log has been charged a weekly Billing Cycle order will generate an invoice Natural Log User Manual Page 12 9 Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page A Account balances initializing 7 15 Account Reps Commissions on orders 3 19 Customer assignment 3 9 Default commissions 2 21 Setup 2 21 User restrictions 2 7 Account Statements Balance Forward type 3 9 8 7 Cycle 3 9 Document format 2 17 Generating 8 5 to 8 8 e mail settings 2 20 Electronic deliver 8 8 Open ltem Statement type 3 9 8
123. is to be linked This allows you to use the Runs field to link this Order Line to a Special Event Template see definition in glossary so the order line will run only when that Special Event Template is scheduled using Special Event Scheduling subject to any Run Dates restrictions on the Order Line This means you don t have to change all orders that run within that Special Event Template if a Special Event is canceled or changed Note You must have created an empty Special Event Template even if it is simply an empty template before you can link to that template Link to Special Event Example Assume you have an Order Line that runs only within the HS Footbal 01 special event shown above You could link this Order Line to that special event and this Order Line will only run when that special event is scheduled Also See creating a Special Event Template in section 4 02 and scheduling Special Event Templates in section 3 10 Warning See discussion of Special Considerations when linking an Order Line to a Special Event on the next page Natural Log User Manual Page 3 29 3 08 Complex Scheduling Options cont Special Considerations When Linking an Order Line to a Special Event This is an advanced function of NL and should be used with caution Also see creating a Special Event Template in section 4 02 and scheduling Special Event Templates in section 3 10 4 Order Line 0002 001 04 American National Bank
124. may occur The tells AudioVault that this is a line label ALIGN tells AudioVault to move to this line at the time specified and wait for the next contact closure which will come about 1021 but may float When it receives the contact closure AudioVault will play the following spots if any and return to satellite OQ amp BREAK The tells the system that this is a Satellite Start event and must be blank The tells AudioVault that this is a Comment Line BREAK is just a text description This comment line serves to STOP the AudioVault ONLY if there are no commercials in the spotset which follows it The time on this event MUST be the same as the start time of the stopset This event is required for all commercial breaks as a safety device to prevent AudioVault from getting out of sequence with the Network If no spots follow this event Audiovault stays on satellite Example Aligning AudioVault with Satellite Contact Closures Event 0101 shown below Assume you may need to be sure the AudioVault is aligned to the correct when it receives the contact closure to play that break Event 0101 shows how this could be entered Note that the time as several minutes before the break is expected to be triggered Example Play a non commercial Audio Cut Event 0105 shown below Assume you may need to run the non commercial weather audio named 0023 at certain times each day as part of a 3 00 commercial break The entry starting at 0101 th
125. may be placed in an NL8 log template in this manner using the categories enclosed within brackets Comment Example Event 2302 shown below Event 2302 is a comment which is simply a line of text that will be displayed on the Simian log screen but is not executed by the automation It is just skipped Note that event 2304 below will not be sent to Simian as a comment since it does not start with amp C Comments you want to show be shown on screen is Simian must begin with amp C in your NL8 log templates The amp C is stripped out before the comment is sent to Simian Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D amp oe D D x vA New Template Print EditLine Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Clos Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday 7 11 00 PM 11 00 00 PM amp M Relay 1100 amp C ABC News 11 05 00 PM amp Macro Realy 2 100 This text will NOT be sent to Simian Page 10 24 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 04 Load Next Day s Simian Log Note This LOG command is now outdated Simian now has a means to internally schedule the loading of the next day s log and is more reliable Please use it This method is included for users of older versions of Simian and WaveStation that do not have the automatic log loading The command sequence to tell WaveStation Simian to Load Next Day s Log amp LOG A bl
126. more paper Amount Due You can change the Amount Due text shown to the left of the Invoice Total This is useful for some non commercial broadcasters that want to reference donations or pledges rather than amount due Station Official Certification Text You can change the Station Official Certification text to anything that suits you This is only printed on the Invoice when the order specifies an Affidavit Notary Statement Text You can change the Notary Statement to reflect your state s requirements This may also be left blank This text if any is only printed on the Invoice when the order specifies a Notarized Affidavit Page 2 16 Natural Log User Manual 2 09 Account Statement Format Natural Log allows you to set up Document formats for each NL station as well as a Multi Station format for situations in which more than one station appears on a Document such as a multi station order If you are running only one station you do not need the Multi Station Documents If you are running more than 1 station you must set up a Document format for each station plus the Multi Station Document format Single Station Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats Multi Station Natural Log s Multi Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Multi Station Document Formats
127. must be logged on that computer with Administrator permission in Windows After installation to normally run NL8 the user must have at least Standard User permissions and full read write access to the folder containing the NL8 data Access 97 Warning NL8 installs new Microsoft Access 2000 database drivers that overwrite older Access 97 drivers and are not 100 compatible with Access97 NL8 will work fine but some Access 97 macros may be unusable If you use macros in Access 97 and want to install NL8 on the same computer the only work around is not use the Access 97 macros or to upgrade to Microsoft Access 2000 For more information on this known incompatibility problem review the following Microsoft document http support microsoft com support kb articles Q237 5 75 ASP Video Display Issues The minimum acceptable video display size is 800x600 with small fonts selected in the Windows Control Panel Display settings Best quality is obtained with 1072x768 with large fonts or medium fonts selected in the Windows Control Panel Display settings Natural Log User Manual Page 1 3 1 02 Installing Natural Log 8 Installation Process Natural Log is packaged in an automatic installer program You must be physically at the computer on which you are installing Natural Log That is don t try to install across a Local Area Network onto a server or workstation If using Windows Vista Windows 7 or Windows 8 you must be logged into Windows
128. must see a Cluster Marker command immediately before any spots so it knows how long the spot set is supposed to be On the Natural Log Templates you d enter an event descriptiond amp 0053 at the time the spot set is supposed to start in this case 3 17 00 AM Then on the next line of the Natural Log Template you enter the avails for the commercial break This will work with any of the Digital DJ or AXS commands Just use the amp when entering the event description on the Natural Log Template The 180 second cluster marker is solely to make it easy to read for humans It is not needed for AXS which only needs the amp 0053 Tell AXS to play a non commercial audio cut Example Event 0307 shown below Assume AXS cut number 2056 is your overnight weather You can tell AXS to play this cut at the end of the commercial break or anywhere you want it to play Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Note The Commercial Break length was reduced to 2 30 to account for the 30 seconds of weather which AXS does count as part of the cluster but NL8 does not count as part of the commercial break Command Sequence Example Event 0310 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 To save space you can optionally e
129. need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description Log Templates of x File Edit Tools Help O x D D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 02 00 Am 7 3 0212 28 2 30 0213 3 0214 3 0215 x 3 5 a 0216 0217 0218 amp 0009 Overnight Weather 0219 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 75 10 27 Salsa Systemation Automation NL8 converts to the native Salsa Systemation log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs Salsa amp Systemation use the same interface so we will refer to salsa here but everything applies equally to Systemation as well Special Note All spots that run within one commercial break on Salsa must have the same scheduled time If Natural Log sees a time change from one event to the next on the log template it assumes that a new break has begu
130. new customer account click the New button To open an existing customer account click the Open button or double click the customer listing Note During initial setup of NL8 you may need to enter Customer Balance Forward amounts from your previous accounting system This can be done from the Customer account screen using the Billing Non Broadcast Invoice Generator menu choice See section 7 06 of this manual for details a 0002 American National Bank File Orders Copy Manager Biling Account Receivable Tools Help 5 3 a Previous Cust Next Cust Print eMail Help Cancel Close i ai o Ordes Accounts Receivable Copy Manager CustomerMemo Name Address Information Account Settings Order Default Values I Account Closed Revenue Source LD Local Direct x Sponsor Name American National Bank Statement Type Dpen ltem X Agency if an gency aryl 00000 None M Statement Cycle f Calendar Month x Billing Name American National Bank Finance Charge fo x Per Year Address P 0 Box 1940 Credit Limitfsn 00 z Address2 Account Rep 02 Corey white City State anywhere Txs O A Zipf7e000 Revenue Type CCashSpts ti itst aY Telephonel 210 555 5555 Faj InvoiceType None Statement Ony I ContactNamefjackMils Biling Cycle S Salutation Po Applicable Tax Noe O O CSSi Contact E Mail fC Customer TaD O Deliver Invoicef Mail Paper Invoice 0 H Minimum Separation 39 w Minutes Between Broadcast
131. not billed Note Only items that exactly match active CopylD s in your NL8 Copy Manager are included in the extra items list This prevents non commercial items such as music jingles liners etc from showing up as extra items in the log reconciliation Automated reconciliation is supported for these automation system play logs only Arrakis Digilink 3 amp 4 AudioVault AutoMate System BSI WaveStation Simian Enco DAD MusicReady MediaTouch RadioOne amp Waitt radio Network RDS Phantom Scott Studios AXS and SSDOS SS32 Systems Salsa and Systemation OOOOCOCOOCOCD Reconciliation Window The NL administrator can set the allowed time difference allowed during reconciliation see Station Settings in section 2 02 of this manual If the time difference between the logged time and the played time is outside this window NL does not match those items Default value is 60 minutes Special Considerations Reading a Simian or WaveStation Event List The BSI Simian and WaveStation automation can save its event list in one of 2 formats Q MS Access named as yymmdd MDB Q ASCII named as yymmdd LST The format of the event list file is user selected in the Tools Program Options General tab of the Simian Natural Log can read either file Just be sure to use the Browse button on the NL8 Log reconciliation screen to locate the correct file Special Considerations Reading a MusicReady Windows version PlayLog The Musi
132. not do to your commercial logs Page 10 4 Natural Log User Manual 10 03 Arrakis Digilink Automation NL8 converts to the native Digilink log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs Be sure to select the proper version of the Digilink you are using when creating the automation log in NL8 Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 24 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Arrakis Digilink DL2 DL3 be Automation Log FileName C Temp T100203 dig Browse i ae A Tal Automation Log Type Arrakis Digilink DL4 E 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log FileName C Temp T100203 dig Browse i ae HE Eee Digilink Cart Numbers Digilink can use any numeric or alphanumeric cut up to 8 characters to identify its audio cuts NL8 can handle any valid Diglink audio cut identifier so all you need to do is enter the Digilink cut identifier for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen Log Reconciliation is supported for Digilink Copy the Play Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natu
133. not listed click the Show Items with 0 Balances checkbox to see all items for the selected customer ig Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090005 il Es Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adj on Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description TE Jan 29 29 2004 x TER Trade Credit Trade Credit Applied 2 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance e 9 30 03 DEMO AM 0002 001 American National Bank 250 00 Pending 1 29 04 Trade Credit Applied 125 00 ln R x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Q Verify the correct entry date This must be after the last End of Month closing date Q Select TRC Trade Credit as the adjustment type Q Enter a meaningful description of the adjustment Q Enter as a negative the amount to be applied Q Be sure to click Save Adjustment before exiting Natural Log User Manual Page 8 19 8 06 04 Cancel Unpaid Finance Charge Quite often a customer won t pay late fees finance charges assessed against the account If you allow them to do this and you don t want to show they still owe the finance charges on their account you will need to cancel the finance charges From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen You must select the invoice or prepayment item to be adjusted and cli
134. oe New Invoice View Invoice View Order Find Print List Help Close Non Broadcast Invoice List Station s forthe Month for Account Rep s Sort List By Refresh AI Stations ee pes Jma i Account Reps z EE L Invoice List i harg October 01 2003 Order ID mae ET 0001 005 DEMO AM Allen s Body Tech Talent Fees for Remore Brdest 03100002 3043 002 DEMO AM First United Methodist Church Telco Line Fees Totals Select the Invoices to be Listed Select the invoice settings at the top of the screen to obtain an invoice list You can select the Station s billing period and Account Rep to be displayed This invoice list allows you to see what non broadcast invoices have already been entered for the selected billing period See the next page to create a new Non Broadcast Invoice Natural Log User Manual Page 7 13 7 06 Create New Non Broadcast Invoice In Billing Non Broadcast Invoices click the New Invoice button 44 Create a Non Broadcast charge for Customer Select Customer to receive Invoice CustiD Sponsor BilingName 15t Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awe Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Body Tech American National Bank American National Bank spanis Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerc Marisa Bianca Productions Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Ad Agency American National Bank American National Bank span An
135. of variable package is shown on the next page Package Description Only if you select Level Package or Variable Package above you will be able to enter the package description that will show up on the invoice Page 3 20 Natural Log User Manual 3 05 01 Package Priced Billing Variable Package Only if you select Level Package above you will be able enter the amount to be billed for each station each time an invoice is generated Order 0019 002 City Utilities City Utilities File Print Schedule Tools Help Previous roe na Next Order ee Fe Production ala E oe Ee Invoice Instructions Approvals Memos Instructions Billing Cycle Calendar Month 7 Invoice Type Times bd Copies of Invoice to Print 1 7 Purchase Order Estimate Print CoOp Script Affidavit I Note to be printed on Invoice City Utilities Billing Basis Discounts Commission Tax Variable Package x Description weather Rotator Pkg z Discounts Allowed 0 7 of Total Bill ae L Amount a Agency Commission fo of Gross Edit Pkg Price DEMO AM 25 00 _EdPkgPice DEMO AM TIGHTS Account Rise Conant gt of Net DEMO AM 11 30 03 Add New Pkg Price National Rep Comm jo bas of Net Apply Trade Credit fo Z of Net Delete Pkg Price aoee Te Nne O Variable Package Only if you select Variable Package above you will be able use these buttons to add or change the package
136. prepayment If the remaining credit is negative the adjustment should be a DR Debit positive amount If the remaining credit is positive the adjustment should be a CR Credit negative amount Q Click Save Adjustment Natural Log User Manual Page 8 29 8 08 Correcting Accts Receivable Errors Correcting a transaction BEFORE the end of month closing The following applies only before the End of Month closing for the period See next page for correcting a payment or A R adjustment after the End of Month closing is done See section 8 10 for a discussion of the End of Month closing process To correct an invoice error open the invoice cancel it edit it and again finalize issue it See section 7 03 To correct a payment posting error open the payment delete it and reenter it correctly If you have an adjustment entry error open the adjusting entry delete it and reenter it correctly Warning If you delete a payment entry all payments applied to invoices by that payment entry and any prepayments created by that payment entry even if applied to invoices are also deleted We recommend you print the payment or adjustment entry before deleting it so you can reenter all parts of it correctly Delete a payment or A R adjustment Open the payment or A R adjustment through Reports Transaction Browser or the customer s account history If the payment has already been attached to an invoice you can instead open the in
137. registration screen then click UnLock Natural Log 8 Natural Log User Manual Page 1 5 1 04 Natural Log 8 Database Issues This section should be read BEFORE starting to use Natural Log 8 If using NL8 for multiple stations once vou decide how to structure vour NL8 database it cannot be easilv chanaed Database Setup Considerations Natural Log 8 uses a Microsoft Access database file to hold all of its data Within this single database you can add as many stations as your copy of Natural Log is licensed to create Although the vast majority of situations will require a single NL8 database with multiple stations created inside it Natural Log also allows you to have completely separate NL8 databases WARNING if you decide to use separate NL8 databases NOTHING can be shared between separate NL8 databases Each NL8 database is completely self contained This means you cannot share customer accounts broadcast orders log templates or any setup information between different NL8 databases You also cannot run reports within NL8 that combine data from separate NL8 databases Carefully consider the options below because once you decide how to structure your NL8 database it cannot be changed Using a single NL8 database with multiple stations This is by far the most common situation in which all stations for which you are doing traffic logs and billing are co located and share a common customer list Within a single NL8 database yo
138. return to the default Document format anytime by clicking this button Q Page Margin Font If you desire you can change the page margins left right and top bottom used when printing this Document You can also select a different font and or font size Warning Font sizes above 12 are not recommended because larger fonts allow too little information to be printed in a column Q Print Sample Sends a sample Log Page to the printer Log Heading This is the large typeface page heading to be printed on the Order Confirmation for the selected station Top Message for Log Page This is the small typeface message printed at the top of each page This can be anything you want such as operator sign on sign off text May be left blank Natural Log User Manual Page 2 13 2 07 Log Page Format cont Paper Type You may print this document on the following paper types Blank Paper This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines return address and if used logo Letterhead This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines but not the return address and if used logo PrePrinted Form Prints only the document data and assumes all form boxes lines addresses and logos are preprinted Contact the NL8 developer for a sample form These preprinted forms are not user configurable and must match the NL8 format Log Columns to be Printed Use the Select Columns button to select which columns you d l
139. setup 9 10 Restore default settings 9 11 Sorting 9 4 Title Subtitle 9 8 Report Types Accounts Receivable 9 26 to 9 27 Adjustments report 9 28 to 9 33 Agency list 9 16 Agency account list 9 16 Booked sales see sales projection Bulk contract fulfillment 9 22 Customer list 9 12 to 9 13 Customer mail labels 9 12 to 9 13 Customer envelopes 9 12 to 9 13 Customer billing history 9 14 Finance charge report 9 28 to 9 33 Inventory report 9 38 to 9 40 Invoiced sales report 9 28 to 9 33 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Manual Index H References are Chapter Page R continued Log reports 9 24 to 9 25 Missing copy report 9 17 Order list 9 18 to 9 20 Payments report 9 28 to 9 33 Rates report 9 19 Sales projection 9 36 to 9 37 Sponsorship 9 24 to 9 25 Tax due report 9 34 to 9 35 Transactions 9 28 to 9 33 UnApplied PrePayments 9 26 to 9 27 Revenue Source Customers 3 9 Revenue Types Setup 2 27 Broadcast orders 3 16 Customers 3 9 Review Approve Broadcast Orders 2 3 3 22 Rivendell Automation 10 106 to 10 107 Rotators copy manager 4 6 RushWorks MasterPlay Automation 10 100 S Sales report Invoices issued 9 28 to 9 33 Projection 9 36 to 9 37 Salsa amp Systemation automation10 76 Satellite Breaks auto fill to length 3 29 Scott Studios SS32 DSS automation 10 78 Script 4 3 ScriptID 4 3 Separation Broadcast order spots 3 15 Customer spots 3 11 Simian Automation Interface 10 20 to 10 31 Reconciling with play log
140. station 951102T SCH is Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log file yrmmddT LOG yr year mm month dd day station 951102T1 LOG is Play Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 45 10 13 ITC DigiCenter Automation cons DigiCenter Commands Automation Commands can be sent to the Digicenter such as source switching from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event Name NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event name Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Event 0107 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0023 you could make the entry shown below at event 0107 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0109 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the following entry in
141. supported for OpX Natural Log reads the RunLog created by OpX not the reconcilation report RunLogs is usually stored in the OpX machine in the C Program Files Broadcast Software International oOpX Runlogs folder Then use NL8 Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the RunLog Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report NL will remember where the RunLogs are stored Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT LOG mm is month dd is day yy is year station T means Traffic station ID 100212T1 LO0G is Traffic Log for Oct 02 2012 for station 1 Input Reconcile log file yymmdd log mm is month dd is day yy is year 121002 log is run log for Oct 02 2012 Note If for some reason you do not have direct access to the folder containing the RunLogs you can also reconcile NL with the Automation Spots Report in OpX Generate and save the report and then use NL to reconcile but select OpX Spots Report rather than OpX RunLog from the reconciliation file type drowdown box in NL8 The report is expected to be in the OpX PIPE delimited format with all report fields entered sequentially as 1 8 Details of using the NL8 to OpX Interface Natural Log has many abilities to cause OpX to perform different activities These are co
142. the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in the Auto Mate System including the S Log Reconciliation is supported for Auto Mate Copy the Auto Mate play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file day TPR where day is Mon Tue etc MON TPR is Send Log for Monday Input reconcile log file day LOG where day is Mon Tue etc MON LOG is Play Log for Monday Auto Mate Break Markers Each and every Local Break contact closure received from the Satellite network must be marked in Auto Mate s play log even if the break is empty so that the Satellite network and Auto Mate stay in sync Each time a Local Commercial Break contact closure is received from the satellite network Auto Mate goes to the next Local Break marker in its play log and plays the spots which follow the break marker if any If no spots are listed the Auto Mate immediately returns to satellite These Local Break Markers are entered on the Natural Log Te
143. the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and Program is an optional description 4 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O a x as D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEM0 AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday x 07 00 AM x 2 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break 2 30 x xA a s amp 0023 Overnite Weather 1 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp 52002 amp 2003 Program Page 10 46 Natural Log User Manual 10 14 Digital JukeBox Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Digital JukeBox z Automation Log FileName C Temp Thu_TRAF LOG Browse x Convert Cancel Digital JukeBox Cut Numbers The Digital JukeBox system uses 4 digit cart numbers from 1 to 9999 which can be entered directly into Natural Log orders All you need to do is enter the Digital JukeBox cut number 1 to 9999 for the particular commercial spot into the CopyID field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 exactly matches the number in the Digital Juke
144. the day s play log Natural Log reads this RPT file DCS Maestro Commands DCS Maestro accepts certain commands also called directives in DCS An example might be to load a spotset See your DCS manual These can be entered on your Natural Log system Log Templates as command lines of text Natural Log will treat these as command lines if you begin the event description with amp where is your command letter as described below Q amp D D is a Directive the means a valid Directive Type Q amp D LR Load Required stopset Q amp D LS Load Optional stopset Q amp D LP Load Play stopset next when in satellite mode Q amp D LW Load Window Q amp D CR Close Relay a amp D XF Execute Function m amp P This indicates that there is a Program Title on this line of the log template Skip one space after the and type in the Program Title on the log format a 8 L This indicates that there is a Log Note on this line of the log format Skip one space after the and type in the Log Note text Q amp ICHHH This tells the DCS to play cart number at this spot on the log This is useful for playing things whose location doesn t change on the log like weather ID s etc as part of a stopset NOTE To use XF Execute Function or CR close relay or LW load window functions use the appropriate code Remember to include amp to indicate to NL8 that this is a command entry
145. the end of the Filter Value BETWEEN means the data field must be like the between 2 values in the Filter value box Be sure to put AND between the values in the Filter Value Box Example If you select Sponsor BETWEEN A AND C you will get a list including all items with Sponsor names starting with the letters A B or C Filter Text This text box is where you enter the value for the filtering AND or OR Only if you want to add another filter restriction click the AND or OR selection on the next line and repeat the above entries for the second filter line Continue for as many filter lines as you need Page 11 12 Natural Log User Manual 11 12 On Screen Browser Columns To set the columns to be included in a Browser list click the Columns button on the Browser screen After making changes click the Apply button to refresh the Browser list ia Traffic Browser Of x Apply A Help a z To dd or Remove a Column from the List Highlight the Column then click Add or Remove OR Drag Drop Columns from box to box Available Columns Include Columns AccountRepCust BillCycleCust Orders CityState Contact CreditLimit CustEntryD ateT ime CustMemo Selecting Columns You will see 2 boxes on the column selection screen One is Available Columns and the other is Included Columns You may drag and drop the columns back and forth between these boxes to either include or exclude a column from the report or Browser l
146. the left side of browser screen are folders for each Account Rep salesman and you can click each folder to quickly display all customers associated with that Account Rep Browser Sorting In the browser you may click on any column heading to sort the list by that column You may also select the columns from the dropdown boxes on the left side of the screen Use the first Sort dropdown box to select the data column to be used as the primary sort column for the list The buttons to right of the Sort boxes allow you to sort in Ascending or Descending order Any items with matching entries in the primary Sort data column are then sorted by the column selected in the second Sort dropdown box Any items with matching entries in the primary and secondary Sort data columns are then sorted by the column selected in the third Sort dropdown box Natural Log User Manual Page 3 1 3 01 Customer Account Screen Customer Accounts are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Customer Browser or AcctsRec Customer Browser menu The accounts are displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired To create a new customer account click the New button To open an existing customer account click the Open button or double click the customer listing This is where you enter customer information such as name address etc See Customer data entry in section 3 02 of this manual for a description of the custo
147. the network start your commercial breaks There must be a break marker for each commercial break even if empty so the OpX stays in sync with the network With no break marker for an empty spot break OpX would be positioned at the wrong break when the next contact closure comes The example assumes you are using a Satellite Relay switcher If running Network audio through the AUX input on your audio card contact BSI for the appropriate Macro commands to use amp M sends Blank as the Q start code to OpX so it will stop and wait to receive the network contact closure before executing the command to close RELAY 1 for 100 microseconds Network OFF If no spots are scheduled the RELAY 2 100 Network ON is immediately executed and network audio is NOT interrupted If there are spots they will be auto started and then RELAY 2 100 Network ON is executed after the last spot due to the Q code on line 0410 Either way OpX then goes to the next commercial break and waits for the next network contact closure Optional Break Alignment Start Example Event 0401 shown below In Satellite mode contact closures from the network start your commercial breaks Some users want to be sure OpxX is positioned at the correct break when the contact closure comes The optional entry shown on event 0401 below will cause OpX to align at event 0402 at 4 15 00 AM and wait for the contact closure for the following break This forces OpX to play the correct break
148. this Order Line 7 00 00 AM x to 3 00 00 AM x If desired time is not listed in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format m Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Per Week Order Line Details Length Type s0 7 MAC Macro 7 Macro Sequence 1 1105 Ferrell Gas 1st Part 45 BookEnd 1st Spot 2 1106 Ferrell Gas 2nd Part 15 Bookend 2nd Spot Edit Macro Position Book Ends X Preemption Level 2 x O Non Preemptible 9 ery Preemptible Aw e gt Save Help Cancel r CopylD to be Played See Macro Items for Individual CopylD s Henge The 2 items in the macro would be the portion of the spot to run first then the portion to run last in the break The description can be anything you want You don t need to use the word bookend in the description but whatever you use as the description will appear on the log and invoice affidavit w Order Line 0158 001 11 Macro Ferrell Gas Co E CopylD Description 1 1105 Ferrell Gas 1st Part 45 BookEnd 1st Spot 1106 Ferrell Gas 2nd Part 15 Bookend 2nd Spot Natural Log User Manual Page 3 37 3 09 02 NL8 Macro Logging Rules This is an advanced function of NL and should be used with caution When NL8 sees a macro is scheduled on an order line that is MAC is the LogType it follws a specific sequence of rules to pr
149. to e mail documents from within the NL program only if you have a normal e mail program on your NL computer such as MS Outlook There will be an e mail button or menu choice on any screen supporting e mail within NL The NL8 e mailer will make a PDE file of the selected document and attach it to an e mail using your e mail program You can set certain options for the e mail for each Document for each NL station as well as for Multi Station Documents for situations in which more than one station appears on a Document such as a multi station order Single Station Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats Multi Station Natural Log s Multi Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Multi Station Document Formats Then click on the type of Document With that Document open click e mail Settings im Message to send with Invoice eMails Iof x eMail Subject JDEMO AM Invoice I Carbon Copy EMail to AccountRep eMail Message 4 Broadcast Invoice is attached for payment No paper Invoice will be sent Please notify your Account Representative immediately of any discrepancy Thank you for prompt payment from this Invoice Test E Mail Close e mail Subject This is the text to be included as the subject of the e mail when this type docume
150. to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Command Sequence Example You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 000201 then play a program cut 000202 then play a closer cut 000203 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown at event 0223 above in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and MyWay is an optional description Natural Log User Manual Page 10 119 10 49 Deyan Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Deyan Automation Automation Log FileName i Temp 042903t1 log Browse Station Number E x Convert Cancel STATIONID is an optional number to distinguish this log from other logs for other stations in your Natural Log system This is optional and may be left blank NOTE The Natural Log Generic Text NL8 Windows Format is used to send the scheduled log to Deyan Deyan will need to configure their importer to read this text file as described in Section 10 19 Cut Numbers All you need to do is enter the cut number or cut name for the particul
151. transaction itself must have a date after the closing date Q You can still post adjustments to invoices issued before that closing date the adjusting transaction itself must have a date after the closing date Q You can still reissue corrected invoices for invoices issued before that closing date the corrected reissued invoice will be dated after the closing date See section 8 09 of this manual for more information about End of Month closing Natural Log User Manual Page 8 1 8 01 Customer Account Browser To access the Accounts Receivable section of Natural Log from the main menu click Accounts Receivable This browser allows you to view a list of customers and their Accounts Receivable balance You can configure this browser display to suit your needs 244 Sample Customer Account Browser File Edit View Browser Settings Tools Help xXx New Open Delete Find Print Columns wi Filter m Sort by tst Sponcor BY then BiinaName 24 then AH View Customers for I AllAccountReps CI 06 Albert Doorknob CI 04 Allen Hedge C 02 Corey White CI 03 Delfino Garcia C3 01 Eddy Munster CI 09 Grandma Moses C3 00 House Accounts CI 07 Ima Manager C 05 Leeroy Mantcha CI 08 Sally Selalot m LI 10 Salseman 10 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awd Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Body Tech American National Bank American National Bank spanish Anoth
152. up topics in the Contents use the key word Index or use the Find function to search the entire help file for specific words Help Topics Natural Log Help Contents 21x Contents Index Find Click a book and then click Open Or click another tab such as Index Introduction Getting Started Setup Traffic Copy Manager Logs Biling Accounts Receivable Reports D Data Utilities Interfacing with Automation Systems Glossary Natural Log LITE Print Cancel Telephone Help For registered and licensed users with a support package who have specific questions about Natural Log for which you cannot find the answer in the help file or user manual call 210 349 5808 from 8AM to 5PM Central time USA Monday through Friday For 1 year from the purchase date this telephone support is free but you pay long distance charges After the first year telephone support is only offered on an annual subscription basis Telephone help does not include extended training sessions See below e Mail Assistance Registered users with paid support can get e Mail help for minor issues at support nat soft com Natural Log 8 Website Support Registered and licensed users should visit www nat soft com NL8often for a list of reported problems with Natural Log 8 and free download of any software patches to fix these problems Software Training Initial startup training is not considered part of software s
153. upgrade to Microsoft Access 2000 or later For more information on this known incompatibility problem review the following Microsoft document on the internet http support microsoft com support kb articles Q237 5 75 ASP Natural Log System Description The Natural Log system allows the user to perform the functions needed to log and bill for advertising in a radio station Q Create Log templates to described where commercial avails occur Enter broadcast orders as they are placed by advertisers Create daily commercial logs from log templates and broadcast orders Convert the logs to the proper format for importation by your automation system Create invoices affidavits from the commercial logs Post payments and track accounts receivable Create user configured reports OoOoooo For those who have upgraded from Natural Log s DOS version the screens look very different and you now use a mouse but the underlying operation of the system has not changed much For a more detailed description of the process of using Natural Log 8 please see Quick Start Guide Natural Log User Manual Page 1 1 1 01 Getting Help with Natural Log This section does not apply to Natural Log LITE See Chapter 13 for Natural Log LITE help and training options Built In Help Your first source for help with Natural Log is the built in help file This help file may be accessed from any screen in Natural Log by clicking Help Natural Log Help You may look
154. used as default tax for new Orders for this customer account The invoice amount taxed may be Gross Discounted Gross or Net depending on how this tax_item is setup Changing this customer account value does not change the Tax on existing orders only future orders Continued on next page Page 3 10 Natural Log User Manual 3 02 Customer Data Entry cont Customer Tax ID Number On the Customer entry screen this is an alphanumeric field that allows you to enter the TaxID number of the customer This may be necessary to prove the customer is tax exempt or in some countries such as Mexico this tax ID number must be shown on all invoices and statements Minimum Separation On the Customer entry screen this tells Natural Log how many minutes separation you need between items from different_orders belonging to this customer See Order Separation to set the required separation between items from the same Order See Product Protect to set the required separation between items from the different customers with similar products Separation Example Suppose you have a night club buying lots of spots advertising different bands appearing on Friday and Saturday If you put these in as separate orders you could specify 60 minutes separation between spots for the order for Friday night order entry screen and you could specify 60 minutes separation between spots for the order for Saturday night order entry screen Then yo
155. users get an error during NL8 installation Windows can t install Amyuni Document Converter 2 10 kernel mode print driver Also during NL8 startup Vista users may see this error Error in InitPrintToFileDriverPDF Error 5 invalid procedure call or argument and the PDF printer and e mailer in NL8 won t work POSSIBLE CAUSES These errors are generated because the original PDF print driver distributed with NL8 is not supported by Windows Vista SOLUTION Update to version 8 0 168 or later of Natural Log 8 which includes a print driver that is supported by Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 PROBLEM You get a completely blank log POSSIBLE CAUSES This indicates that Natural Log cannot find a Log Template to use for that day or you have no broadcast orders running that day SOLUTION Check your daily Log Template for that day to be sure you have commercial avails If a valid template with avails has been created clocks are assigned be sure you have at least one broadcast order scheduled for that date Page 1 10 Natural Log User Manual 1 07 Common Startup Problems PROBLEM You get a large number of bumped items when your log is generated POSSIBLE CAUSES This indicates that Natural Log cannot find an Avail slot for that item SOLUTIONS This problem indicates that one or more of the following is happening There is no avail in that item scheduling time window There are avails in the item scheduling time window but the
156. will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file 2 Mmmddyr LOG 2M is AM FM mm month dd day yr yr FM110295 LOG is FM Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file Mmmddyr LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year FM110295 LOG is FM Play Log for 11 02 95 Continued on next page Page 10 74 Natural Log User Manual 10 26 RDS Phantom Automation on RDS Phantom Commands Commands can be sent to the Phantom such as source switching from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description You may also enter more than one command per line just enter a space between each command and start each command with amp Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below You may
157. with administrator privileges to install and register Natural Log If AutoRun is enabled on your computer installation will automatically begin when you insert the Natural Log CD If not use My Computer from your Windows desktop to navigate to your CD ROM Double Click on NL8SETUP EXE to begin installation Click Next through the installation process Please don t change the default settings After installation to start the Natural Log 8 system click Start Programs Natural Software Natural Log 8 or click on the Natural Log 8 icon which will be installed on your desktop Visit the website www nat soft com NL8 for a list of reported problems with Natural Log 8 and free download of any required software updates to fix these problems Also see Registering Natural Log in section 1 03 Natural Log database issues in section 1 04 Connecting a multi user NL8 to a shared database in section 1 04 01 Windows permission issues in section 1 04 01 Converting from Natural Log for DOS in section 1 08 Page 1 4 Natural Log User Manual 1 03 Register amp Unlock Natural Log To register and unlock Natural Log 8 on Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 machines the user MUST be logged on to the computer with Administrator privileges To run NL8 does not require Administrator privileges they are only required to unlock NL8 If using one of these versions of Windows you will be asked Do you want to al
158. you can also use this amp to play an audio cut from the Log Format Just enter amp followed immediately no spaces by the audio cut number as the event description in the Natural Log Template Setup amp This is useful for scheduling weather jingles ID s etc Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Play Aux Item Example Event 0004 shown below The command to play a liner may be an AUX event descriptiond LINER You would enter this as amp AUX LINER in the event description column when entering your log Templates for Natural Log This works with any automation commands just use the amp when entering the event description on the Natural Log Template If it is an audio event just enter the Cut Number after the amp If it is an AUX event enter AUX followed by the event to execute Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Event 0010 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 9001 you could make the entry shown below at event 0010 This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs the amp 9001 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual 4 Log Templates OF Xx File Edit Tools Help O a x ar D amp g New Template In
159. 0 0 00 96 00 96 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 300 00 345 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Page 9 36 Natural Log User Manual 9 18 Report Type Sales Projections cont General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select a customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 General Tab Report Type The Sales Projection Report screen has 4 types of reports Q Sales Projection Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the expected invoice totals issued during the report period Report columns show totals for individual periods within the total report period depending on the report period selected Q Sales Projection Detail Same as above but prints a detail 1 row per broadcast order of the invoices projected to be issued during the report period Q Sales Projection Comparative Prints a comparison between the selected report period projected billing and the projected billing for the same period in the previous year Report columns show totals for individual periods within the total report period depending on the report period selected Q Projected versus Actual Prints a comparison between the projected sales ordered and the actual logged sales through the last log charge date This can be used to find errors prior to billing General Tab Report Period The Sales
160. 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Q After the statement list is generated according to the filter settings you specify see next page click Print Statements to begin the statement printout Q The statements themselves will be printed as you specified in NL8 document settings Also see Electronic Statement Delivery Natural Log User Manual Page 8 5 8 03 Account Statement Generator cont Statement Settings List Filtering Tabs There are several tabs you can use to filter the statement list Stations To limit the stations included Revenue To limit the revenue types or revenue sources included Acct Rep To limit the account reps accounts that are included Custmrs To limit the customer s included If more advanced filtering is needed click Statements Customize Statements Advanced Filters as described in advanced filtering General Tab Statement Period This sets the start and end dates for the statement activity to be icnluded General Tab Statement Cycles to Include This will most often be All Statement Cycles but you can restrict the list to Broadcast Month definition Calendar Month End of
161. 0 00 200 00 Pending 12 30 04 A F Credit Adjustment 200 00 0 00 rt fl x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Q Enter the date you want to show the adjustment as being posted This must not be before the last date for which books have been closed Q Enter the adjustment type Valid entries are CR Credit Adjustment DR Debit Adjustment TCR Trade Credit Adjustment BAD Bad Debt Write Off FIN Finance Charge Adjustment TAX Tax Adjustment ACM Agency Commission RCM National Rep Commission UCM UnWired Network Commission Q Enter a description explanation for the adjustment as it should be shown on the customers account statement Q Enter the adjustment amount Negative adjustments reduce the customer s account balance Positive adjustments increase the customer s account balance Q Click Save Adjustment Natural Log User Manual Page 8 15 8 06 01 Handling Returned Checks Occasionally a customer s check may be returned unpaid due to insufficient funds or another problem with the check When this happens simply make a DR debit adjustment as follows to put the amount of the check back on the account From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen You must select the invoice or prepayment item to be adjusted
162. 00 30 00 0007 Asap Paging 233 75 61 00 Report Format 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 80 00 80 00 Standard 0011 Bette s Sewing Center 150 00 150 00 5 0012 Bommer Ford 417 00 276 00 a 0013 Bommer Tractor 167 50 174 25 Last Month z 0015 Bordens Inc 120 00 120 00 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 15 00 15 00 From Octaber 01 2003 x 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury 293 25 292 50 0142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 24 00 0 00 0019 City Utilities 406 25 426 75 tafOctober 31 2003 0020 Clathes Tree 100 00 100 00 0152 Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 105 00 0 00 0023 Cow Palace 115 50 0 00 0143 Daisy Mae s 42 00 0 00 0157 Davis And Logan Insurance 60 00 60 00 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 155 00 0 00 0153 Diversified Liquidators 144 00 207 00 0027 Donnie s Western Wear And 54 00 54 00 0029 Dragon Place 54 00 60 00 eoooooeocoooeoeooo0eeg oQqooqoqoqoqoqocoeqqea QOooo0oQoo0coqoca Natural Log User Manual Page 9 27 9 16 Report Type Transactions Report Description This report screen generates reports showing transactions posted during the report period To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Transactions Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in sect
163. 00 AM Commercial Break Natural Log User Manual Page 10 57 10 18 Spartamation Automation formerly EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Automation There are automation system versions covered by this section Spartamation EZ Broadcaster and EZ 2000 The only difference is in the cut numbering system and log filenames as described below All other references herein to Spartamation also apply to EZ Broadcaster and EZ 2000 unless otherwise noted You must select the correct type in NL8 because the log files are not interchangeable between these 3 systems Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Spartamation Automation Log FileName f BSI Wednesda evt Browse R x Help Convert Cancel Spartamation Cut Numbers Spartmataion and EZ 2000 use 7 alphanumeric characters to identify audio cuts All you need to do is enter the Spartamation or EZ 2000 cut ID for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in our system matches the number in EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 system NOTE The EZ Broadcaster Automation system uses 4 digit cart numbers from 1 to 9998 which can be entered directly into Natural Log orders
164. 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement Dave And Dave Advertising Payment Date Payment Method Check Number Payment Amount Unapplied Amount Feb zihi 2004 7 Check x Reverse 2222 is31 50 Auto Apply ffs no 9 30 03 Inv 03090012 DEMO AM 0005 001 Apache Tractor amp Implement 1 28 04 Fin 04010004 04 DEMO FM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 28 04 Avg Balance 60 T Include Paid Items in List amp Print Receipt a Ca Adjust Item Create PrePayment Save Payment Natural Log User Manual Page 8 35 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error Payment applied to invoice but should have been prepayment on another account There are 2 ways to transfer the payment off the invoice and onto a prepayment on the correct account depending on the outcome you desire Correcting transactions appear on current month Adjustments Report preferred method In this case you must create 1 or more prepayment credits for 0 for the correct customer Then post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong invoice for 100 Then post CR Credit adjustment to the new 0 Prepayment s for 100 Correcting transactions appear on current month Payments Report as offsetting positive and negative amounts This might be desired if the changes affect an Account Rep s sales commissions if they are based on payments received In this c
165. 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 7 00 00 4M 7 05 00 AM TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 7 06 004M 0071 WB Farm And Ranch Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 7 06 00 AM 7 13 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK 7 13 00 4M 7 14 00 4M 7 15 00 4M WEATHER 7 15 004M 0080 Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17AM 14WS 12 7 19 00 4M 7 20 00 4M SUCCESSFUL LIVING 7 20 004M 0042 Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19AM 07 214M 1 PS 38 7 20 00 AM 7 28 00A4M 0103 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 AM 08 00 AM 2Break Evo CipBoad og Items Scheduled Outside Ordered Time D ate Windows EventID LogTime Ordered Times CopyID Eror Description O 0701 6 59 00AM_ 07 004M 07 014M 0060 0048 001 01 Golden Corral Page 6 8 Natural Log User Manual 6 03 Log Editor Diagnostics cont Copy Errors Tab In the Log Editor click the Copy Errors tab to see a list of any missing or outdated Copy These items listed were logged but something is wrong with the Copy settings If you double click on an item on this tab the log position will move to the item causing the error Q You can display the Copy Manager to correct any copy error Copy errors will not prevent an item from being logged and invoiced but they are an ind9cation something is wrong with the CopylD being scheduled For example it may be out of date copy it may belong to another customer or a packet or ro
166. 10 below The amp Q tells the Natural Log to send the as the Q start code to Simian for the next item only Simian will skip ahead at 03 28 00 AM and after whatever is currently playing ends will play the spots if any in the break that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0307 through 0310 lt a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O gt x D amp g New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 03 00 AM x 3 17 00 4M Commercial Break x x 3 28 00 M AOH 3 28 00 AM Commercial Break Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 29 10 08 06 BSI Simian Q Codes cont Commercial Break Q Codes cont Manual Commercial Start Example Event 0312 shown below In live assist mode suppose you want a commercial break to run at 03 37 00 AM However you want Simian to pause to allow your live announcer to talk before the spots start The amp Q tells the NL8 to send a blank as the Q start code to Simian for the first spot in the break This Blank Q code tells Simian to finish playing the last event before the spots and then to wait for the announcer to issue a Manual Start before starting the spots that follow if any Commercial Break Start at EXACT Time Example Event 0317 shown below Suppose you need to have a co
167. 4 is video element ID 1234 E 1234 is video element ID 1234 B 1234 is Sequence ID 1234 V 1234 is Virtual Element ID 1234 The Harris system can use any cut ID s up to 32 characters Enter the Harris ID including any leading O s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is NOT supported for Matco Video Servers Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyr csv mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 csv is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file Not Supported Natural Log User Manual Page 10 95 10 36 Matco Automation con Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation can be sent to the automation such as type codes secondary type codes channel and input from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates enter the text shown below in the Event Description column Be sure to put 1 space between the cut number and the other description To play a video file from the Matco server amp CutNum Description CutNum can include the E B or V as described above under Matco Digital Server Cut ID s If you exclude the E B or V NL8 assumes this is an Element ID and will insert the required E during log conversion To execute a Matco Switcher command amp S Description Where is the switcher input source To execute a Matco VTR command amp S hh mm ss Description Where is the switcher input source hh mm ss is the
168. 40 ControlReady 10 68 Dalet 10 110 to 10 111 Deyan Automation 10 120 DigiCenter 10 43 Digital Broadcast MediaBank 10 117 Digital JukeBox 10 46 Digital Universe 10 15 Dinesat 10 47 Enco DAD Custom 10 50 Enco DADPro32 10 54 EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 10 57 Format Sentry Automation 10 108 Generic automation log 10 60 to 10 62 Google Radio Automation GRA 10 78 Harris ADC100 10 84 to 10 85 JockeyPro 10 90 to 10 91 m3u Log 10 63 MasterPlay 10 100 to 10 101 Matco 10 94 to 10 95 MediaBank 10 117 MediaTouch 10 65 MusicReady 10 68 NexGen 10 70 OpX 10 122 to 10 132 Pristine CDS32 10 37 Pristine RapidFire see Generic Prophet Systems 10 70 RadioOne 10 86 to 10 87 Raduga 10 96 to 10 97 Rivendell 10 106 to 10 107 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page A continued Automation continued RCS Log 10 72 RDS Phantom 10 74 RushWorks MasterPlay 10 100 to 10 101 Salsa amp Systemation 10 76 Scott Studios SS32 DSS 10 78 Synergy Broadcast Centre 10 98 SmartCaster 10 80 SoundBox Automation 10 92 to 10 93 Spartamation Automation 10 57 StationPlaylist 10 112 to 113 TuneTracker 10 83 Waitt Radio Network 10 86 to 10 87 WireReady 10 68 Avails amp Avail types Setup 2 25 Log templates 5 7 Macros 3 34 Orders 3 26 Reserving for sponsorships 2 25 3 26 Avails report see inventory report B Backup data 11 2 Bad debt write offs 8 18 Balance Forward Statement 3 9 8 7 12 2 Be Core a
169. 7 Trade credit Automatically apply 3 19 Manually posting 8 19 Traffic Chapter 3 Trial invoices 7 1 Trial Logs 6 1 Transaction Browser 8 3 TuneTracker automation 10 83 Page 12 15 Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page U UnApplied Prepayments Report 9 26 to 9 27 UnWired Network Rep 3 9 3 19 12 9 Users Account Rep Restrictions Permissions 2 6 to 2 7 Types 2 7 UserLog 11 9 V Variable package billing 3 21 Video Display issues 1 3 Voice Protection 2 9 3 4 W Waitt Radio Network Automation 10 86 WaveStation Automation see Simian Windows NT 2000 XP Permissions 1 7 Wide Orbit Radio Automation 10 78 WireReady Automation 10 68 Writing off bad debts 8 1 X Y Page 12 16 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 13 Natural Log LITE Thank you for selecting the Natural Log LITE traffic Logging billing system for radio broadcasters Before installing Natural Log LITE for Windows please read the Software License Agreement Installation and use of the Natural Log LITE constitutes your agreement to be bound by the terms of this software license See Getting Started for information about installing and using Natural Log 8 and Natural Log LITE Natural Log LITE System Description Natural Log LITE is a system designed specifically to be a low cost alternative for users who do not need all the professional broadcast functionality available in Natural Log 8 This might include webcasters or
170. 8 07 00 AM NA News Adjacency Local 8 09 00 AM p WA Weather Adjacen Local 8 10 00 AM WEATHER i Local a WS Weather Spnsrshi Local 8 12 004M PLAYER OF THE WEEK Local 8 12 00 AM PS Pram Sponsorship Local 8 12 00 AM i PS Pram Sponsorship Local 8 22 00 AM Commercial Break Local am Local Local Local 8 24 00 AM SOUTH TEXAS DIGEST Network ara x 8 36 00 AM a PS Pram Sponsorship Local 8 38 00 AM Commercial Break Local ai Local Local 8 39 00 AM s WA Weather Adjacen Local 9 40 00 AKA WilATUCD Lansl To edit or enter an individual Log Template event double click the event You can also Right click on the Log Template to access an Edit Menu that allows you to Cut and Paste event lines to and from the Log Template and the ClipBoard Append Line Insert Blank Line s Insert PageBreak to force NL8 to start a new page when printing the log Insert Commercial Break See section 5 02 Insert Stand Alone Avail See section 5 02 Insert Special Event Template See section 5 04 Mass Changer to paste all or part of one Log Template into another Log Template See section 5 03 OOoOooooo Note Regarding Log Template Event Numbers Log Template event numbers do not correspond to time except that the first 2 digits indicate the hour in which the event occurs Example Event 0810 is simply the 10th event in the 8 o clock AM Template hour and may occur at any time in that hour which y
171. 8 17 PM 00 60 09 17 PM 00 60 7 11 17 PM 0146 001 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestr Sat 9 13 03 00 60 09 06 PM 00 60 10 06 PM 00 60 11 06 PM 0146 001 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestr Sat 9 20 03 00 60 06 06 PM 00 60 08 15 PM 00 60 10 06 PM 0146 001 15t Ann Hispanic Brdestr Sat 9 27 03 00 60 06 06 PM 00 60 07 06 PM 00 60 11 06 PM 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdcs Report Format Standard 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Fri 9 12 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 02 17 PM 00 30 03 16 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Mon 9 15 03 00 30 12 13 PM 00 30 01 36 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Tue 9 16 03 00 30 06 13 AM 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 12 13 PM 0112 002 Ab Cablevision Of Texas Wed 9 17 03 00 30 01 36 PM 00 30 02 17 PM 00 30 05 20 PM 0112 002 Ab Cablevision Of Texas Thu 9 18 03 00 30 02 17 PM 00 30 03 16 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Fri 9 19 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 11 17 AM 00 30 05 10 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Mon 9 22 03 00 30 09 17 AM 00 30 02 17 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Tue 9 23 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 09 17 AM 00 30 02 17 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Wed 9 24 03 00 30 08 22 4M 00 30 09 17 AM 00 30 05 20 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Thu 9 25 03 00 30 06 13 AM 00 30 10 17 AM 0112 002 Ab Cablevision Of Texas Fri 9 26 03 00 30 08 45 AM 00 30 4 12 13 PM 00 30 05 10 PM 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Mon 9 29 03 00 30 11 17 AM 00 30 12 13 PM
172. 8 of this manual for detailed order entry instructions Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank File Print Schedule Tools Help Previous owe Next Order onien re ois ee eal EA iG Schedule Approvals Memos Runs on Station s General Order Instructions Order Status Ok bad Run Dates Tuesday September 30 2003 x thru TFN x Product Advertised American National Bank Order Type Spot x Part of Bulk Contract B00001 American National Bank Bulk Annual Commitment Assign Revenue Type C Cash Spots x Protect Product 03 Banks z Protect Product2 00 None Minimum Separation 20 Minutes between Broadcasts from this Order Account Rep 03 Delfino Garcia x Copying an Order You can make a copy of an order using the File Duplicate this Order menu choice on the Order entry screen You specify the Customer to receive the duplicated order and the CopylD for the duplicated order Reminders You can view the date specific Reminders for the displayed order using the Tools Reminders menu choice on the Order entry screen See Reminders Order Billing History You can view a list of all invoices issued from the order using Tools Billing History menu Activity Log You can view the log of all changes to the displayed order using the Tools Activity Log menu choice on the Order entry screen See Activity Log Page 3 12 Natural Log
173. 8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmdd EV mm is month dd is day 1102 EV is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile Audit Log file Not supported Page 10 108 Natural Log User Manual 10 42 Format Sentry Automation cont Format Sentry Commands Cut numbers can be sent embedded in the NL8 log templates to send commands or to play audio cuts On the Natural Log Template simply enter amp and then the 4 digit command cut number in the Event description These are to be used for non billable items only such as liners jingles etc Enter any billable items through broadcast orders Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could
174. 9 06 BSI OpX Q Codes cons Commercial Break Q Codes cont Commercial Break MANUAL Start Example Event 0311 shown below In live assist mode suppose you want a commercial break to run at 03 28 00 AM However you want OpX to pause to allow your live announcer to talk before the spots start The amp Q tells the NL8 to send a blank as the Q start code to OpX for the first spot in the break This Blank Q code tells OpX to finish playing the last event before the spots and wait for the announcer to issue a Manual Start Then it will sequentially play all following break spots if any that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0312 through 0314 Commercial Break Start at EXACT Time Example Event 0316 shown below Suppose you need to have a commercial break run exactly at 03 37 00 AM You want OpX to skip any unplayed music or other cuts cut off the currently playing cut and start the timed event The Q tells the NL8 to send as Q start code to OpX for the first spot in the break starting at event 0319 OpX will skip ahead at 03 37 00 AM and cut off whatever is currently playing Then it will sequentially play all following break spots if any that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0317 through 0319 Commercial BackTime Start Example Event 0321 shown below Suppose you need to have a commercial break start exactly at 03 55 00 AM but you don t want to interrupt whatever is playing You want to force OpX to skip any unplayed music
175. AM x Apply to RevenueT ype E Cash Spots x lal Save Credit to Account Rep PrePayment Note If the prepayment applies to more than 1 order station or revenue type simply create multiple prepayments for the check payment entry and apply the correct portion of the payment to each prepayment Prepayment Description You can enter any description to be associated with the prepayment This will be how it is shown on the customer s account statement Create Prepayment for Amount You can create a prepayment for any amount up to the full UnApplied amount on the payment entry screen You might want to create a prepayment for less than the full amount if it is split between 2 or more stations revenue types or broadcast orders In these cases you d have multiple prepayments combined to apply the total UnApplied amount Continued on next page Page 8 12 Natural Log User Manual 8 05 01 Receiving Pre Payments cont 444 Create PrePayment for 0002 American National Bank Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Iof x Prepayment Description Prepaid Credit Create Prepayment for amount 1 000 00 Prepayment may be applied To any Invoice for the specified Station Revenue Type for this Customer C ONLY to an Invoice for the Order specified below OrderNumber Stations LoggingName ______ Estimate PO StartDate EndDate DEMO 4M 9 1 03 DEMO AM 9 6 03 Apply to Station DEMO AM Apply to RevenueT ype c C
176. AccountRepCust gt 01 Eddy Munster User Log NL8 maintains an internal log of changes made to customer accounts orders logs and account receivable transactions posted by each user To view all activity of a user within a date range under the Setup Administrator Controls User Permissions menu select the user and click View User Log 4 Sample User Log for 001 NL_Administrator Juy 01 2004 X tof August 30 2004 x T Include User LogOns 7 22 04 5 07 51 PM Edit Order 0019 002 BillBasis gt Variable Package 7 22 04 5 07 51 PM Edit Order 0019 002 Stations gt DEMO 4M 7 22 04 5 07 51 PM Edit Order 0019 002 Package Cost 7 22 04 5 07 51 PM Edit Order 0019 002 PkgDescription gt Weather Rotator Pkg 7 28 04 10 29 06 4M MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forward 7 28 04 10 29 06 4AM MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forward 7 28 04 10 30 354M Edit Order 0002 001 AccountRep gt 02 Corey White 7 28 04 10 30 52 AM MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forward 7 28 04 10 30 52 4M MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forward 7 28 04 10 31 30 4M Edit Order 0002 003 AccountRep gt 02 Corey White 7 28 04 10 31 534M MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forward 7 28 04 10 32 40 AM Edit Order 0002 001 Stations gt DEMO FM 7 28 04 10 32 40 4M Edit Order 0002 001 AccountRep gt 02 Corey White 7 28 04 10 35 53 4M MassChange Cust StatementT ype gt B alance Forw
177. Accounts Receivable tab or from the Customer Account History Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090005 il Es Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Pom Adjustment Type Adjustment Description amn Jan 129 29 2004 x BAD Bad Debt WriteDff Bad Debt WriteO ff 24 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance EEA 9 30 03 DEMO 4M 0002 001 American National Bank l Pending 1 29 04 Bad Debt WriteD ff in x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Q Verify the correct entry date This must be after the last End of Month closing date Q Select BAD Bad Debt WriteOff Q Enter a meaningful description of the adjustment Q Enter as a negative the amount to be written off Q Be sure to click Save Adjustment before exiting Page 8 18 Natural Log User Manual 8 06 03 Manually Post Trade Credit Normally trade credits post automatically if you enter them to do so during order entry See Apply Trade Credit in section 3 05 of this manual Occasionally you may need to manually post a trade credit to an invoice to zero it out From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen You must select the invoice or prepayment item to be adjusted and click Continue If the item you need to adjust is
178. Administrator Controls Multi Station Document Formats 4 DEMO AM Order Confirmation Format Order Confirmation Heading DEMO AM Order Confirmation DEMO AM Order 1234 ANYPLACE RD Sgn ANY THERE CITY TX 78000 Aoo Rep 210 555 0000 Run Daes Paper Type a Blank Paper Taal Taal Bdous Grass Caw Jan04 0 00 Feb 04 0 00 Mar04 0 00 01 200 Joma lt lt Compute Projected billing for order Apr 04 0 00 04 0 00 Jun 04 0 00 02 2004 0 00 confirmation based on Jul 04 N 00 Auog De 0 00 Sep 04 0 oo C 04 0i Gross x Bottom Message for Order Confirmation Confirmed Correct Payment Guaranteed Accepted for DEMO 4M Restore Page Defaults eMail Settings Margin Font Print Sample Help Q Restore Default Settings You can return to the default Document format anytime by clicking this button Q e mail Settings If you use the NL e mail capability to send Order Confirmations by e mail you can set the text of the accompanying message as well as signal NL to automatically carbon copy e mail to the Account Rep a copy of the Order Confirmation Q Page Margin Font If you desire you can change the page margins left right and top bottom used when printing this Document You can also select a different font and or font size Warning Font sizes above 12 are not recommended because larger fonts allow too little information to be printed in a column
179. Agen DEMO 4M 0002 003 American National Bar 03090007 09 30 2003 DEMO AM American National Bank Bright Star Agen DEMO 4M 0002 004 American National Bar 03090008 09 30 2003 DEMO AM American National Bank spanish America DEMO A4M 0133 001 American National Bar 03090009 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Anytown American Legion Anytown Amer DEMO 4M 0155 001 Anytown American Le 0309001 0x 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Anytown Filley Co Anytown Filley Co DEMO 4M 0102 001 Anytown Filley Co 03090011 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Apache Chemical Apache Chemical DEMO FM 0004 001 Apache Chemical 03090012 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Apache Tractor amp Implement 7 Brown And DEMO FM 0005 001 Apache Tractor amp Impl 0309001 3x 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Amolds Jewelers 7 Amolds Jewelers DEMO FM 0006 001 Arnolds Jewelers 03090014 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Asap Paging Asap Paging DEMO FM 0007 002 Asap Paging 03090015 09 30 2003 DEMO AM Baptist Bible Hour Baptist Bible Hour DEMO AM 0008 001 Baptist Bible Hour 03090016 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bette s Sewing Center Bette s Sewing Ce DEMO AM 0011 001 Bette s Sewing Center 03090017 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Ford Bommer Ford DEMO 4M 0012 001 Bommer Ford 03090018 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Ford Bommer Ford DEMO AM 0012 002 Bommer Ford 03090019 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Ford Bommer Ford DEMO 4M 0012 003 Bommer Ford 03090020 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Tractor Z Bommer Tractor DEMO AM 0013 001 Bommer Tractor 03090021 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Tractor Z Bommer Tra
180. Automation Commands in Log templates Example 1 Suppose you want to schedule an audio cut recorded on your automation system which you name ABCD followed by the month and date The audio cut to be played on Nov 28 would be ABCD1128 You can enter 8ABCD mmddq in the Event Description column of your log template as shown on event 0019 shown below Example 2 Suppose you want to schedule a voice track audio cut recorded on your automation system as VT followed by the hour and minute it is scheduled The audio cut to be played at 12 17 AM would be VT0017 You can enter amp VT hhmm in the Event Description column of your log template as shown on event 0004 shown below Example 3 Suppose you want to schedule an hour specific weather forecast recorded in your automation system as WX followed by the hour number The audio cut to be played at in the 12AM hour would be WX01 You can enter amp WX hh in the Event Description column of your log template as shown on event 0010 shown below Example 4 Suppose you want to schedule a program audio cut on your automation system which you name MyWay followed by day of week number The audio cut to be played at on Wednesday would be MyWay3 You can enter amp MyWay DayNum in the Event Description column of your log template as shown on event 0012 shown below 4 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D x D D amp g KA New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print
181. Billing ame CityState Contact CreditLimit CustEntryD ateT ime CustlD Clear Filter Comparison Use the comparison dropdown box to select the field to be filtered Most of the comparison operators are common arithmetic operators like for equal gt for greater than and lt for less than lt gt means not equal to IN means that the filtered field must be INCLUDED in the list you print in the Filter Value box for the item to be included in the list Example You set up a filter of AccountRep IN 1 2 5 This would list all items for AccountReps 1 2 and 5 only Be sure to include commas between the values in the Filter Value box if you use the IN comparison NOT IN means items would be included only if their filter field is NOT IN the Filter Value box See Above LIKE means the filtered field must be like the Filter Value Example If you select Sponsor LIKE Wal you will get a list including all items for Sponsors starting with Wal followed by any other characters e g WallyMart Walls R Us Walts Place etc Be sure to put the at the end of the Filter Value BETWEEN means the data field must be like the between 2 values in the Filter value box Be sure to put AND between the values in the Filter Value Box Example If you select Sponsor BETWEEN A AND C you will get a list including all items with Sponsor names starting with the letters A B or C Filter Text This text box is where you enter the val
182. Box including leading O s if used Log Reconciliation is supported for Digital JukeBox You must obtain the Digital JukeBox history file for Natural Log to read the exact spot run times Copy the play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file ddd_TRAF LOG ddd Day of week MON TUE WED MON_TRAF LOG is Send Log spots for Monday Input reconcile log file History mmddyyyy TXT where mm Month dd Day yyyy Year History 11021995 TXT is play log for Nov 2 1995 Note Older DOS versions of Digital JukeBox used the following file NOT supported by NL8 Zmmddyy HIS where mm Month dd Day yy Year Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 47 10 14 Digital JukeBox Automation ony Digital JukeBox Break Numbers The Digital JukeBox works with individual breaks numbered beginning with BREAK1 in each hour in which you can insert spots Natural Log allows you to set up only those breaks you want to use in the Natural Log Templates You need a way to identify the Digital JukeBox Break numbers into which the s
183. CKET Infomation Copy ID P01 18 002 Copy belongs to 0118 Southem Auto Label Southern Auto Length 30 Goop OOO Voice H Customers Script ID Packet Status jk Usable Datesfsep o mf203 through TFN Copy Packet Contents Append ltem Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item 0018 Southern Auto 30 12 00 AM gt 03 59 AM 0450 Souther Auto 30 10 00 AM gt 11 59 PM Packet Numbering You may use any numbering system you want for Packets but the CopylD must be unique in your NL8 Copy Manager We recommend you use P HHHE HH where 4 is the OrderlD with which the Packet is associated For example you could use P0118 002 If you have more than 1 Packet on an order just add an alphanumeric character to right of the OrderlD to make the CopylD unique For example you could use P0118 002A and P0118 002B Continued on next page Page 4 4 Natural Log User Manual 4 02 Copy Manager Packet cont Packet Settings When you add a new packeted item or edit an existing packeted item you will see the screen below On that screen you may restrict the dates day of week and times the packeted item may be used iw Edit Packet Copy Item Of x Copy to be Packeted 0018 Southern Auto 30 9 1 03 9 30 03 Change m Packeted Item Date Restrictions Bs Ordered C Allowed r Packeted Item Day of Week Restrictions As Ordered C Allowed ey Cancel m
184. D 0112 003 DEMO AM Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0112 003 DEMO FM Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0001 003 DEMO AM Allen s Body Tech 0002 001 DEMO FM American National Bank 0003 001 DEMO AM Another Debut 0102 001 DEMO A4M Anytown Filley Co 0005 001 DEMO FM Apache Tractor amp Implement 0006 001 DEMO FM Arnolds Jewelers 0008 001 DEMO AM Baptist Bible Hour 0012 001 DEMO 4M Bommer Ford 0013 001 DEMO 4M Bommer Tractor 0013 002 DEMO AM Bommer Tractor 0013 003 DEMO AM Bommer Tractor 0015 001 DEMO 4M Bordens Inc 0016 001 DEMO FM Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 0017 001 DEMO FM Caraway Ford Mercury 0017 002 DEMO FM Caraway Ford Mercury 0017 003 DEMO AM Caraway Ford Mercury 0019 001 DEMO AM City Utilities 0019 002 DEMO FM City Utilities 0020 002 DEMO FM Clothes Tree she a 0 00 250 00 750 00 200 00 60 00 24 00 100 00 108 00 0 00 19 00 115 00 150 00 15 00 120 75 35 00 100 00 256 25 150 00 100 00 coon an oo gt oO oo Goeooeoqeoqooooqooaqa sd Select the Invoices to be Listed Select the invoice list settings at the top of the screen to obtain an invoice list You can select the Status Station s Billing Cycle and billing period Status selects the invoices that are displayed in the list Ready Invoices not yet issued and are ready to be issued That means the logs have been charged through the end of th
185. Date Payment Amount Unapplied Amount fin 26 gt 2004 Check 1234 800 00 sc 00 1 26 04 Pre 04010001 2 DEMO 4M C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Any Order for this Customer Check 1 amp x Print Receipt Delete Payment Continued on next page Page 8 26 Natural Log User Manual 8 07 03 Transfer a Prepayment Credit to Another Order or Customer cont Transfer a prepayment after the end of month closing If the end of month closing has already occurred the following procedure must be used to transfer a prepayment credit to another order or customer From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Q Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Apply Prepayment button on the right side of the screen Select Prepayment Credit to be applied Prepayments for 0133 American National Bank spanish Marcia s Show Credit Balances x Reference 704 04010001 2 DEMO AM C Cash Spots 7 DEMO 4M C Cash Spots Prepaid Crec __AutoApply Unapplied Amount 1720 00 Select Item s to which Prepayment Credit is to be applied UnPaid Items for x 0133 American National Bank spanish 7t Show Debit Balances x di Se Fae 9 EA 03 ieee DEMO 4M 0133 001 American National Bank 80 00 x 80 0 Transaction Date an gt 26 26 2004 2004 TotslAmountApplied s0 00 50 00 El x Save Credit Help Cancel
186. Diagnostics window by dragging the bottom of the log window up or down NL8 remembers where you last placed the divider You can return to default log display by selecting Editor Settings Restore Default Settings You can select which log item properties columns are displayed on the Log Editor screen by selecting Editor Settings Columns from the menu on the Log Editor Then add or remove the desired columns to be displayed click Apply and the Log Editor will display only your selected columns You can adjust the column widths by dragging the column dividers left or right and NL8 will remember these column choices and widths in the future If you prefer not to see the avails information displayed in the left column click Editor Settings Hide Avails NL8 will remember this menu setting until you change it again Note The Log Editor display settings are set separately for each station if you are using a multi station version of NL8 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 6 3 6 01 Log Editor cont Selecting Items on the Log To highlight select more than one line on the log for some action such as cut and paste use the Ctrl Left Click keys simultaneously on each individual line or hold the right mouse button down while you move the mouse over the lines to be selected Printing the Log In the Log Editor click Print Log in the Log Editor to print your Log See Log Page Setup to design the printed
187. E WEEK WEATHER 0080 Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17AM 17W55 12 SUCCESSFUL LIVING 0042 Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19AM 07 21AM 1 PS 38 0103 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 4M 08 00 AM 2 Break Enors CipBoard Items Bumped from This Log 7 Sort Bumped Items by Order inelD 7 Items Bumped from this Log 10 1 03 0049 Asap Paging 330 CA Sponsorship 0007 003 05 Pkg 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 10 1 03 0001 Graytown County Hospital 30 CA Spot 0052 001 01 5 00 06 00 AM 09 00 AM 10 1 03 0046 Stan s Furniture 30 CA Sponsorship 0109 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10 AM Natural Log User Manual Page 6 7 6 03 Log Editor Diagnostics cont Time Errors Tab In the Log Editor click the Time Errors tab to see a list of any items logged outside of their time window If you double click on an item on this tab the log position will move to the item causing the error 4 DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 o x File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help gt x i g g x jozooam 7 insert Blank peer aatan Finditem h e Help Close Jump to 07 00 AM LogTime CopyID Description SCs Leength LogType Note OrderLinelD_ Cost __ SchedTimes__ Priority Pr a 07 00 AM 6 59 00 4M 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 07 01 AM 1 NA 1F 7 00 00 AM LOCAL NEWS 7 00 00 4M 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002
188. Exact DayPart Matching unchecked this spot would be included in the 6 00AM 9 59AM column because its schedule time does falls completely within the daypart column settings Q With Exact DayPart Matching checked this spot would not be included in the 6 00AM 9 59AM column because its schedule time does not exactly match the daypart column settings Warning Exact Daypart Matching has no effect when you use time classes in the report columns or on an order line Those items are only included in a column when the named time class on the order line exactly matches the named time class in the report column Page 9 20 Natural Log User Manual 9 12 Report Type Order Rates cont Order Rates Report Daypart Columns You can change the report daypart columns with the Order Rates Lowest Rate and Order Rates Average Rate report screens using the Report Customize Report Format DayPart Columns menu choice on the report screen You can set specific start and end times and days to be included in each column or select time classes Order Rates Report Daypart Columns 12 00 00 4M i 6 00 00 AM 10 00 00 AM 3 00 00 PM 7 00 00 PM Drive Times 1200 00 AM x to to to to to to 6 00 00 AM 10 00 00 AM 3 00 00 PM 7 00 00 PM 11 59 59 PM 7 11 59 59 PM x WeekDays WeekDays WeekDays WeekDays WeekDays WeekDays jurwrrss gt urwrrss a urwrrss gt urwrrss gt urwrrss jurwrrss Cancel Nat
189. FOR MONETARY DAMAGES FOR ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER UNDER ANY THEORY OF LAW AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE ACTION WILL BE LIMITED TO AND IN NO EVENT SHALL EXCEED THE AMOUNT ORIGINALLY PAID TO LICENSOR FOR THE LICENSE TO USE THE SOFTWARE 10 MANDATORY ARBITRATION ENFORCEMENT DAMAGES This agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Texas and is enforceable in San Antonio Bexar County Texas and shall inure to the benefit of Licensor and End User and their successors assigns and legal representatives If any provision of this License is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent under applicable law that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible and the remaining provisions of this License will remain in full force and effect Any dispute relating to interpretation or performance of this agreement shall be resolved at the request of either party through binding arbitration Arbitration shall be conducted in San Antonio Bexar County Texas in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association Judgement upon any award by the arbitrators may be entered by the state or federal court having jurisdiction The parties intend that this agreement to arbitrate be irrevocable In any action or request for arbitration brought by Licensee for alleged damages suffered by Licensee under any theory of law Licensee agrees that Licensor s maximum liability und
190. IDB is picked up from the Agency List You are then ready to begin e Invoicing through a clearinghouse See Electronic Invoice Transmission on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 7 11 7 041 Electronic Invoice Transmission Until Final Broadcast Invoices are processed they may not be sent as Electronic Invoices See Broadcast Invoices to finalize the invoices before trying to send them electronically To send your Broadcast Invoices electronically after they have been processed in Broadcast Invoices from the main NL8 screen click Billing Electronic Invoices 4 Sample Electronic Invoices BEE File Edt SelectInvoices Browser Settings Help Ei a amp elnvoices YiewlAvoice View arder Print List Help Close Electronic Invoice List Station s for the Month Invoice Delivery Sort List By EED _ za _ RE SpotData E ation l hru last nalized amp Charged for All Stations Friday Invoices must be processed in the Billing section BEFORE they will show up here 06050107 0001 009 Cloudy FM ALLEN S AD AGENCY Allen s Body Tech 0 00 06050071 0146 016 Sample AM None 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awd 0 00 06050069 0112 008 Sample M None Abg Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0 00 06050091 0001 003 Sample AM ALLEN S AD AGENCY Allen s Body Tech 500 00 06050109 0001 007 Sample AM ALLEN S AD AGENCY Allen s Body Tech 0 00 06050097 0187 006 Sample 4M None Altex Computers Allen
191. IVING 7 20 004M 0042 Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19 AM 07 21 AM 7 20 00 4M 7 28 00A4M 0103 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 AM 08 00 AM 4 a TE m Logged Items Total Length text lines automation commands not counted 12Mid 01 30 44M101 30 8 AM 01 45 12N 05 30 4 PM 04 30 1AM 5 AM 9AM 01 30 1 PMj00 60 5 PM 05 00 9 PM 00 60 2 AM 00 60 6 AM 03 30 104M 00 30 2 PM 00 30 6 PM 01 30 10PM 3AM 7 AM 05 30 11AM 01 30 3 PM 06 00 Z PM 00 60 11PM Natural Log User Manual Page 6 11 6 04 Tools Log TroubleShooter When generating a new Log NL8 keeps a record of its log actions for troubleshooting This Activity Log is a plain text list of every item it tried to log and if not logged why it could not log the item in each avail slot it tried to use You can view this only on the Log Editor screen using the Tools Log TroubleShooter Log Editor menu choice a DEMO AM Log TroubleShooter for Wed 10 1 03 Iof x Start Log Generation 1 13 04 10 31 48 AM Logging Network Items seessse Logging Pass SSSSSsassErsseassasSsrsssarrrssssssss ls SasrsssrrssssssSsssssrssssssesss 0048 001 01 Golden Corral 00 20 NA 7 00 00 AM 7 01 00 aM 0701 7 00 00 aM Logged 0052 002 01 Graytown Livestock Commission 00 60 M3 11 45 00 AM 11 47 00 aM 1105 11 17 00 aM Required AvailType aS Template AvailType 1106 11 17 00 aM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1107 11 17 00 aM Requi
192. L8 means till further notice and is a valid end date for an order or expiration date for a CopylD Trade Credit This is the amount of credit allowed in exchange for non cash compensation Sometimes call barter Trial Invoices This allows you to print a trial copy of your invoices before they final invoices are processed and posted See Broadcast Invoices for more information These trial invoices should never be issued to customers Trial Log This is a log that can be generated to aid in troubleshooting scheduling or Log Template issues It should never be used on air and cannot be charged and finalized for invoicing See Trial Log Unwired Network Similar to a National Rep this is person or firm that represents your station for national ad agencies located in a different city in order to get national advertising buys in your station The unwired network generally places ads on a group of stations the unwired network of stations The Unwired Network is billed directly by your station for the net amount They pay you the net amount less their additional National Rep commission and then bill the advertiser themselves for the ads you ran Also see National Rep In NL the major difference between National Rep and Unwired Network is that NL posts an automatic credit to the UnWired Network account for the National Rep commission because they will deduct it before paying you Because the network automatically takes this discount from the net
193. L8 CopylD entered in the CLIENT box of the StationPlaylist file tag This can be done using the StationPlaylist Track Tool Copy the aired log file created by StationPlaylist onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the aired log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT LOG mm is month dd is day yy is year 110295T1 LOG is Send Log Nov 02 1995 for station1 Input reconcile log file Sspot yymmdd csv yy is year mm is month dd is day Sspot 951102 csv is aired log for Nov 02 1995 Page 10 112 Natural Log User Manual 10 44 StationPlaylist Automation con Automation Commands You can use Natural Log to hard code audio cuts and commands into your Natural Log templates On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description This is NOT to be used for any billable item only use this for jingles liners etc that never move on the log and are not billable Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume
194. LPFM community broadcasters with limited advertisers and small operations It is not designed for a full over the air broadcast station and therefore has some limited capabilities as described below BUT Natural Log LITE user interface and underlying database works the same as Natural Log 8 so NL LITE can grow as your business grows it can be easily upgraded to the full Natural Log license at anytime with no need to transfer or modify any data Natural Log LITE functions exactly the same way as Natural Log 8 but with some limitations Therefore all information in the Natural Log Manual and Natural Log Help file applies to Natural Log LITE The following limitations are built into the Natural Log LITE System Natural Log LITE System Limitations Works with Simian LITE automation only Limited to 50 active customer Limited to 50 active orders Limited to 1 station log per day Limited to 5 account reps Limited to 5 Revenue Types Single computer no multiple user access across Local Area Network No access to Natural Log e Order online order entry No e Invoicing No Special Events Templates No Network Spot Scheduler Getting Help Note that we do not provide one on one support and training for Natural Log LITE It is a bare bones system and is priced for webcaster and small LPFM community broadcasters who are willing to assume the limitations and read the built in user manual and help file for self training Users familiar with radio station a
195. Log Monday 3 37 00 AM amp O 3 37 00 AM Commercial Break x x 3 45 00 AM t0 3 45 00 AM Commercial Break xA x 3 55 00 AM amp Q 3 55 00 4M Commercial Break x Page 10 30 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 06 BSI Simian Q Codes cont Commercial Break Q Codes cont Commercial Break Satellite Trigger Contact Closure Start Example Event 0402 shown below In Satellite mode contact closures from the network start your commercial breaks There must be a break marker for each commercial break even if empty so the Simian stays in sync with the network With no break marker for an empty spot break Simian would be positioned at the wrong break when the next contact closure comes The example assumes you are using a Satellite Relay switcher If running Network audio through the AUX input on your audio card contact BSI for the appropriate Macro commands to use amp M sends Blank as the Q start code to Simian so it will stop and wait to receive the network contact closure before executing the command to close RELAY 1 for 100 microseconds Network OFF If no spots are scheduled the RELAY 2 100 Network ON is immediately executed and network audio is NOT interrupted If there are spots they will be auto started and then RELAY 2 100 Network ON is executed after the last spot due to the Q code on line 0410 Either way Simian then goes to the next commercial break and wait
196. Log 7 Monday x 12 00 AM x Scheduled Time Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 12 17 004M amp BREAK 12 17 00 AM Commercial Break If Used Fill amp 9001 Overnight Weather CartWorks Commands Commands can be sent to the CartWorks from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates in the Event Description column enter amp and then the command letter numbers NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Event 0010 shown above You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 9001 you could make the entry shown at event 0010 above This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs the amp 9001 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Page 10 38 Natural Log User Manual 10 11 CartWorks Pristine CDS32 cons Turning the Automation Conversion On amp Off The CartWorks system loads spots sequentially into spot breaks If you have some hours during which you are Live and not using CartWorks you need a way to tell the Natural Log not to send spots to CartWorks during that time period even though spots are logged for manual play If you don t do this the spo
197. Log Page Print Preview Log displays on screen a preview of the way the printed log will look You can also print the Log Diagnostics that includes the contents of the Time Errors Copy Errors and Break Errors tabs Log Edit Menu In the Log Editor the Edit menu can be displayed by Right Clicking on any logged item This menu has many useful commands such as Q Clipboard Commands Cut Copy and Paste Q Log Item Commands Add Edit Swap Delete Insert Blank Line s Find Q View Commands OrderLine History PlayTimes Listen Q Item Activity Log Shows user changes to this log item Rearranging Items on the Log In the Log Editor you may drag and drop items from one place on the Log to another by holding the left mouse button down until you have moved the item to where you d like it to appear When you release the mouse button the item will drop into that slot If you drop it onto an existing item that item and all following items up to the first blank line will be pushed down a line to accommodate the moved item Swapping Items on Log In the Log Editor you can use the Ctrl key combined with Left Click of the mouse to highlight 2 items to automatically swap log positions Then click Edit Swap Log Items to automatically swap the items positions on the log This only works when you have exactly 2 lines highlighted using Ctrl Left Click Inserting Deleting Lines on Log In the Log Editor to add a blank line into the Log hi
198. Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Natural Log User Manual Page 10 55 10 17 Enco DADPro32 ascii Flat File cont Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 L0G is Send Log 11 02 95 for station Input reconcile log file OAmmddyr DBF mm is month dd is day yr is year OA110295T1 DBF is Read Log for 11 02 95 Telling Enco How to Start an Event The Enco DAD system uses start codes to indicate how an event is to start These start codes are In Enco NL8 Log template Event Description Q SEGUE amp Segue Q AUTOLOAD amp Load OQ AUTOPLAY amp AutoPlay Q NORMAL amp Normal See the Enco DAD manual for descriptions The codes are set in the Natural Log Template Event Description column as amp SEGUE amp LOAD amp AUTOPLAY and amp NORMAL The default start code assumed by Natural Log is Segue in the absence of any other code entry Once the start code is set Natural Log continues to send the start code on all subsequent events until enter another start code in the NL8 Log Templates Manual Start Example Events 0101 and 0103 shown below You need to load a spot break but wait for a live announcer to start it This will LOAD the first spot and wait for the announcer or satellite network to start it Because the amp SEGUE is after the first spot in the break it will then segue through the break Log Templates
199. Manual 10 49 05 Sending Non Audio Commands amp Categories from NL8 Broadcast Orders to OpX Normally NL8 sends Audio as the OpX Category for any item scheduled from a Broadcast Order Note this default Category value can be changed on the NL8 Automation Conversion screen To send a Category on an individual logged item other than the default Category from a Broadcast Order enter the Category using amp Category in the Label field of the Copy Manager and schedule the CopyID to run on an order Live Copy Example You want OpX to pop open a TEXT file so an announcer can read some live copy Assume you use CopylD ABCCOPY In Natural Log Copy Manager you d enter the label for Spot ABCDEF as amp TEXT ABCCOPY1 Be sure to put the space between the amp TEXT and the ABCCOPY 1 Text file named ABCCOPY 1 will be displayed by OpX whenever CopyID ABCCOPY is scheduled by a Natural Log broadcast Order 444 Copy ABCCopy amp TEXT ABCCopy File Print Tools Help lt en z MA Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy Infomation Copy IDJABCCopy Copy belongs to 0000 Shaed aks Label sTEXT ABCCopy Length H Co Op fof sOOOSSSSCSsS Voice H Customer s ScriptID sts i SS lt lt lt CS lt S S C Status 0k Usable Datesfjan 30 2004 F though TFN Natural Log User Manual Page 10 127 10 49 06 BSI OpX Q Codes OpX
200. Natural Log Introduction Thank you for selecting the Natural Log 8 traffic logging billing system for radio broadcasters Before installing Natural Log 8 for Windows please read the Software License Agreement included in this manual beginning on page 1 10 Installation and use of the Natural Log system constitutes your agreement to be bound by the terms of this software license Computer System Requirements This is to be considered the minimum acceptable system for running Natural Log 8 for Windows at an acceptable speed Faster machines will give better performance At least a 1 8 gHz Pentium or compatible At least 256 megabytes of RAM A hard drive with at least 10 gigabytes of free space Windows XP Windows 7 Windows 8 operating system 32 or 64 bit CD ROM for installation of the program Windows compatible mouse To print logs any Windows compatible printer laser printer is highly recommended Minimum 800 x 600 Windows video display preferred 1072x768 USB Drive Zip Drive CD Burner tape backup or other device for data backups If running across a Local Area Network 100mbps minimum is recommended for best performance MS Access 97 Users Note The Natural Log 8 installer includes Microsoft Access 2000 database drivers that will overwrite any existing Access 97 database drivers on this computer If you currently use macros in Access 97 some existing Access 97 macro functions may be lost The only work around is to
201. On the Natural Log Templates enter the text shown below in the Event Description column Be sure to put 1 space between the cc and the type amp ccHHH ss Type SecType Channel Input Title ccHHHH is the cutID ss is the segment number only if needed with this event If not needed do not include the dash or the segment number Type is the Harris event type SecType is the Harris secondary type Channel is the Harris channel A D Input is the Harris input 1 4 When used with amp you may enter any combination of letters and numbers in the cutID You need not restrict yourself to numbers when using amp The system will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event name You must enter commas even for those fields you aren t using such as SecType NL counts the commas to determine which field is being entered Harris Command Example 1 Assume you need to play a cut named ID1000 as you top of the hour ID as a timed event You could make entry shown below at event 1001 in the Natural Log Templates Harris Command Example 2 Assume you need to join a network at a particular time weather at a certain time each day You could make entry shown below at event 1002 in the Natural Log Templates Setting Types on NL Commercial Items There may be situations in which you need to tell the Harris system to wait for a network pulse before starting a commercial break
202. Page 10 44 Natural Log User Manual 10 13 ITC DigiCenter Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log lt a Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Digicenter h i Automation Log FileName C Temp 100203t1 sch Browse x Convert Cancel DigiCenter Cut Numbers The Digicenter can use any cut alphanumeric cut numbers names up to 8 characters All you need to do is enter the Digicenter cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in Digicenter Station Number i Log Reconciliation is supported for DigiCenter The Natural Log does read exact run times from the Digicenter Log Reconciliation File Copy this file onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file yrmmddT SCH yr year mm month dd day
203. Q Inthe Select Items to Which Prepayment Credit is to be Applied window select either All Orders for or Pending Orders for from the left dropdown box Q In the Select Items to Which Prepayment Credit is to be Applied select the customer to receive the prepayment credit from the dropdown box containing the customer list This will be the same as the original customer if you are transferring the prepayment credit to another order for the same customer Q You can select the specific order s to receive the credit by clicking an X in the Pay column item for the invoice s to be credited You can also select Any in which case the prepayment credit will be used for any order for the specified customer You must specify how much of the prepayment credit to apply to each order Click Save Credit when done Natural Log User Manual Page 8 27 8 07 04 Refund Remaining Prepayment Credit When you refund a prepayment credit it can be removed from NL8 by attaching a DR Debit adjustment to the prepayment credit to zero it out QO From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen im ZR Items for 0133 American National Bank spanish Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Select AJR Item to be Adjusted and click Continue Show Items with 0 balances b
204. RNAL Data BackUp Daily Keep Broadcast Orders for 5 x Years after expiration Keep Logs for 2 v Years after Broadcast Keep 4 R Transactions for 5 x Years after closing r Required Review Approvals BEFORE an Order may be Logged Iv Sales Manager P Traffic Director Accounting Manager T Only Reviewers may revise Order after review approval Prohibit new Order entry after Credit Limit is exceeded Day Weights for Front Loading Random Type Schedules If Used Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Normal x Normal x Normal x Normal x Normal x Normal x Normal x m Miscellaneous Adobe Acrobat PDF Printer Driver Enabled Automatically Display Daily Reminders on Startup Show on screen help when mouse is held over an item Calendar Tool Display Type Calendar Month Prompt for EXTERNAL Data Backup After days Without a backu It is highly recommended you do DAILY external data backups but this allows you to decide how long before NL starts prompting you if you forget to do data backups for a period of time External data backups should be done to some EXTERNAL media not saved on the NL computer or in the same location as the NL computer Natural Software is NOT responsible for any data loss resulting from your failure to have a good data backup or for any failure of the backup media You must do daily data backups to different locations discs removable drives in case you have any
205. Reconciliation reports Orders and Invoices marked No for Post2AR are not automatically excluded from all other reports unless that Revenue Type is excluded from the specific report format This includes Transactions Invoiced Sales reports Customer Billing History reports Order Rates reports Log reports Inventory reports and Sales Projection reports Natural Log User Manual Page 2 27 2 17 Time Class Setup To enter or edit a Revenue Type from the Main Menu select Setup Time Classes Use of these classes is Optional but is included for your optional use See Using Time Classes below for the specific instances when time classes should be used Sample Time Class Setup File Tools Help k x amp R vA New Class Delete Class Print List Help Close Drive Times x ReName Spots for this Time Class May Run within any of the Times for the Days Listed below 3 00 00PM 7 00 00 PM 00 00AM 10 00 00 AM 3 00 00PM 7 00 00 PM 6 00 004M 10 00 00 AM 00 7 00 00 PM 6 00 00AM 10 00 00 AM 00 7 00 00 PM 6 00 00 4M 10 00 004M 3 00 00 PM 7 00 00 PM 7 00 00 4M 10 00 00 AM Using Time Classes Use of these classes is Optional but is included for your optional use These are only required when you want to run spots in non contiguous times for example drive times Normal order entry requires you to provide a scheduling window like 6 00 00 AM to 10 00 00 AM for spots to run but what if the re
206. Rotator itself to be used when that order line runs During log generation NL8 will play the appropriate cuts to maintain the 50 50 rotation Each Rotator line can have any rotation allowing uneven rotations if needed but the rotation total for all lines on the each Rotator must equal 100 444 Copy RO118 004 Southern Auto File Edit Rotator Print Tools Help e a _ de _ chs __ Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy ROTATOR Infomation Copy ID R0118 004 Copy belongs to 0118 Southem Auto Labell Southern Auto Length so Co Op ES Voice H Customer s Script ID Rotator Status jk Usable Dates o oi 2003 through TFN Copy Rotator Contents Append ltem Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item 0018 E TA Southern Auto 30 i 0450 50 00 Southern Auto 30 Rotator Numbering You may use any numbering system you want for NL8 Rotators but the CopylD must be unique in your NL8 Copy Manager We recommend you use R HH where H is the OrderlD with which the Copy is associated For example you could use RO118 004 If you have more than 1 Rotator on an order just add an alphanumeric character to the right of the OrderlD to make the CopylD unique For example you could use RO118 004A and RO118 004B Continued on next page Page 4 6 Natural Log User Manual 4 03 Copy Manager Rotator cont Rotator Settings When you add a new Rotator item or
207. S or Digital DJ Enter the cut number into the NL8 CopylD field during order entry Log Reconciliation is supported for AXS Digital DJ Copy the Audit Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyr LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 LO0G is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile Audit Log file mmddyr ALG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 ALG is Audit Log for 11 02 95 Page 10 12 Natural Log User Manual 10 06 AXS 1 2 amp Digital DJ Automation cont AXS Digital DJ Commands amp Cluster Markers Cut numbers 1 to 999 are reserved by the Digital DJ for commands Cuts 1 to 1999 are reserved by AXS for commands These commands CAN be automatically sent to the Digital DJ or AXS from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Template simply enter amp and then the 4 digit command or audio cut number in the Event Description column Cluster Marker Example Event 0301 shown below Assume AXS cut number 0053 is a Cluster Marker for a 180 second spot set You define these in Digital DJ or AXS system The Digital DJ or AXS system
208. SOFTWARE SUPPORT Support involves answering specific questions or problems involving the operation of the software Support also includes free access to online pre recorded training videos and demonstration videos for self instruction Additionally the software includes a printable user manual and an indexed help file for self assistance and training For USA users needing live assistance with a software issue 1 year of free live telephone support is included to answer specific questions about Natural Broadcast Systems products during business hours BAM 5PM Central Time USA Mon Fri This does not include live training sessions See next paragraph Following the 1 year free support period software support if requested will be provided only under an optional annual support subscription at the subscription pricing then in effect B LIVE TRAINING CLASSES In addition to the software support described above which includes access to prerecorded training videos and demo videos new purchasers are entitled to enrollment in one online training class of their choice on a space available basis within the first 3 months after purchase Online training classes are conducted through a virtual classroom connection requiring a high speed Internet connection A virtual classroom connection may have as many students viewing that one classroom connection as desired These training classes are conducted once per month and consist of 4 sessions each lasting 2 hours ove
209. SSY Preemption Level 1 x O Non Preemptible 9 ery Preemptible va _Change Save Help Cancel Order Line Runs Alternating Weeks m CopylD to be Played 0009 American National Bank On the Order Line entry screen the Run field may be set to every 2nd week through every 13th week in the Runs field to turn the Order Line on only for the weeks desired in an alternating fashion 30 9 1 03 TFN Alternating Weeks Example If you have 2 Order Lines that alternate you could set them up starting 1 week apart and have each alternate every 2nd week When line 1 runs line 2 is off and when line 2 runs line 1 is off Order Line Runs Specified Weeks On the Order Line entry screen the Run field may be set to Specified Weeks you can then list the exact weeks you want the Order Line to run The specified weeks must be within the run dates of the Order see Order Entry General tab and the date range of the Order Line Specified Weeks Example Assume you have an Order Line that extends for a whole year but does not run every week in that year Select Specified Weeks and you will see an Edit Specified Weeks button that you can use to set the weeks Continued next page Page 3 28 Natural Log User Manual 3 08 Complex Scheduling cont Specifying Filler Material to Auto Fill Network Breaks On the Order Line entry screen the Run field may be set to Filler Only This is used when you
210. Select the folder to which you want to backup the data or click Browse to New Folder to add a new folder to the list You may select type of media such as floppy disc USB Drive Zip Disc or send the Data Backup file to a folder on another computer across a Local Area Network Click Start Data Backup to begin the backup Natural Log will report whether it successfully created the Data Backup file Natural Log uses standard pkZip data compression to reduce storage requirements for the Data Backup files See Special Note for USB Drive and Zip Disc backups on next page Page 11 2 Natural Log User Manual 11 01 Data Backup cont Special Note for USB Drive and Zip Disc Backups Natural Log sees USB Drives if formatted as floppy discs and all Zip Discs as removable media and will enable the multi volume support needed to backup large files onto multiple discs This causes all existing files in the root directory of the USB Drive or Zip Disc to be deleted each time a new backup is done If you want to backup several Natural Log database files to one USB Drive or Zip Disc create a folder on the USB Drive or Zip Disc and do all backups into that folder instead of the root directory This prevents deletion of the pre existing files on the USB Drive or Zip Disc during the backup of additional databases 11 02 Data Restore Beware Q You should ONLY consider a Data Restore if your database is hopelessly corrupted Q Data Resto
211. Simian Automation to Execute Non Audio Simian Categories Simian uses several different categories for things that can be scheduled on its log Non Audio categories do things other than play an audio file These can be placed directly in the Event Description column of the NL8 log templates as follows Q Start with amp Q Follow Immediately with the Category within brackets Q Follow immedtaiely by the Q Code is assumed if Q not entered Q Atleast 1 blank space Q The name of the command or command parameters to be used by Simian To save space on the log event line you may insert just the first character within brackets of certain standard categories These standard categories with abbreviations in Natural Log are Natural Log Simian Abbreviation Category Meaning amp R REC Record no longer used amp T TEXT Display Text amp M MACRO Execute a Macro amp LOG LOG Load a Day s Log amp A APP Run an Application amp L LIST Execute a List amp C COMMENT Comment Line Back Time Macro Example Event 2301 shown below In the example below event 2301 is a Back Time Macro due to the Q Code to switch relay 1 on at 11 00 PM for 100 milliseconds Event 2303 is a Time Immediate Macro due to the Q Code to switch relay 2 on at 11 05 PM for 100 milliseconds This might be used to join and leave a network Your commands will be based on your actual Simian hardware setup but all Simian macros and categories
212. Station or Channel DT001_20030902 ARL is verification log for Sept 02 2003 for net neadend DT001 MasterPlay Break Numbers The MasterPlay works with breaks within Windows Each break is numbered sequentially within a time Window in which it may play If you don t explicitly set a break number break 000 is assumed The time Window usually corresponds to a program You can if you desire set up one Window for the full day length as 23 59 00 but this is not recommended It is best to set a new Window for each program to make sure the spots for that program run within that program Also you MUST enter the EventType for that Window This tells Masterplay how each item is to start within that Window We are aware of 3 standard EvetTypes which can be mapped within Masterplay though you can map new ones within Masterplay and NL will recognize them Just place them after the WINDOW followed by a colon then the EventType within brackets example WINDOW LOB no BLANK SPACES LOI Just play after prior event such as a long program or sequence of events to ne played LOB Part of a network triggered local break LOC Part of e time triggered local break Natural Log User Manual Page 10 101 10 39 RushWorks MasterPlay cont Continued from previous page Natural Log allows you to set up only those breaks you want to use in the Natural Log Templates You need a way to identify the MasterPlay Windows and Break numbers into which the spot
213. T PRODUCT Note to be Printed on Invoice This field is optional This is a single line of alphanumeric description text to be printed on the Invoice Copies of Invoice to Print On the Order entry screen you may specify 1 to 9 invoice copies to be printed for this order Print Co Op Script Affidavit On the Order entry screen you can tell NL8 to automatically print the RAB tearsheet script affidavits for attachment to the invoice for coop reimbursement You must have entered the copy in the Copy Manager before the invoice is generated See Co Op defined and entering Co Op scripts in Copy Manager Billing Basis On the Order entry screen this entry describes the basis upon which the order is to be billed This may be any of the following See section 3 05 01 for a complete discussion of Package Priced Billing Per Broadcast Billed as cost per broadcast specified on each Order Line Most common billing basis Level Package Every time an invoice is generated from an order with schedule lines from which at least 1 billable item was logged or the order has NO schedule lines a specified flat amount is billed Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amount will be billed Variable Package You specify amount s to be billed on various dates This amount will be billed on the first invoice generated on or after that date even if nothing ran Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amoun
214. T vA Memorize Export Print Help Close r Report Settings Filters Agency Account List Sample Sponsor Adress Telephone 4 0001 Allen s Body Tech Allen Line 2 Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 T 02 Allen s Ad Agency 0006 Amolds Jewelers Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 0126 Nutri system Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 Report Format 06 Bright Star Agency Standard x Report Type Agency Account List x 0130 Victory Bank And Trust Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 09 Brown And Terry Adver 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 0132 John Greer Chevrolet Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 10 C C X amp Y 0005 Apache Tractor amp Impleme Accounts Payable Anywhere Tx 78000 210 555 5555 0124 xyz Food Store Accounts Payable Anywhere TX 78000 210 555 5555 04 Dave And Dave Advert 4 General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 General Tab Report Type The Agency report screen has 2 types of reports Q Agency List Prints a list of agencies Agency Account List Prints a list of the customer accounts belonging to each agency Page 9 16 Natural Log User Manual 9 11 Report T
215. TE J Event ID Scheduled Time Event Description 1 17 00 4M amp BREAK 1 17 00 AM Commercial Break A a a amp 0023 Overnite Weather 1 28 00 AM amp BREAK 1 28 00 AM Commercial Break x 1 30 00 4M amp BREAK 1 30 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2002 My Way Program Note amp BREAK must occur on the line immediately before each commercial break to indicate to Digital Universe that a new break starts there Page 10 50 Natural Log User Manual 10 16 Enco DAD Automation Custom Filter NOTE The Enco DAD system have its own filter merger module which reads an ASCII file containing the commercial log into the Enco system This import filter must be purchased from Enco The Log sent by NL8 to Enco s filter merger uses a version of the Generic Text NL DOS format log output file See Enco DAD Automation Log Format for a description of the file Use this File Format to have Enco personnel configure their filter module to read this file Alternatively you may send one of the automation log files to Enco so they configure the reader Users of Enco DADPro32 released after January 2003 can use the built in Enco DADPro32 ASCII Flat File importer and not have to buy an Enco Custom Filter Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Con
216. Type box on the order line as the MediaTouch category as did NL for DOS Log Reconciliation is supported for MediaTouch You must connect NL8 to the OUT log created by MediaTouch Contact MediaTouch for the location of this file Use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the OUT log file Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file yrmmdd LOG yr year mm month dd day 951102 LOG is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file yrmmdd OUT yr year mm month dd day 950211 0UT is Play Log for 11 02 95 Page 10 66 Natural Log User Manual 10 21 MediaTouch iMediaTouch Automation cons MediaTouch System Commands Commands can be sent to the MediaTouch system such as source switching from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp followed by the MediaTouch Category then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named ZM0009 from category WEA you could m
217. U0S Copy belongs to 0002 American National Bank 7 Label American National Bank Length 32 Co Op For Big Bank Compay s s Voice H Customer Script ID ISCI Code ANB 10 0922 Status o Usable Dates Monday September 01 2003 k thru TFN x Copy Script The coop script can be typed in here and will be printed with your Invoice Affidavit if required gi Production Instructions Need to call Bank Manager to approve spot before airing it j Note When Copy is displayed the Listen button launches your default MediaPlayer if you have one e g Windows MediaPlayer RealPlayer WinAmp etc so you can listen to the copy This work only if the audio cut is available to the NL8 computer through a network connection NL8 will open a browse window so you can locate the actual audio cut The audio must also be in a format understood by the Windows MediaPlayer CopyiD In the Copy manager enter up to 20 alphanumeric characters used to uniquely identify a piece of copy within the NL8 system This CopylD is attached to the order lines so NL8 knows which copy to schedule This must exactly match the ID given the same audio cut in your automation system You must use the same Copy numbering naming convention as used in your automation system Also see scriptID Important note to MediaTouch and Scott Studios users See the discussion of CopylD s in Chapter 11 in the section dealing with your automation system for sp
218. User Manual 9 05 Report Column Selection Design Screen To set the columns to be included in a Browser screen or a Report you first need to display the Design screen selecting Report Customize Report Format on any report screen the Browser Settings button on any Browser screen or the Log Editor Settings on the Log Editor screen Only certain columns can be removed from a report Numeric columns that are an integral part of the report may not be removed After making changes click the View Print button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default report format w Standard Sales Projection Summary Report Design vin ne coca View Print Help Cancel To Add or Remove a Column from the List Highlight the Column then click Add or Remove OR Drag Drop Columns from box to box Available Columns Include Columns AccountRepCust Sponsor Add gt BillCycleCust BilingName CityState PErmen Contact CreditLimit CustEntryD ateT ime Selecting Columns You will see 2 boxes on the column selection screen Q One is Available Columns and the other is Included Columns Q You may drag and drop the columns back and forth between these boxes to either include or exclude a column from the report or Browser list Setting Column Widths
219. User Manual Page 11 7 11 07 Tools Reminders This will display the NL8 Reminders for a date or range of dates Reminders are items that are date sensitive and you can enter them so NL8 will warn you on the specified date to take some action This can be used as a simple Contact Manager as well by entering reminders for an Account Rep to contact a customer on a specific date 444 Sample Reminders for Sat 11 1 03 thru Sat 11 8 03 Saturday November 01 2003 ba thru Saturday November 08 2003 x Jal Account Reps x Click in the DONE Column to signify that you do NOT want his Reminder to be displayed in the future Reminder Date Done Reminder Sat 11 1 03 E Be sure to get new copy of ABC stores Starting Nov 10 Edit Hemmer Delete Heninader Print Reminders Help Close Within a Customer Account On the Customer Memo tab click the Contact Manager Account Date Reminders button Customer Reminder Example Assume your salesman has been told to return on a specific date to discuss placing a broadcast order You can set up a reminder and on that date when NL8 starts up it will warn you and or the Account Rep and display the contacts needing to be done that day Within an Broadcast Order On Order Memo tab click the Contact Manager Account Date Reminders button Order Reminder Example Assume you need to pick up new copy for an order on October 13 You can set up a reminde
220. action should be done only on the server the computer on which the database is stored in order to minimize network traffic To begin Data Repair click Data Database Utilitites Repair Database from the main Natural Log screen and select the Database to be repaired Repair Database Sample Ed Select Database Sample v All OTHER users accessing this database across a network must exit from this NL8 database in order for you to run this process Start Repair Cancel Q Select the database to be repaired If you have multiple databases each must be repaired separately Q Click Start Repair when ready Page 11 4 Natural Log User Manual 11 04 Compact Database It is vitally important that you do a Data Backup before doing this Compact Database function in case something goes wrong during this process Compact Database After many data operations such as generating and rejecting logs or entering and deleting transactions the Natural Log database may become rather large and fragmented This can also cause database performance to become markedly slower You may want to occasionally use the Data Database Utilities Compact Database function from the main Natural Log screen to defragment the file to improve performance and reduce its size to recover disk space We recommend doing a data compaction once every 3 months or so to keep your NL8 database s as small and fast as possible Do a Data Backup
221. ady Closed If the month is closed see month closing in chapter 8 and you need to issue a corrected invoice you can open the invoice and click the Cancel Invoice button When warned that the invoice has been reconciled and may not be edited answer Yes when asked whether to reissue the invoice 4 Invoice 03090014 File Edit Invoice Transactions Tools Help Asap Paging DEMO AM Invoice Affidavit O ERO gD pe nywhere Invoice Date Receive Payment Account ID 0007 Order ID 0007 002 T Account Rep Corey White Enter Adjustment Sponsor Asap Paging Asap Paging Detail Co Op Scripts k Cancel Invoice Date Time Eth Description Copy Cost A 9 1 03 06 13 4M 9 1 03 11 17 4M 9 1 03 05 20 PM 9 2 03 10 17 AM 9 2 03 02 17 PM 9 3 03 08 45 4M 9 3 03 11 17 AM 9 3 03 01 36 PM 9 4 03 06 13 AM 9 4 03 04 37 PM 24309 OC 90 Mkd Gross Discount Agency Net_ Tax Biled 25 00 00 4135 233 75 0 00 233 75 aay cae Seeder ase ere sune an Spot 30 Sponsorship 30 Spot 30 Spot 30 Sponsorship 30 Spot 30 Spot 30 Spot 30 Spot WO we ewe mnala 0049 Inv DEMO 4M 0007 002 Asap Paging 233 75 Once the invoice is reissued in the current billing month it can be edited and reprinted Since all changes take place in the current month previous accounts receivable reconciliation for already closed and reconciled months is not affected Please note the warnings on the
222. ae ivaa ss 26 04 04010001 2 DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Any Order for this Custome 20 00 Continue Help Cancel Q You must select the specific prepayment credit item to be adjusted and click Continue Continued on next page Page 8 28 Natural Log User Manual 8 07 04 Refund Remaining Prepayment Credit cont Refund Prepayment Credit Adjusting Entry continued ig Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 04010001 2 Bi x Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description m Jan 31 7 2004 DR Debit Adjustment Refund Overpayment 2000 00 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance 10 3 03 A R Debit Adjustment 10 3 03 Apply Prepayment 04010001 2 to Inv 0309000 1 26 04 DEMO 4M C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for 1 31 04 A F Debit Adjustment x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Q Enter the date you want to show the adjustment as being posted This must not be before the last date for which books have been closed Q Ifthe remaining credit is negative the adjustment type should be a DR Debit If the remaining credit is positive the adjustment type should be a CR Credit Q Enter a description explanation for the adjustment as it should be shown on the customers account statement Q Enter the adjustment amount This should always be the opposite of the remaining balance of the
223. ailType Required 4vailType is Template AvailType Required 4vailType is Template AvailType Required AvailType s Template AvailType Logged 0012 002 01 Bommer Ford 30 W3 6 20 00 AM 6 22 00 aM 0602 6 00 00 Required AvailType WS Template AvailType N3S NENI RARAN Damirad brail Trma f Tamm sta drra il Tera Ste g o y y O Find Print Export Help Close ERSRR RR ERR RRR RRR RRR REE Page 11 10 Natural Log User Manual 11 10 Configuring On Screen Browsers Natural Log contains several Browsers that allow the user to quickly view and access items such as Customer Accounts Broadcast Orders Copy Manager etc These Browser lists can be easily configured as described below 444 Sample Customer Account Browser PATI ES File Edit View Browser Settings Tools Help ae xX d amp New Open Delete Find r Sort by tst Sponcor z1 2l then BiirgName 84 then HA View Customers for lt All AccountReps CI 06 Albert Doorknob CI 04 Allen Hedge CI 02 Corey White C3 03 Delfino Garcia C3 01 Eddy Munster C3 09 Grandma Moses CI 00 House Accounts C3 07 Ima Manager C3 05 Leeroy Mantcha C3 08 Sally Selalot CI 10 Salseman 10 m Find Column Sponsor v Find Frag deat All Active Customers CustID Sponsor Bilin Name 1St Ann Hispanic Brdcestrs Awd Marisa Bianca Productions 0146 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Body Tech American National Bank
224. ake the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp WEA ZM0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual 44 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O x D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x In Monday x aa d amp WEA ZM0009 Overnight Weather Natural Log User Manual Page 10 67 10 22 ControlReady MusicReady CartReady WireReady Automation This log uses the Generic Automation Log Format see section 10 19 01 for a description You will need a log import filter from the MusicReady developer to import this log The information below applies to all Wiready automation systems ControlReady both versions of MusicReady DOS and Windows versions and a previous product named CartReady Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 24 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type MusicReady CartReady DOS bi Automation Log FileName C
225. al Break x a The amp on event line 0102 indicates a command or cut to start at time 1 00 00 AM The tells Natural Log to send the as the Q start code to OpX for the cut named 0002 The Q code causes OpX to move to that event at 1 00 00 AM then after whatever is currently playing ends it will play cut named 0002 Qs It will then segue to the next logged item after event 0102 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 129 10 49 06 BSI OpX Q Codes cont Commercial Break Q Codes Natural Log s default command to OpX is to automatically segue to begin commercial sets so you do not need to send any Q code if you simply want to segue from the preceding music or other audio to the spots in the commercial set To control the start of Commercial Breaks which don t start by automatic seque you need to send one of the Q Codes which is the OpX start code These Q Codes sent immediately before a commercial set only apply to the first event in the commercial break which runs at the same time as the Q Code time Automatic Segue Into Commercial Breaks Example Event 0302 show below You want the break at 03 07 00 AM to begin playing automatically after the previous event ends In this example below automatic segue is entered for clarity If you neglect to put a Q Code is always assumed See the example at log template event 0301 below The first item in the break that starts at event 0302 will have a Q of and wi
226. allows you to type in or cut and paste from any Windows based word processing program the script for each piece of copy so the script affidavit can be printed with the invoice During Order entry specify that you need script affidavits See Co Op Scripts Natural Log User Manual Page 4 3 4 02 Copy Manager Packet Copy Type Packet A Packet consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy that run together and substitute for each other in various dates days and or time periods During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Packet itself to be used when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the first Packet line that can run at that day date time and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can Packet together Packet Example Suppose you have 2 pieces of copy CopylD 0018 and 0450 You want 0018 to run any days before 10AM and cut 0450 to run any days after 10AM Create a Packet named P0118 002 or any unique CopylD you want to use and insert CopylD 0018 on the st line of the Packet and specify it to run before 10AM Then insert CopylID 0450 on the 2nd line of the Packet and specify it to run after 10AM During order entry specify P0118 002 the CopylD of the Packet itself to be used when that order line runs 4 Copy P0118 002 Southern Auto File Edit Packet Print Tools Help lt amp g z Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy PA
227. amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description 44 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O x D v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x EER Monday x a J 2 28 00 AM gt
228. amp WwX 9001 Overnight Weather 1255 00AM_ amp NETXABC Natural Log User Manual Page 10 35 10 10 BTSG Gen IV Automation ion BTSG Gen IlV Sync Commands Sync Commands can be sent to BSTG Gen IV by NL NL reads as a soft sync and as a hard sync A soft sync means BTSG moves to that event at that time but does not start playing it until whatever is currently playing finishes A hard sync means BTSG moves to that event at that time fades whatever is playing and immediately plays the event Soft Sync Example Event 0101 shown below Assume you want to make sure you do an ID near the top of the hour but you don t want to stop what is playing at the top of the hour This is a soft sync in BSTG Gen IV This would sync to the Legal ID at the top of the hour and play it immediately after whatever is playing finishes Note the forces a soft sync in BTSG To make it a hard sync use the and whatever is playing will be faded and this event will begin Sync Example for Breaks Event 0103 shown below Assume you want to make sure your breaks don t run to late if long Items are scheduled You can force NL to give a soft sync command for a break as follows in the NL Log Format Note the forces a soft sync in BTSG At 1010 BTSG will soft sync to the first spot in the break and wait until whatever is playing finishes and then start the break lt a Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help D x D
229. ample Event 0211 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 in NL log templates This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then a non billable program cut 2002 then a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could enter them as shown at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates One space is inserted between cut My Way Program is an optional description lt a Log Templates L oy lt File Edit Tools Help O x os oS D amp lt New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log z Monday z 02 00 Am z Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 2 28 00 AM amp BLOCK 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 3 Must Fill Local sake Local Local Local Local amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 71 10 25 RCS Automation Log Th
230. an avails distribution analysis for an individual log like the one shown below w DEMO AM Avails Distribution Analysis for Friday October 03 2003 Oa 0002 004 American Nation 0002 003 American National Bank 0102 001 Anytown Filey Co Anyt 0007 003 Asap Paging Asap Pagi 0011 001 Bette s Sewing Center E 0012 001 Bommer Ford Bommer F 0012 002 Bommer Ford Bommer F 0013 003 Bommer Tractor Bomme 0017 003 Caraway Ford Mercury 0019 001 City Utilities 4 City Utilities 0157 001 Davis And Logan Insuran Natural Log User Manual Page 6 5 6 02 Log Editor ClipBoard ClipBoard Cutting and Pasting Lo In the Log Editor the ClipBoard is just a temporary container to allow you to hold items while cutting copying or pasting items on the Log The ClipBoard is a temporary container to hold items while cutting copying and pasting on the Log Warning Pasting the clipboard into the log does not push existing items down the log to accommodate the pasted items Instead the pasted items replace any preexisting items on the log in the area pasted into Any overwritten billable items are moved to the bumped item list any text lines are deleted BEI x 244 DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help Jump to 07 00 AM v 07 00 AM Golden Corral LOCAL NEWS Graytown County Ho
231. an electronic invoice clearinghouse you must click the e Invoice button to enter certain station specific information such as the 4 letter call sign used for the clearinghouse to identify your station the band AM or FM and the media type Radio TV or Local Cable Print Sample Sends a sample Invoice to the printer Natural Log User Manual Page 2 15 2 08 Invoice Affidavit Format cont Invoice Heading This is the large typeface page heading to be printed on the Invoice for the selected station Message for All Invoices This is the small typeface message printed at the top of every Invoice This can be anything you want such as payment terms reminders etc or may be left blank Paper Type You may print this document on the following paper types Blank Paper This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines return address and if used logo Letterhead This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines but not the return address and if used logo PrePrinted Form Prints only the document data and assumes all form boxes lines addresses and logos are preprinted Contact the NL8 developer for a sample form These preprinted forms are not user configurable and must match the NL8 format Put a blank line between Date groups when printing Invoice If checked NL puts a blank space between each group of spots that run on the same day It makes the Invoice more readable but takes up
232. anager approval is required Also may have any additional permissions granted by the NL_Administrator Traffic Director Allowed to review and approve orders for air if Traffic Director approval is required Also may have any additional permissions granted by the NL_Administrator Account Rep User permissions are defined by the NL_Administrator User Module Permissions Each user may assigned any of the following permission levels for each main module of Natural Log such as Traffic Logs Billing A R etc Q Allow The user can do anything within that module Q Deny The user may not enter that module Q Read Only The user may view that module but may not make any changes User Account Rep Restrictions The user may be restricted to viewing and if allowed editing items that belong to a specific Account Rep salesman This allows you to set up a salesman as a user in NL and only allow that salesman to see his own customers and orders Natural Log User Manual Page 2 7 2 04 Station Settings Natural Log s Station Settings are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats The screen that is then displayed will allow you to set up and edit Station information 44 Sample Natural Log Station Setup File Help a Select Station File 9 DEMO FM I Show Inactive Stations Add New Station Rename Station DEMO AM Automation System Auto
233. and Sequence Example Event 0220 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0220 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description s Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D x Ss D amp g New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log 7 Monday aa 02 00 AM x 2 28 00 AM amp BREAK2 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break Must Fill x pA e amp 40023 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp BREAKS 2 40 00 AM amp 20001 amp 20002 amp 20003 My Way Program Page 10 82 Natural Log User Manual 10 30 TuneTracker Automation This NL8 log interface exports a log in the format as specified in the Default log import settings in TuneTracker Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Aut
234. ank space MMDDYY A 2 digit Letter Number combination such as T1 T2 T3 etc to designate the station if used Ablank space NEXT Example To load the next day s log enter the following as the last event in each day s log format in enter the text shown on event 2309 below in the Natural Log Templates Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D amp oo x g New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 11 00 PM x 11 58 55 PM amp LOG mmddyy T1 NEXT This assumes you are using the Natural Log naming convention which is MMDDY followed by T for traffic M for Music or C for Combined log followed by the station In the above example Natural Log will automatically substitute the next day s date formatted as MMDDYY instead of the mmddyy NEXT when the log is converted to Simian If you do not use the MMDDYY log naming convention you will have to manually enter the load log command make the Load log command a timed event do not put its Q as or or Also see Auto inserting date time items into log templates in Chapter 5 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 25 10 08 05 Sending Non Audio Commands amp Categories from NL8 Broadcast Orders to Simian Normally NL8 sends Audio as the Simian Category for any item scheduled fro
235. apply spots and cost based on Q Orders Entered All orders entered and applied to the contract are assumed to run to as ordered Q Invoices Issued Only actual Invoices are counted against the contract totals This may make it appear a customer has not fulfilled his bulk contract if there are still pending orders not yet invoiced Natural Log User Manual Page 9 23 9 14 Report Type Log Reports Report Description This report screen generates reports of log activity for one or more days To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Log Reports You can also access this report form the Log Editor screen Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 244 Sample Log Summary Report BEI Es Report View Tools Help ete ee A a Memorize Export Print Help Close m Report Settings Filters Log Summary Report Sample Log Summary for the Perio
236. ar commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Make sure the cut number or cut name in NL8 matches the number in the Deyan System Log Reconciliation is Supported for Deyan You will need to obtain the As Run log from the Deyan System Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT LOG where mm month dd day yy year is optional station 110295T1 L0G is commercial send Log 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file As Run mmmdd_yy txt where mmm month dd day yy year As Run Nov02_95 is aired log for Nov 02 1995 Page 10 120 Natural Log User Manual 10 48 Deyan Automation cont Automation Commands On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Log Templates OO x File Edit Tools Help O amp a D x v New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x Jo2 00 AM x Event Scheduled Time Event Description Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 2 00 i 2 17 00 AM Commercial Break z x amp 001009 Overnight Weather 2 30 00 4M
237. ard Natural Log User Manual Page 11 9 11 09 Tools Log TroubleShooter Log Troubleshooter When generating a new Log NL8 keeps a record of its log actions for troubleshooting This Activity Log is a plain text list of every item it tried to log and if not logged why it could not log the item in each avail slot it tried to use You can view this only on the Log Editor screen using the Tools Log TroubleShooter Log Editor menu choice a DEMO AM Log TroubleShooter for Wed 10 1 03 Ioj x Start Log Generation 1 13 0 Logging Network Items Logging Pass 1 0048 001 01 Golden Corral 00 20 NA 7 00 00 M 00 AM 0701 7 00 00 AM Logged 0052 002 01 Graytown Livestock Commission 00 60 M3 1105 11 17 00 Required AvailType us 1106 11 17 00 Required AvailType us 1107 11 17 00 Required AvailType us Required AvailType is Required AvailType us Required AvailType is Required AvailType 43 Template AvailType Required AvailType f3 Template AvailType Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType t f t f t 11 45 00 AaM 11 47 00 aM Template AvailType Template AvailType Template AvailType Template AvailType Template AvailType Template AvailType Required AvailTypeis Template AvailType Required 4vailType is Template AvailType Required AvailType s Template AvailType Required AvailTypesis Template AvailType Required 4vailType is Template AvailType Required AvailType s Template Av
238. are actually logged Natural Log User Manual Page 4 9 4 05 Complex Copy Scheduling Combining the copy types into complex copy schedules is an advanced function in NL8 and will not be used by most NL8 users You only need to read and use this section of the NL8 manual if you have advanced copy scheduling needs not satisfied by the simple Copy Copy Rotators Copy Packets and Copy Rotators previously described There are sometimes situations in which a single piece of Normal Copy a single Rotator a single Packet or a single Schedule is insufficient to handle complex copy needs These copy types can be combined in NL8 as described below When determining what actual copy type s you need it helps to break down the problem into its component parts If you have a change in Copy based on expiration dates this implies a Schedule Within Schedules you can insert Packets Rotators or Normal Copy If you have a situation in which 2 or more pieces of Copy rotate with each other this implies a Rotator Within Rotators you may insert Packets or Normal Copy If you have a situation in which different Copy runs based on the day of the week or time of day this implies a Packet Within Packets you can insert only Normal Copy Just remember to put the appropriate CopylD of the main piece of Copy Normal Copy Packet Schedule or Rotator on the order line On the following pages are some examples of complex scheduling
239. are on the air 24 hours unless you enter Sign ON as the event description at your Sign On time and Sign OFF as the event name at your Sign Off time Hyphen is required PageBreak forces NL8 to send a page break when the log is printed This gives the user control over where page breaks occur and allows the user to combine hours on one printed log page if desired Continued on next page Page 5 6 Natural Log User Manual 5 01 Editing Log Templates cont Log Template Event Length The length entry is required only in the circumstances shiown below If you don t care about the length leave it blank Q Commercial Break Length For an event which starts a commercial break the length you enter if any will specify a maximum minutes seconds for the Total commercial set length Q Stand Alone Commercial For an event which is a Stand Alone commercial avail if you enter a length NL8 will only fill that avail with an item with a matching of the length Log Template Avail Type Restriction Warning Log Template Avail Type and Broadcast Order Avail Type should almost always be Unrestricted blank Avail type restrictions are most commonly used to reserve an avail slot for a particular customer or type of order such as a program sponsorship See section 2 14 of this manual to create new avail types Only if necessary to accomplish a specific goal you may specify a restriction on the use of an avail You do this by entering a
240. are using the Simian Pipe Delimited NL8 automation type To use the normal NL DOS style WaveStation Simian format within WaveStation Simian you need to click Tools Program Options Log Import WaveStation Options Playback Intemet SerialComm General Record Paths Import Forma Traffic O Music Alternate Position Dependent Delimited Type item beginning position and length of field Example If CUE begins with the second charactor in the line and is one charactor long enter 2 inthe START box and 1 in the START box next to CUE Test Set Test File Put AutoStep marks on all events 1X Automatically save import log as a Program Log Start Length Cue bB ni Time E js Name fio ja Length fes 5 Category 5e je Desc 20 j5 Status Cue Scheduled Actual Name Length Category Description Comi Save Changes Cancel Done Click Position Dependent file format Item Start Length 7 Cue 9 1 Time 1 8 7 Name 10 8 Length 65 5 7 Category 56 8 Description 20 35 Simian will not read any Q codes from Natural Log Q Click Save Changes then Done Enter each item as described below and click Save before exiting the screen Q Be sure you uncheck the Put Autostep on all events box in Simian If you do not uncheck this box Natural Log User Manual Page 10 21 10 08 02 Configure Pipe Delimited Simian Import Filter Note Th
241. as logged or the order has NO schedule lines a specified flat amount is billed Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amount will be billed Click in the amount column next to each station and enter the amount to be billed as shown below Order 0005 001 Apache Tractor amp Implement Apache Tractor amp Implement File Print Schedule Tools Help Previous ete eet Next Order contin poke Production al al K none a Invoice Instructions Approvals Memos gt Instructions Biling Cycle Calendar Month Invoice Type Times z Copies of Invoice to Print 1 xj Purchase Order Estimate Print CoOp Script Affidavit Note to be printed on Invoice Apache Tractor amp Implement Billing Basis Discounts Commission Tax Level Package Description Package 7 Discounts Allowed jo z of Total Bill Date Agency Commission jo bi of Gross DEMO FM On each Invoice issued ee ae National Rep Comm jo he of Net Apply Trade Credit fo Me of Net Applicable Tax None bd Variable Package You specify amount s to be billed on various dates This amount will be billed on the first invoice generated on or after that date even if nothing ran This would be useful to bill different package amounts in different months even if no broadcast items ran Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amount will be billed An example
242. ase you enter a negative payment in the current accounting month to cancel the original incorrect payment and then enter the correct payment in the current accounting month Example C to show corrections on Adjustments Report Assume you posted a 100 payment to an invoice and you discover after the period in which it was posted is closed that it should have been posted as a prepayment on another account It doesn t matter if the wrong invoice belonged to a different customer or not in either instance the correction is done as shown below Q Step 1 Create 1 or more prepayment credits for 0 for the correct customer Payment from 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 7 C C X amp Y Payment Method Check Number Payment Date Payment Amount Unapplied Amount Feb zjjn gt 2004 7 Check gt 3333 Correction 0 00 Auto Apply ffs 00 9 30 03 Inv 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc 220 00 2 11 04 Prepaid DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Any Order for this 0 00 x T Include Paid Items in List we Print Receipt Adjust Item Example C to show corrections on Adjustments Report continued on next page Page 8 36 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error Payment a lied to invoice should have been prepayment cont Example C to show
243. ash Spots x Save Credit to Account Rep 02 Corey white PrePayment Prepayment may be applied If desired you can reserve the prepayment to only be used for invoices from a particular order The prepayment usually will to any invoice for this customer You choices are To any invoice for this customer NL8 will automatically assign use this prepayment to pay any invoice for the stations and revenue type specified Only to an invoice for this order specified below If you reserve it for a specific order NL8 will never apply the prepayment to an invoice created by any other order If the customer has no current orders this choice will not be available If you later need to manually apply this prepayment to an invoice for an order to which it was not originally intended you can do so See applying prepayment credits in section 8 06 Apply to Station If you are running more than 1 station on NL8 you must specify to which station this prepayment belongs so NL8 knows how to show it on reports If you later need to manually apply this prepayment to an invoice for another station you can do so See applying prepayment credits in section 8 06 Apply to Revenue Type You must specify which revenue type to assign to this prepayment so NL8 knows how to show it on reports If you later need to manually apply this prepayment to an invoice for another revenue type you can do so See applying prepayment credits in sec
244. ast only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Natural Log User Manual Page 10 117 10 47 Dinesat Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Dinesat ba Automation Log FileName peas 2034 txt R x Help Convert Cancel Dinesat Cut Numbers All you need to do is enter the cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in the Dinesat System Log Reconciliation is not supported for Dinesat Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file P DD MM YY L TXT DD is day MM is month YY is year L is A commercials B Music P021195A TXT is commercial send Log 11 02 95 Continued on next page Page 10 118 Natural Log User Manual 10 47 Dinesat Automation cont Automation Commands On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and t
245. aster ddd SPT ddd Day of week MON TUE WED MON SPT is Send Log spots for Monday Output send log file for Spartmation and EZ 2000 ddd EVT ddd Day of week MON TUE WED MON EVT is Send Log spots for Monday Input reconcile log file for Spartmation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 mm dd yy TXT mm Month dd Day yy Year 02 22 03 TXT is the Aired log for Feb 22 2003 Spartamation EZ Broadcster EZ 2000 Break Numbers The Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 systems all work with 10 breaks per hour into which you can insert up to 10 spots each Natural Log allows you to set up only those breaks you want to use in the Natural Log Templates You need a way to identify the Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Break numbers into which the spots are to be inserted when the log conversion is done Therefore immediately before each Commercial Break on the Natural Log Template you need to give it an Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Break number Within each hour you can have breaks numbered from 1 to 10 Spartamation EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Break Number Example Events 0205 amp 0211 shown below The event description BREAK1 tells Natural Log to insert any spots in the following avails into break 1 of the 2AM hour in EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 BREAK2 would send them to break 2 and so on If Natural Log has an if used break which is not needed it won t fill the break with anything If no spots get logged into the avails
246. at File X Automation Log FileName C Temp5100203t1 log Browse x i Convert Cancel Enco DADPro32 Cut Numbers The Enco DADPro32 system uses 1 to 5 digit cut numbers from 1 to 99999 which can be entered directly into Natural Log orders All you need to do is enter the Enco DADPro32 cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 exactly matches the number in the Enco DADPro32 including leading 0 s if used Station Number E NOTE for users of EncoDADPro32 Multi Library option only For audio cuts scheduled from Natural Log you need to specify the Library Location and Name for each cut You do this by entering the NL8 CopylD as LibLocation LibName HHH For example if the cut comes from library on drive E named CUTS you d enter E CUTS followed by the 5 digit cut number This only applies if you are using Multiple Libraries in Enco DAD Log Reconciliation is supported for Enco DADPro32 You must obtain the Enco DADPro32 PlayLog for Natural Log to read the exact spot run times Copy the play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural
247. ates x From Sep al 2003 x to Sep gt 20 gt 2004 x 03090004 DEMO AM 0001 003 Allen s 03100001 DEMO 4M 0001 005 Talent 0001 Allen s Body Tech 03090005 DEMO AM 0002 001 Americe 03090006 DEMO A4M 0002 003 Americe 03090007 DEMO AM 0002 004 Americ 0002 American National Bank 03090008 DEMO AM 0133 001 Americ 0133 American National Bank spi i Invoices Summary BEE Report View Tools Help tee coe 6 ide ot Memorize Export Print Help Close a a ee Invoiced Sales Report Sample for the period 9 1 03 through 9 30 03 Sponsor rss Discounts Agency Net 0146 15t Ann Hispanic Brdestrs 0 00 0 00 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0002 American National Bank 0133 American National Bank spanish 0155 Anytown American Legion Report Format 0102 Anytown Filley Co Standard 0004 Apache Chemical 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement Report Type 0006 Arnolds Jewelers Invoices Summary 0007 Asap Paging 0008 Baptist Bible Hour Report Period 0011 Bette s Sewing Center Last Month 0012 Bommer Ford 0013 Bommer Tractor From Sep fo1 2003 m 0015 Bordens Inc sep 2003 z 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home toj Sep 30 2003 E 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury HHH Copies to Print 0142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr ae Dsl 0019 City Utilities 0020 Clothes Tree 0152 Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 0023 Cow Palace 0143 Daisy Mae s 0157 Davis And Logan Insu
248. ather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0220 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0220 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description ea Log Templates of x File Edit Tools Help O gt x D amp x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM aa Normal Daily Log x Monday x 02 00 AM x 2 28 00 AM amp BREAK2 2 28 00 4M Commercial Break A Must Fill amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp BREAKS 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 60 Natural Log User Manual 10 19 Generic Text Automation Log Generic Text NL DOS format used by Dalet Audisk Pristine RapidFire NOTE Most of these systems require a custom import filter that you must obtain usually purchase
249. ave their own reader module which reads an ASCII file containing the commercial log Natural Log can generate such a file as described on page 11 71 Use this File Format to have BTSG personnel configure their Reader module to read this file Alternatively you may send one of the automation log files to BTSG so they can configure the reader BSTG AutoMax uses a modified version of the Generic Text NL DOS format log output file as Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 444 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type BTSG AutoMax Automation Log FileName 9 C Temp 10022003 loq Browse x Convert Cancel BSTG AutoMax Cut Numbers Any alphanumeric CutID from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters is acceptable All you need to do is enter the BTSG cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 exactly matches the number in the AutoMAx including leading O s if used Log Reconciliation not supported for BTSG AutoMax If the vendor will provide play log specs we will support reconciliation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyyy LOG mm month dd day yyyy year 11021995 LOG is Send Log 11
250. aying audio cuts in Raduga Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Rsdugs Automation Log FileName i Temp 20060830 INI Browse Path to AudioCuts Jo Audio R x Help Convert Cancel Cut Numbers Copy ID The Natural Log system can only use any cut numbers up to 20 alphanumeric characters including any extension such as mp3 wav Be sure to include the mp3 wav or other extensions when entering the CopylD in NL8 during order line entry If the complete path filename and extension is 20 characters or less you can enter the entire path and filename with extension for the audio cut in the NL8 CopyID field during order line entry If your audio cut path filename plus extensions are greater than 20 characters you must not enter the path in the CopylD field in NL8 leave off the path and just enter the filename and extension Then when the Log Conversion is done in the NL8 Log Editor you can specify the path to be added in front of the filenames As an example assume you keep your audio cuts in a folder named Audio on your C drive and they all have mp3 extensions If you enter C Audio as the path to your audio cuts NL8 s log converter will add this as the path to al
251. bove 12 are not recommended because larger fonts allow too little information to be printed in a column Q Print Sample Sends a sample Statement to the printer Natural Log User Manual Page 2 17 2 09 Account Statement Format cont Statement Heading This is the large typeface page heading to be printed on the statement for the selected station Message for All Statements This is the small typeface message printed at the top of every Account Statement This can be anything you want such as payment terms reminders etc or may be left blank Paper Type You may print this document on the following paper types Blank Paper This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines return address and if used logo Letterhead This draws the entire document including form boxes and lines but not the return address and if used logo PrePrinted Form Prints only the document data and assumes all form boxes lines addresses and logos are preprinted Contact the NL8 developer for a sample form These preprinted forms are not user configurable and must match the NL8 format Show of Broadcasts on Statement If checked NL puts a line showing the number of broadcasts as a description on the Statement This adds an extra line to each entry but also creates a more readable Statement and is particularly useful for station that do not send Invoice and only send Statements Please Pay This Amount You can change th
252. cReady Windows version creates a separate log for each deck Be sure to read the log for the deck number from which you play your commercials Continued on next page Page 6 14 Natural Log User Manual 6 06 Reconciling Automation Log cont In the Log Editor click Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Air Log to read the automation play log and reconcile it with the NL8 log as originally scheduled This reads actual runtimes for invoicing and creates a discrepancy report showing items that did not run properly or were not scheduled to play but did play Use the Browse button to locate the automation play log to be read and click Reconcile to start i Reconcile Natural Log with BSI WAveStation Play Log for Fri 12 5 03 x Play Log FileName C BS1324Logs 031205 lst Browse Reconciled Log Items Reconciliation Errors BSI Event List File Type as Cll yymmdd L z Print Error List Toate Tamb beeen o ergh Nele ot Cot 1 17 00 AM Ehrig Bros Ag Products Spot 0044 001 04 2 17 00 AM Walley s Discount Pharmac 30 Spot 0116 003 04 3 17 00 4M City Utilities 30 Spot 0019 002 04 6 35 00 4M Storey Jewelers 30 Sponsorship 0111 001 01 6 55 00 4M Mcmillan Insurance 60 Sponsorship 0079 001 01 7 13 00 4M Asap Paging 30 Spot o007 004 04 7 40 00 4M Farmco 30 Sponsorship 0037 001 01 9 17 00 4M Asap Paging 30 Spot 0007 004 04 19 0 0 Mba Bb Wesabe Min m me ane a Fm mnn nanleim ADAG AN 4
253. category definitions Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT LOG mm is month dd is day yy is year 053106T1 LOG is send log May 31 2006 for station Input reconcile log file yymmddxx YYL where yymmdd is date XX is the STORQ group YY is the STORQ workstation address 060531F2 ABL As Played log for May 31 2006 for STORQ group F2 workstation AB Natural Log User Manual Page 10 87 10 32 Waitt Radio STORQ RadioOne Automation Log con Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day A
254. censed to use any enhancements to the software the End User must complete sign and return to licensor a copy of this license agreement 8 DATA BACKUPS Due to wide range of computer systems in use the existence of malevolent computer viruses and the fact that no computer hardware is completely fail safe the Licensor makes no warranty of any kind that End User s data won t be corrupted or lost The End User agrees that End Uer s sole protection against data loss is to perform regular daily data backups to multiple reliable media not floppy discs to be stored in multiple locations and End User agrees to perform such data backups End User further agrees to hold Licensor harmless for any loss of End User s data regardless of the cause Natural Log User Manual Page 1 19 Natural Log End User License Agreement cont 9 LIMITED WARRANTY Licensor warrants that for 1 year from the date of initial use by the original End User the Software will operate substantially in accordance with the published functional specifications current at the time of shipment If during the warranty period a defect appears End User shall promptly notify Licensor and Licensor s only obligation shall be at Licensor s election to replace the defective Software or refund the purchase price The End User agrees that the foregoing constitutes the End User s sole and exclusive remedy for breach by Licensor under any warranties made under this Agreement This warranty d
255. ck Continue If the item you need to adjust is not listed click the Show Items with 0 Balances checkbox to see all items for the selected customer Alternatively you can get to the A R adjustment screen directly from payment entry Highlight and item on the payment screen and click Adjust Item This allows you to quickly jump to this screen to cancel a finance charge and then return to the payment screen to finish processing the payment w Enter an Adjustment for A F Item 04010004 06 Pije Es Enter Adjustment Adjustment gr Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description aa Feb 18 11 2004 7 cR Credit Adjustment 7 Cancel Finance Charge 246 Reference Date Type Description Amount TT 0004 06 1 28 04 DEMO AM Finance Charge 12 30 03 1 28 04 Pending 2 11 04 Cancel Finance Charge ne x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Q Verify the correct entry date This must be after the last End of Month closing date Q Select CR Credit Adjustment as the adjustment type Q Enter a meaningful description of the adjustment Q Enter as a negative the amount to be canceled Q Be sure to click Save Adjustment before exiting Page 8 20 Natural Log User Manual 8 07 Manually Apply Pre Payment Credits Most often when you create a prepayment credit on an account NL8 will automatically use the credit on a future invoice for that account and it will be zeroed out However sometimes
256. ck 443 on Inv 03090003 03100033 10 31 03 Invoice DEMO AM 0112 002 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Ir 31 60 Days 61 90 Days 91 120 Days 121 Days Total Due 220 00 Sa ee ee E 220 00 a Account Statement Start Date October 01 2003 End Date October 31 2003 Statement Type Balance Forward w Refresh Statement Print Statement Example of Balance Forward Statement of x DEMO AM Statement of Account Account ID 0112 Statement Date 10 31 03 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Accounts Payable P O Box Anywhere Tx 78000 Account Rep Corey white Sponsor Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Reference Date Type Description mourn Balance a 2 30 E BalForward 104 03 Bal Balance Forward as of 104 03 278 30 10 8 03 10 8 03 10 31 03 Payment Check 443 on Inv 03090002 Payment Check 443 on Inv 03090003 Invoice DEMO 4M 0112 002 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Ir 31 60 Days 61 90 Days 91 120 Days 121 Days Total Due 220 00 a es ee eel 220 00 Natural Log User Manual Page 8 7 8 03 Account Statement Generator cont Electronic Delivery of Account Statements Most often statements will be printed to paper However for those customers who want electronic statements follow this procedure To generate account statements from the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable Statement Generator
257. ct Local Left Click on a a individual Day Hour cell to select that Day Hour Right Click to UNselect All None Local Local Local 8 39 00 AM i Local 9 40 00 AKA WiCATUCD Lansl Natural Log User Manual Page 5 11 5 04 Inserting Special Events Templates in Log Templates To access the Log Template Editor from the main NL8 menu select Logs then the Template Type you want to work with You can then use the drop down boxes to select the Station Log Template Type the Specific Log Template and the hour to be displayed To edit or enter an individual Log template event double click the event on the Log Template screen These items may be edited Automatic insertion of Special Event Templates is easily accomplished in NL8 using Special Event Scheduling That method is recommended See section 3 09 of this manual However you can still insert paste a Special Event Template into a Special Date Log Template or a Normal Daily Log Template as was done in earlier DOS versions of Natural Log as follows Q Open the Log template into which the Special Event is to be pasted Q Click to highlight the event where you want the Special Event to begin Q Then click Edit Insert Special Event Template and select the Special Event Template to be inserted Insert Special Event Template into Log template Oe x Insert Special Event Special Event Station DEMO AM bi Special Event Templat
258. ctor DEMO AM 0013 002 Bommer Tractor 03090022 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bommer Tractor Bommer Tractor DEMO 4M 0013 003 Bommer Tractor 03090023 09 30 2003 DEMO 4M Bardens Inc Bordens Inc DEMO 4M 0015 001 Bordens Inc 03090024 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Brooks amp Lee DEMO FM 0016 001 Brooks amp Lee Funeral 03090025 09 30 2003 DEMO FM Caraway Ford Mercury Caraway Ford Mer DEMO FM 0017 001 Caraway Ford Mercury na fon 90ND MCOMAN Chd Caran Card hiarmii O mene Card kdar DOK Cha NNIT NNI Cararinu Card hd mre ir Configuring the Browser Screen The browser list can be easily sorted and filtered and you can select which item properties columns you want to display under Browser Settings See sections 9 12 through 9 13 of this manual for instructions on changing the configuration of the browser On the left side of browser screen are folders for each Account Rep salesman and you can click each folder to quickly display all customers associated with that Account Rep Filtering the Transaction Browser There are several dropdown boxes with which you can filter the A R transaction list For more filtering see advanced browser filtering Station s Revenue Type s Q Account Rep s Transaction Date Range D Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 8 3 8 02 A R Transaction Browser cont Sorting the Transaction Browser You can sort th
259. cular daypart column only that the spot will run in ONE of the dayparts columns for that day Page 2 28 Natural Log User Manual 2 18 Tax Rate Setup To enter or edit a Tax Item from the Main Menu select Setup Tax Rates Sample Tax Rate Setup File Tools Help TaxName Rate Basis es Tax 6 1 None 0 00000 Q Enter a unique name for this tax item Q Enter percent tax to be applied 0 7 Sales Tax ReName Tax Tax Rate p 7 of Tax Basis Gross 7 Make any changes for this Tax ltem in the above boxes Changes are automatically saved k x x New Delete Print Help Close ih Q Indicate whether it is applied to the net gross or discounted gross invoice amount See glossary in Chapter 10 of this manual for a description of these terms When entering Customers each customer can be assigned one of the defined tax rates or no tax rate if none is to be applied as their default tax rate When entering Orders the Tax Rate on the Order will default to the Customer s Tax Rate but may be changed during Order entry This allows you to have taxable and untaxable orders on the same customer account See Tax Reports Natural Log User Manual Page 2 29 This page intentionally left blank Page 2 30 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 3 Traffic Customers Orders Customer Account Browser All custome
260. cuts 1001 and 1002 until Dec 24 then drop to the second line of the Schedule and play Rotator RO0002 003B 33 67 rotation of cuts 1002 and 1003 The 2nd line of the Schedule could have specified a Packet or normal Copy instead of another Rotator Natural Log User Manual Page 4 13 4 05 03 Complex Copy Example 3 Example Copy Varies Based on Time of Day Day of Week AND the Copy Variation Changes During the Order Run Suppose you have 4 pieces of copy CopylID 1001 1002 1003 1004 to be run as follows Until Dec 24 you want to run 1001 before 10AM and 1002 after 10AM on all days After Dec 24 you want to run 1003 before 10AM and 1004 after 10AM on all days Because Copy changes on a date within the order run you need to use a Schedule to change the copy on that date Because there is different copy to be run before 10AM and after 10AM the Schedule will contain Packets One packet contains cuts 1001 and 1002 for use until Dec 24 The other Packet contains cuts 1003 and 1004 for use after Dec 24 Each Packet describes time restrictions on the cuts contained in that Packet Step 1 Create a Packet named P0002 004A or any unique CopylD and insert CopylD 1001 on the 1st line of the Packet set to run before 10AM Put 1002 on the 2nd line of the Packet set to run after 10AM Append Item Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item CopylD Copy Description Copy Day Date Time Usage Restrictions American National Bank 30 12 00 AM
261. d days such as sports programming See Creating New Log Templates lt a Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O amp 4 gt D D x x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Special Event Name Pgm Length DEMO AM x Special Event 7 Hs Football 01 x fo3 00 00 z 1 0001 RATTLERS FOOTBALL PREGAME 15 00 00 02 00 PREGAME SPONSOR 00 08 00 PREGAME SPONSOR 1 00 12 00 PREGAME SPONSOR 1 00 15 00 RATTLERS FOOTBALL 00 25 00 GAME SPONSOR 00 35 00 GAME SPONSOR 00 45 00 GAME SPONSOR 00 55 00 GAME SPONSOR 01 05 00 GAME SPONSOR 01 15 00 GAME SPONSOR These Special Event Templates have the same formatting as regular Log Templates except Q They apply to less than a full day Q The Log Template time column is elapsed time since the start of the Special Event Q They may be scheduled to replace the regular Log template for a specified period of time on a given date and time See Special Event Scheduling in section 3 10 During the period these Special Events Templates are scheduled the regular Log Template for the day is not used Q Order lines may be linked to the Special Event Template so the order line runs anytime the special event is scheduled NOTE NL8 allows scheduling a Special Events Template to start at a time and with a length that causes it to continue past 11
262. d 9 1 03 to 10 15 03 Cost is Gross before any Discounts Agency Commission or Tax Sponsor CC CSCSC idzr 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awd 00 12 00 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 00 20 00 0001 Allen s Body Tech 00 02 30 0002 American National Bank 00 56 00 0133 American National Bank spanish 00 07 30 0155 Anytown American Legion 00 07 00 0102 Anytown Filley Co 00 15 00 0004 Apache Chemical 00 00 60 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 00 05 15 0006 Arnolds Jewelers 00 02 30 0007 Asap Paging 00 34 30 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 02 00 00 0011 Bette s Sewing Center 00 14 30 0012 Bommer Ford 00 21 00 0013 Bommer Tractor 00 16 30 0015 Bordens Inc 02 00 00 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 01 00 00 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury 00 30 00 0142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 00 04 00 0019 City Utilities 00 28 30 0152 Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 00 10 00 0023 Cow Palace 00 11 00 0143 Daisy Mae s 00 03 30 0157 Davis And Logan Insurance 00 06 00 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 00 20 00 0153 Diversified Liquidators 00 09 30 0027 Donnie s Western Wear And 00 05 00 ANLATAN Report Format Standard Report Type Log Summary Report Period Custom Dates 7 From Sep z o 2003 x to Oct vis 2003 x Get Report General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized re
263. d cluster marker 3 00 Local 3 17 00 4M Commercial Break 2 30 Local si Local Local Local Local 3 28 00 AM amp 0053 3 28 00 AM Commercial Break Local a Local Local Local x x amp 0030 Continue Page 10 14 Natural Log User Manual 10 06 AXS 1 2 amp Digital DJ Automation cont AXS Systems Mode Commands Instead of sending explicit end of break markers as described on the previous page there are several commands you can enter in the NL8 log template to automatically control what NL8 does regarding the End of Break markers m Fil amp Automated This causes NL8 to not send code 0011 blank lines at the end of each break until a different mode is encountered on the NL8 log See example event 0503 below This mode will be in effect until NL8 sees another mode command amp LiveAssist This causes NL8 to not send code 0011 blank lines at the end of each break until a different mode is encountered on the NL8 log amp Satellite Code 0011 blank line to Return to Satellite is sent after each break See example event 0514 below This mode will be in effect until NL8 sees another mode command amp Log Update This causes AXS to skip any unplayed events and move to the next event at this time See example event 0501 below This mode will be in effect until NL8 sees another mode command 4 Log Templates e Edit Tools Help 0 x D D amp New Template
264. d code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description 4 Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O x a D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEM0 AM 7 Normal Daily Log Monday 02 00 4M Event ID Scheduled Time Event De
265. d on the log IF you do not enter a CopylD to be logged Natural Log User Manual Page 3 15 3 04 Broadcast Order Entry General Tab Order Type You can enter any text order description you want Most NL8 users use Spot News Sponsorship Football Sponsor etc so they can filter order lists for specific order types Part of Bulk Contract This will usually be 0000 None However if you use NL8 Bulk Contracts to track a customer s commitment to buy a minimum number of spots over a period of time this might be used You can create a new Bulk Contract by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Bulk Contract box when you click in the Bulk Contract box See Bulk Contracts in section 3 12 of this manual Revenue Type On the Order entry screen sets the Revenue Type for this order Revenue Types are usually used for Cash Trade Political etc to filter reports You can create a new Revenue Type by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Account Rep box when you click the Revenue Type box See setting up Revenue Types in section 2 16 of this manual Protect Product 1 Protect Product 2 On the Order entry screen sets product code protection between this order and other orders advertising similar products You can create a new Product Code by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Product Protect box when you click the Product Protect box See setting up Product Cod
266. dcast orders but require single or multiple levels of station management and or traffic director approval before the orders will be logged see section 2 01 Customers see Chapter 3 An unlimited number of customers can now be maintained in NL8 Q Customers may not be deleted but can have their account closed when no longer needed Q Customers can be assigned to an agency Agencies can be set up in NL8 so you only have to enter their information once then whenever you enter a new customer for that agency the information is recalled so it need not be reentered for each new sponsor for that agency Q The NL8 administrator can set up default customer data values appropriate to their situation see section 2 10 Continued on next page Page 1 14 Natural Log User Manual 1 08 01 Changes from Natural Log DOS Broadcast Orders see Chapter 3 Q An unlimited number of broadcast orders can now be saved in the NL system Old orders are no longer deleted until the holding period expires as described in section 2 01 After orders have logged at least 1 item they can no longer be manually deleted you must change the end date to stop them from running Orders can now be linked to special events templates and automatically run only when the special event is scheduled see sections 3 08 and 3 10 Automatic front loading is now supported as described in section 3 08 Multiple item macro scheduling such as program opener amp spon
267. dcasts Amount 0002 American National Bank 00002 American National Bank Bulk Cc 1 1403 12 31 03 1000 Order 0002 001 American National B Spot 9 103 TFN 104 Order 0002 003 American National B Spot 9 1103 12 3103 104 Order 0002 004 American National B Spot 9 6103 5 30 04 176 Balance Remaining 00002 American National Bank Bulk Cc 616 0002 American National Bank Report Format Standard ba Report Type Contract Fulfillment bad Report Period Running x From Oct yi is 2003 x to Oct yl fis f2003 7 Basis Orders Placed Get Report Continued on next page Page 9 22 Natural Log User Manual 9 13 Report Bulk Contract Fulfillment cont General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 General Tab Report Period The Bulk Contract Fulfillment report screen has 4 types of report periods Q All Include all bulk contracts in the NL system Running Include only bulk contracts that run during the specified period Starting Include only bulk contracts starting their run within the specified period Expiring Include only bulk contracts ending their run within the specified period Ooo General Tab Basis The Bulk Contract Fulfillment report may
268. dvertising and scheduling operations should be able to learn and use NL LITE with the built in user manual and help file available under the Help menu Built In Help Your source for help with Natural Log LITE is the built in help file and the included user manual This help file may be accessed from any screen in Natural Log by clicking Help Natural Log Help You may look up topics in the Contents use the key word Index or use the Find function to search the entire help file for specific words Built In User Manual The Natural Log user manual can be accessed from the Natural Log main screen by clicking Help Print User Manual You can search view and print the user manual Natural Log User Manual Page 13 1 Chapter 13 Natural Log LITE cont Natural Log 8 Website Support Registered and licensed users should visit www nat soft com NL8often for a list of reported problems with Natural Log 8 and free download of any software patches to fix these problems Software Training Personal startup training is not provided for Natural Log LITE The software includes a printable user manual and extensive indexed help file Pre recorded training class videos and demonstration videos are also available for self guided instruction at the TRAINING link at www nat soft com Additionally live group training classes 4 sessions each 2 hours over a 2 day period including question and answer sessions are offered monthly throug
269. e Blank Paper 7 Dae Description Message for ALL Invoices if any OUR FED TAX 74 000000 DUE UPON RECEIPT Note maximum 4 lines of message text are meL O Amo Amount B J Put a blank line between Date groups when printing Invoice Station Official Certification Text if an Amount Due AFFIDAVIT OF PERFORMANCE I Ceniy iia in accandance with lhe Offical Saian Logs annauncements were bradas as shawn an this imeaice Notary Statement Text if any eMail Settings Print ie Subscribed and swarn befare me this dyd ag v Margin Font Close Restore Default Settings You can return to the default Document format anytime by clicking this button NOTARY PUBLIC x Restore Page Defaults e mail Settings If you use the NL e mail capability to send Invoices by e mail you can set the text of the accompanying message as well as signal NL to automatically carbon copy e mail to the Account Rep a copy of the Invoice Page Margin Font If you desire you can change the page margins left right and top bottom used when printing this Document You can also select a different font and or font size Warning Font sizes above 12 are not recommended because larger fonts allow too little information to be printed in a column e Invoice On the invoice format in the Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats section if you use
270. e If the month has closed and you need to reissue a corrected invoice see reissuing a broadcast invoice The invoice list displays the invoice information in red if the invoice is short from what should have been billed black if the invoice is OK and blue if the invoice is over what should have been billed The columns of interest when fixing errors are Q How many items were ordered versus how many are invoiced Q How much cost was ordered versus how much is invoiced Select the Invoices to be Listed Select the invoice list settings at the top of the screen to obtain an invoice list You can select the Status Station s Billing Cycle and billing period Status selects the invoices that are displayed in the list Ready Invoices not yet issued and are ready to be issued That means the logs have been charged through the end of the Billing Cycle or at least through the Order EndDate Pending Invoices that have not yet been issued but may be ready or not ready Final Invoices that have been already issued for the selected billing period Viewing Invoice Errors on Screen Right Click on an invoice from the list to obtain a drop down Edit View menu and select View Error Detail To help in troubleshooting invoice errors this shows each order line and lists any errors on the displayed invoice for each order line w 0007 003 Asap Paging for the Period 10 1703 thru 10 1 03 OF x Co CCC 01 10 1203 10
271. e Please Pay This Amount text shown to the left of the Statement Total This is useful for some non commercial broadcasters that want to reference donations or pledges rather than amount due Past Due Messages These text lines may be left blank if not used If they are used the appropriate text is printed at the bottom of each Statement depending on the maximum age of the unpaid balance on that Statement Page 2 18 Natural Log User Manual 2 10 Data Entry Default Values Natural Log allows you set the initial default values for new Customer Accounts Broadcast Orders Order Lines and Copy Manager To access and set the default values from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Default Screen Entry Values 44 Sample Default Yalues for New Customer Orders Copy Customers Statement Type Opens tem 7 Statement Cycle C Calendar Month Finance Charge jo Per Year Credit Limit 0 00 X Account Rep 00 House Accounts 7 Revenue Type C CashSpots tt ttst iY InvoiceT ype Times Rates Notarized Affidavit z Deliver Invoice Mail Paper Invoice H Biling Cycle C Calendar Month H Applicable Tax Ne O Spot Separation jo Product Code fo0 None ais t SY For details of each entry value see the following items Customer Accounts Broadcast Orders Order Lines Copy Manager Natural Log User Manual Page 2 19 2 11 e mail Settings Natural Log allows you
272. e This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0110 shown above You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown above at event 0110 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and Program is an optional description Page 10 48 Natural Log User Manual 10 15 Digital Universe Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Digital Universe ba Automation Log FileName C Temp 100203 evt Browse i Convert Cancel Digital Universe Cut Numbers The DU system uses audio cut numbers from 1 to 9999 which complies with the CopylD limits in NL8 Enter the Digital Universe cut number including any leading 0 s into the NL8 CopylD field duri
273. e ig EAn a REN e Insert Help DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday AtEvent Start Time Duration End Time 8 07 00 AM z 03 00 00 11 07 00 AM Cancel Q Enter the Special Event start time and end time Q Click Insert The Special Event Template will be pasted into the Log Template starting at the selected event All existing Log Template events between the Special Event start and end times will be removed Page 5 12 Natural Log User Manual 5 05 Auto Inserting Date Time Text amp Automation Commands in Log templates You may place date and or time specific text items and automation commands into your log templates and the dates are inserted per the date time format you use Rather than create new log templates for every date if you need date specific items of text or automation commands you can let NL8 auto insert the date and or time for you into the log template Example Suppose you want to schedule an audio cut on your Automation system which you name ABCD followed by the month and date The audio cut to be played on Nov 28 would be ABCD1128 You can enter amp ABCD mmdd in the Event Description column of the log template as shown at event 0019 on the next page The following date time formats are accepted The brackets are required NL8 will automatically substitute the appropriately formatted date time in place of these text strings You may put a space and a description a
274. e Billing Cycle or at least through the Order EndDate Pending Invoices that have not yet been issued but may be ready or not ready Final Invoices that have been already issued for the selected billing period Note Demand Invoices can be printed only individually on demand not as a batch unless you specifically select Demand as the Billing Cycle Create Trial Invoices In the Billing Broadcast Invoices section optionally you can click Trial Invoices to print trial copies but not post to A R the listed invoices Issue Final Invoices In Billing Broadcast Invoices after you have verified invoices are correct see section 7 02 you can click Final Invoices to print and post all Ready invoices to Accounts Receivable Natural Log User Manual Page 7 1 7 0 Processing amp Printing Invoices Until Final Invoices are Finalized they do not show up in Accounts Receivable or on Statements Invoices show current month activity only Payments and unpaid items carried forward from previous months are shown on Account Statements To generate Broadcast Invoices from the main NL8 screen click Billing Broadcast Invoices 1 Select the Invoices to be Listed Select the invoice list settings at the top of the screen to obtain an invoice list You can select the Status Station s Billing Cycle and billing period Status selects the invoices that are displayed in the list Ready Invoices not yet issued and are ready
275. e Customer Account assignments Orders and any billing or collection items assigned to this Account Rep This deletion prohibition maintains the referential database integrity and assures that all items are properly accounted for in the historical accounting records Solution Instead of deleting a discontinued Account Rep in SetUp Account Reps check the Inactive box for the discontinued AccountRep after you have reassigned any customers running orders and any open Accounts Receivable items for that AccountRep This will cause the inactive AccountRep to no longer show up on any menus Page 2 22 Natural Log User Manual 2 13 Agency Setup To create an agency item from the Main Menu select Setup Agencies This section allows you to enter and edit information on advertising agencies you deal with This is optional but is advantageous in the following instances 1 If you enter many new customers sponsors that use the same agency you can create an agency in the NL8 setup then simply select that agency during entry of the new sponsor NL8 will then auto fill the data fields for the new customer including billing address invoice type billing cycle etc 2 If you use electronic invoicing through the Encoda SpotData clearinghouse each invoice must have specific agency information attached such as AgencylDB This agency setup is where that information is entered Apply gt Accounts If you make changes in these agency data
276. e NL8 setup section Q After you review the list and are sure the assessments are correct click the Post Charges button There is no way to UnDo this process once you post the finance charges except to open the finance charge items on each customers account and individually delete the charges Multi Station users please note Finance charges are separately posted for each station The total finance charge due on an account is allocated among the stations carrying a past due balance in their proportion of the total past due amount 1 If 1 station has a credit balance and other station s have a past due balance on the account the credit balance first offsets the past due balance the finance charge is assessed on this net past due balance and this net finance charge is allocated among stations with past due balance 2 If the finance charge applied is the minimum finance charge amount this minimum finance charge is allocated among the stations that have a past due balance on the account In this way the minimum finance charge is applied to each account only once per period a Assess Finance Charges Late Fees iof x Compute Finance Charges thru November 30 2003 Ca Finance Charges will be imposed on any accounts 30 Days pastdue Taree ESERE based on Average Daily Balance from last finance charge date with R x Minimum Finance Charge of 0 00 NOTE Finance charges can be posted no more than once per month
277. e Play Log and extra items it finds on the Play Log but cannot match in the NL8 log Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 6 15 6 06 Reconciling Automation Log cont Reconciliation Errors Missed Items Missed items can be deleted from the NL8 log using 1 of the 2 buttons above the Missed Items display Remove HIGHLIGHTED missed item from Log OR Remove ALL missed items from Log Reconciliation Errors Extra Items The user must manually add extra items to the NL8 log if they need to be billed using 1 of 2 buttons below the Extra Items display Add HIGHLIGHTED extra item to log OR Force Match HIGHLIGHTED extra item to HIGHLIGHTED missed item above Page 6 16 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 7 Billing Until Invoices are Finalized they do not show up in Accounts Receivable or on Statements To generate your Broadcast Invoices from the main NL8 screen click Billing Broadcast Invoices Note It is highly recommended you do a Data Backup prior to generating final invoices 4 Sample Broadcast Invoices e x File Edit ChargeLogs Browser Settings Tools Help amp amp ch eS g amp g KA Trial Invoices Final Invoices View Invoice View Order Find Print List Help Close rInvoice List Status Station s Billing Cycle s for the Month for Account Rep s for Revenue Type s Sort List By Pending EENE EEE CI EA era eem Types 1 cl Finaliz ed for i voices thru last Invoice Order I
278. e each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 000201 then play a program cut 000202 then play a closer cut 000203 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown at event 0223 above in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and MyWay is an optional description Natural Log User Manual Page 10 115 10 46 Digital Broadcast MediaBank Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Digital Broadcast MediaBank Automation Log FileName Fr Temp 401K KKK db Browse Station ID KKKK x Station s MPEG2 Decoder DECODE1 Help Convert Cancel STATIONID is any 1 5 digit name or number to distinguish this log from other logs for other stations in your Natrual Log system This is optional and may be left blank STATION MPEG2 DECODER is the decoder assigned to this station in the MediaBank playback system to play spots scheduled by NL8 DECODE1 to DECODE 4 MediaBank Cut Numbers All you need to do is enter the cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Mak
279. e filter to the Browser list ia Traffic Browser Design Of x ol slo cle Apply Help Cancel Filter Create and edit SongList Filters Select Up to 4 Filter Columns for each select a Filter Type and then set The Filter Value Only songs which meet ALL filter requirements will be included Filter Field Comparison Filter Value ZipCode z LIKE z 7e J v x 7 Clear Filter Filter Field Use the dropdown box to select the data field to be filtered Comparison Use this dropdown box to select the field to be filtered Most of the comparison operators are common arithmetic operators like for equal gt for greater than and lt for less than lt gt means not equal to IN means that the filtered field must be INCLUDED in the list you print in the Filter Value box for the item to be included in the list Example You set up a filter of AccountRep IN 1 2 5 This would list all items for AccountReps 1 2 and 5 only Be sure to include commas between the values in the Filter Value box if you use the IN comparison NOT IN means the items would be included only if their filter field is NOT IN the Filter Value box See Above LIKE means the filtered field must be like the Filter Value Example If you select Sponsor LIKE Wal you will get a list including all items for Sponsors starting with Wal followed by any other characters e g WallyMart Walls R Us Walts Place etc Be sure to put the at
280. e menu You can specify the item to be inserted into all highlighted lines at one time w Mass Changer oj Xx This Inserts a spot into ALL Selected rows in the Network Spot Log Ctrl Click or Shift Click to select multiple rows from the Network Log for changes Selected records appear highlighted in the Network Log CopyiDfi2340 lt Ci C Description Sears Network Spot Length 32 LogType CA Commercial Announcement Produc tCode 10 Cithing sttti i iY Network Affidavit Note i s S S S Apply Change Cancel Printing a Network Affidavit Later after the log is generated and reconciled corrected if necessary you may use the Traffic Network Spots Network Affidavit function to get a printout of the network spots which ran on the log for a period of dates This will help you in filling out the network affidavits of performance Natural Log User Manual Page 3 43 3 12 Bulk Contracts Bulk Contracts are not normally needed to run NL8 NL8 Bulk Contracts are used only to track customer s fulfillment of an agreement to buy a certain number of spots within a given period Q In NL8 these bulk contracts do not actually schedule any spots Q Spots are only scheduled from broadcast orders Entering Editing Bulk Contracts To enter a Bulk Contract open the customers account in Traffic Customer Browser then click the Orders menu and select Bulk Co
281. e of NO for news opener plus the news spot with avail tyoe NS for news sponsor then the closer with an avail type of NC You may use any avail type letters you desire to prevent non sponsors from getting these avail slots but the avail types must match between the order line and the log template In your log templates you would create a break like the following 444 Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help k x D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log z Monday 01 00 PM 7 Commercial Break 5 30 NO0 News Opener amp 1001 Local News Segment 1 News Sponsor NS News Sponsorship amp 1002 Local News Segment 2 NC News Closer On the order line you d enter a macro as follows ij Order Line 0002 0001 01 Macro American National Bank K CopylD eA Avail Type Append Item 1 1009 News Opener Americal 15 News Opener 0 ZINO Ne 0009 American National Ban 60 News Sponsorship NS News Sponsorship Insert Item 1010 News Closer Americai 15 News Closer NC News Closer Edit Item Delete ltem Print Macro Examples continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 3 35 3 09 01 Macro Examples cont Tag Rotator Example Suppose your customer wants to run a piece of copy with rotating tags You could do this without using macros b
282. e sure the number in NL8 matches the number in the MediaBank System We believe the MediaBank may be limited to 8 characters in their cut identifiers but NL will allow up to 20 Log Reconciliation is supported for MediaBank Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mddccccc DB m is month 1 9 Jan Sep A C Oct Dec dd is day ccccc is stationID or name BO2KKKK DB is Send Log Nov 02 1995 for station KKKK Input reconcile log file mddccccc VER m is month 1 9 Jan Sep A C Oct Dec dd is day ccccc is stationID or name BO2KKKK VER is Aired Log for Nov 02 1995 for station KKKK Page 10 116 Natural Log User Manual 10 46 MediaBank Automation cont MediaBank Commercial Breaks and Source Switching The MediaBank must be told to switch its MPEG2 decoder to air before each commercial break and off air at the end of each break This is done as shown below on event lines 0216 and 0222 Note the commercial break must ALWAYS start with a DUR or TOD event type See you MediaBank help guide for further description of the event type In NL8 these Switching commands are entered on the log templates as amp XXX YYYYYY Y HHHHHH Description where XXX Event Type DUR segue CUE triggered TOD time of day REM remark YYYYYYY Device Designator DECODE1 DECODE4 or INSERT or NETWORK commands FARAH Cut number or switch event title Description Any text description of event See examples below on lines 0204 and 0212 to start and
283. e the payment D Oooo The UnApplied Amount box will keep a running total of the amount of the payment you have not yet applied Manually Apply the Payment The entire payment amount must be applied to one or more of the customer s unpaid invoices listed in the bottom of the payment screen Select invoices to be paid by clicking in the Pay column so an X appears next to each invoice to be paid The column will toggle between X and blank so click again to remove the X in the Pay column On any invoice with an X in the Pay column specify how much to apply in the Applied column Auto Apply the Payment The entire payment amount must be applied to one or more of the customer s unpaid invoices listed in the bottom of the payment screen You can allow NL8 to automatically apply the payment to the oldest invoices first by clicking the Auto Apply button After clicking Auto Apply you can still manually apply the payment differently as described above so long as you have not saved the payment PrePayments The entire payment amount must be applied to one or more of the paying customer s open invoices listed in the bottom of the payment screen If the customer overpaid or pays in advance there won t be invoice s to which the payment can be applied In this case NL8 create a prepayment as described in section 8 06 Adjust Pending Account Items Finance Charges You can quickly post an adjusting entry to any item listed on the pa
284. e to specify how many spots per week to run but let NL decide how to distribute them within the allowed days This is done by placing an X in the Spots per day box for any day the spots may run and then specifying the number to run per week in the Per Week box This also allows Front Loading Length Type On the Order Line entry screen this specifies the length formatted as ss or mm ss or hh mm ss of the item being scheduled If the desired length is not one of the default values in the dropdown box type it in Log type describes the type of event being scheduled Some automation systems such as Scott Studios and MediaTouch use this LogType as their audiocut Categories CA Commercial Announcement CM Commercial Matter COM Commercial CP Commercial Program Note This CP type will block out all Template Avails and anything scheduled within its start and end time on any day it is scheduled CPN Commercial Pgm Non Exclusive FCC FCC Announcement MAC Macro see section 3 09 of this manual for a discussion of macros NLC Non Log Charge Item Note This does not place anything on the log but passes the specified charge invisibly through the log to the invoice This might be used for production or talent fees POL Political Announcement PRO Promotional Announcement PSA Public Service Announcement SPA Station Promo Announcement UW UnderWriting Anouncement Natural Log User Manual Page 3 25 3 07 Broadcast Order Line Entry con
285. e transaction list by Reference Date Station Type Customer ID Sponsor BillingName Description Amount Transaction Browser CheckNumber LookUp The Transaction Browser allows you to view an on screen list of all transactions involving a particular check number This helps you find a check number that may have been posted incorrectly From the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable Transaction Browser Q Click Edit LookUp Check Number The only transactions included in then list will be those matching the check number you enter Q Click Edit LookUp Check Number and enter an blank Check Number to again display all transactions Page 8 4 Natural Log User Manual 8 03 Account Statement Generator This section of NL8 creates and prints account statements for all or selected customers If you desire you may post finance charges before generating statements To generate account statements from the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable Statement Generator lt 4 Sample Customer Account Statements Statements View Tools Help ole if a m Statement Settings Statement List Type Standard Statement Period Custom Dates From September 01 2003 7 tof September 30 2003 Statement Cycles to Include far Statement Cycles 7 Account Statements to include Ja Accounts with Activity x Get Statements amp E tint Statements Preview Statement
286. each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description 444 Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O x D D amp v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 02 00 AM x Ea Scheduled Time Event Description Fill Priority Fill Code Source 3 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x 3 3 ial 3 3 p amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 107 10 42 Format Sentry
287. each individually from the Order entry screen Order List Sponsorships Prints a summary for each order line containing the specified Avail Type Order List Missing Copy Scans all orders running in the specified period and reports only those with CopylD missing or with other copy problems such as hold status wrong length copy or expired copy Sample Order List Missing Copy Report Report View Tools Help vite cooe SB ly ce Memorize Export Print Help Close m Report Settings Filters Report Format Standard e Report Type Order List Missing Copy x Report Period Running x From Oct iE gt 2003 7 tofOct z hjs 2003 x Missing Copy Order Report Sample Customers Running 10 15 03 to 10 15 03 Only Orders with Copy problems are included in this list RunDates RunDays W 0112 002 Abx Cablevision Of Tex Abx Cablevision O 10M 03 1031703 Abx Cablevision O 10 03 10 31 03 Abx Cablevision O 10 103 10 31 03 Abx Cablevision O 104 03 10 31 103 Abx Cablevision O 104 03 10 31 03 Arnolds Jewelers 9 2 03 12 31 03 Arnolds Jewelers 9 2 03 12 31 03 Arnolds Jewelers 9 2 03 12 31 03 Asap Paging 941 103 11 30 03 Asap Paging 10 1 403 10 31 03 Asap Paging Asap Paging Asap Paging Asap Paging Bommer Ford Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Bommer Tractor Bordens Inc 9M 103 1 2 31 03 Bordens Inc 9 1 103 1 2 3103 0016 001 Brooks amp Lee Funeral H Brooks amp Lee Fune 9
288. ebit a positive amount to decrease a prepayment credit amount Credit a negative amount to decrease an invoice balance Credit a negative amount to increase a prepayment credit amount Examples of A R corrections after the end of month closin If the original entry was an A R adjustment just enter a mirror image of the original adjusting entry with all the signs reversed That is original credits become debits and vice versa Example Assume you incorrectly credited an invoice for 100 and you can t delete the adjustment because the period in which it was posted is already closed Post a DR Debit adjustment to the same invoice for 100 ig Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090003 Of x Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description rrm T b 05 zi 05 os 2003 DR Debit Adjustment A R Debit Adjustment fioooo 00 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance ETTE 9 30 03 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas 220 00 03100009 10 5 03 Credit for incorrect spot placement 100 00 Pending 10 5 03 A F Debit Adjustment 100 00 a Save Adjustment Natural Log User Manual Page 8 31 8 08 01 Correcting A R Adjustment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error PrePayment credit applied to an incorrect invoice The prepayment credit wa
289. ecial restrictions on CopylD s Copy Type NL8 allows you to use 4 types of Copy items Each piece of copy may be Normal Copy Packet Schedule or Rotator See Copy Types for more details and examples You cannot change an existing piece of copy from one Copy type to another Page 4 2 Natural Log User Manual 4 01 Copy Manager Normal Copy Label In the Copy Manager enter up to 100 alphanumeric characters used to specify what is listed on the NL8 log as a description whenevr this Copy is scheduled Co Op For In the Copy Manager enter up to 40 alphanumeric characters used to specify the name of the firm for whom the Co Op is being billed For example if you are doing a Co Op script for a Johns Tractor Store and Deere tractors is the Co Op you d enter Deere Tractors here Customer ScriptID ISCI Code In the Copy Manager enter up to 20 alphanumeric characters used by your customer to identify a script Ifa scriptID is entered in the Copy Manager this is the ScriptID shown on invoices affidavits in lieu of NL8 s internal CopylD This is also where an agency s ISCI code may be entered if needed Usable Dates In the Copy Manager enter the StartDate and EndDate TEN is acceptable of the period in which the Copy may be used This does not schedule the Copy Only Broadcast Orders may schedule Copy If this Copy is scheduled by a Broadcast Order outside of this date window it will schedule but a warning is generated on the NL8 lo
290. ed and you need to reissue a corrected invoice see reissuing a broadcast invoice The invoice list displays the invoice information in red if the invoice is short from what should have been billed black if the invoice is OK and blue if the invoice is over what should have been billed The columns of interest when fixing errors are Q How many items were ordered versus how many are invoiced OQ How much cost was ordered versus how much is invoiced See section 7 02 for details on verifying and correcting invoices before finalizing them 4 Do a Data Backup It is highly recommended you do a Data Backup prior to generating final invoices This is the process to follow to process and print final invoices for a period 5 Issue Final Invoices In Billing Broadcast Invoices after you have verified invoices are correct see section 7 01 you can click Final Invoices to print and post all Ready invoices to Accounts Receivable Alternatively you can manually finalize and print individual invoices by double clicking on an invoice from the invoice list and using the Finalize button and then Print on the invoice display screen Page 7 2 Natural Log User Manual 7 01 Verify amp Correct Invoices In the Billing Broadcast Invoices section you can correct invoice errors even on finalized invoices as long as the month in which the invoice is issued is not closed If the month has not closed see editing an invoic
291. ed from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual On the Natural Log Template simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description You may also enter more than one command per line just enter a space between each command and start each command with amp Play a Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Event 0221 shown above Assume you may need to run weather at a certain time each day If your weather is named S0009 you could make the entry shown at event 0221 Natural Log Templates This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Once again the computer only needs the S0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0224 shown above You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown at event 0224 above in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is ins
292. edit an existing Rotator item you will see the screen below On that screen you set the percent this item is to run when this rotator is called from an order line w Rotator Copy Item oj x Copy Item to be Rotated 0018 Souther Auto 30 9 1 03 9 30 03 Change to run 50 00 E gt El Help Cancel Save These settings only restrict the copy played for order lines placed on the log that have this Rotator as their CopylD This does not restrict the dates days or times an order line can be logged See Broadcast Orders in Chapter 3 of this manual to restrict when order lines are actually logged Warning If at least one item has already been logged from a Rotator any edits of any Rotator lines will cause that Rotator to reset That is it will restart the Rotation process with the first item in the Rotator and set all play counters to 0 This is to prevent a situation in which you might have 2 spots running 50 50 and then add a third to rotate 33 33 33 If the rotator did not reset the added spot would run exclusively until it achieved 33 of the total spots already run not a desirable result Natural Log User Manual Page 4 7 4 04 Copy Manager Schedule Copy Type Schedule Use this type of copy item when the copy changes on one or more dates during the order run This Copy type consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy and or Packets and or Rotators each of which expires on a pa
293. ee section 9 18 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 See section 9 19 Natural Log User Manual 9 01 Sorting and Grouping Reports From the NL main menu open any report under Reports and you can click on the Sort tab to change the sorting and grouping options for that report After making changes click the Get Report button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default report format Sample Sales Projection Summary Report BEE Report View Tools Help i o 4 Memorize Export Print Help Close Report Settings Filters Sales Projection Report Sample for the period Oct 2003 through Mar 2004 General Stations This report is based on Net BOOKED ORDERS and may vary from actual invoices if some items not aired as ordered Sponsor ce 2003 Nov 2003 Dec 2003 Jan 2004 Feb 2004 Mar 2004 0144 Emergency Brdest System Test 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Sort Group by 00 House Accounts DEMO Ak 0 00 AccountRep 2l IV Group Subtotals I Group PageBreak 0110 Steelman Office Products 150 00 00 House Accounts DEMO FM 150 00 00 House Accounts N 150 00 r then Sort by Station 7 IV Group Subtotals I Group PageBreak 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0102 Anytown Fil
294. either Hold down the Right Click and Drag your mouse slowly over the items to be copied Ctrl Right Clicking them to select multiple items one at a time Click Edit Select All After the item s are selected click Edit Mass Change Paste Selected Item s to other Days Hours Then select the appropriate days and hours into which the selected items should be pasted 4 Log Templates elx Fie Edit Tools Help e ee ee S a ee New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour JDEMO AM 7 ea 7 Monday 7 foe oo AM 7 8 00 00 4M z 8 00 00 AM LOCAL NEWS Commercial Break 60 NS News Sponsorship ii NS News Sponsorship 8 05 00 AM Commercial Break 60 NS News Sponsor NS News Sponsor 8 07 00 AM NA News Adjacen aci Paste SELECTED ITEMS from DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday 00 AM TO ei Gtx 8 1 To Station Demo AM To Log Format Type Normal Daily Log x Da 12 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10 11 12 1 p 5 7p 8p 9p 10 11 4 Monday a 8 1 Pasting 81 T uesday 81 Wednesday aaa mm i me Thursday AE mia EE Saturday os Sunday Network Left Click on a DAY name to select ALL hours that day Right Click to UNselect Paste TO x Close E Left Click on an Hour Heading to select ALL days for that hour Right Click to UNsele
295. el Scheduled Time Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 3 x x x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 111 10 44 StationPlaylist Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type StationPlaylist Automation Log FileName B ATEMP OS1 206t2 log Browse Station Number 2 x Convert Dina Cut Numbers The Natural Log generic automation log export can use any cut numbers names up to 20 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters however some automation systems are further limited Log Reconciliation is Supported for StationPlaylist The Natural Log system can reconcile with the aired log as created by StationPlaylist Contact StationPlaylist tech support for specifics on creating and locating this aired log file Important Warning For reconciliation to work properly the NL8 CopylD must appear in the 10th column of the aired log To accomplish this 1 StationPlaylist Studio must use the default output when creating the as aired log and 2 StationPlaylist Spot Files need to have the N
296. elect the date range for the report This Year Last Year Includes only the current or previous year based on the date in your computer Q Last 2 Years Last 3 Years Last 4 Years Last 5 Years Includes the selected number of years On quarterly and monthly reports each year will be on one row and the month or quarter will be columns General Tab Report Revenue You can select to report on gross before agency commission or net after agency commission figures Either way tax is not included in the figures All numbers are rounded to the nearest whole currency value whole dollars in US Natural Log User Manual Page 9 15 9 10 Report Type Agency List Agency Account List Report Description The Agency List report prints a list of agencies The Agency Account List report prints a list of the NL customer accounts belonging to each agency To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Customer Reports Agencies Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 s Sample Agency Account List Report BEE Report View Tools Help i o amp
297. en select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Autoplus Automation Log FileName i Temp 0401 03t log Browse Station Number EH x Help Convert Cancel AutoPlus Cut Numbers All you need to do is enter the cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen in the Natural Log system when entering the orders Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in the AutoPlus System Log Reconciliation is supported for AutoPlus Copy the AutoPlus audit log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year is optional station 110295T1 LO0G is Send Log 11 02 95 for station Input reconcile log file Commercialsddmmyycccc CSV where ddmmyy is day month year amp cccc is station name Commercials081209CoolIFM LOG is Play Log for Dec 8 2009 for CoolFM Continued on
298. enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description ea Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D y x oo D g V New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 02 00 AM 7 3 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 3 3 3 3 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 109 10 43 Dalet Automation NOTE Dalet has a user defined import filter from the automation vendor Natural Log 8 has 2 export filters for Dalet Dalet This can handle up to 20 charcter cut ID s See Natural Log Generic Text Automation Log Format for a description of the generic automation log output file Use the Generic Text NL8 Windows Format import filter in Dalet Dalet NL DOS format This is limited to 8 character cut ID s See Natural Log Generic Text Automation Log Format for a description of the generic automation log output file Use the Generic Text NL DOS format import filter in Dalet Use the file format information specified above to tell the Dalet importer where the data is located in our output file W
299. entity of the transferee ii the transferee reads and agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this License and iii the transferor immediately ceases using the software and removes all copies of the Software from all computers not transferred to transferee 2 RESTRICTIONS The End User may NOT sublicense assign or distribute copies of the Software to others The Software contains trade secrets The End User may NOT decompile reverse engineer disassemble or otherwise reduce the Software to a human readable form The End User may not modify adapt translate rent lease loan resell for profit distribute or otherwise assign or transfer the software or create derivative works based upon the software or any part thereof except as expressly provided herein The Software is designed for use only with existing Windows operating systems and is NOT licensed for use with any non Windows operating systems such as Linux Unix OS2 or Apple Any use with a non Windows operating system whether or not using a Windows emulator voids any warranties immediately terminates this license and no further technical support will be provided by Licensor Further no warranty is offered that the software will be compatible with any future version of Windows operating system 3 PROTECTION AND SECURITY The End User agrees to use its best efforts and to take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Software to ensure that no unauthorized person shall have access th
300. enu under the Traffic Copy Manager menu The Copy list is displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired See Browsers You can also access the Copy for any customer on the Copy Manager tab on the Customer Screen This section of NL8 allows you to manage your Copy within NL8 CopylD s are specified for each order line during order entry 4 Sample Copy Browser of Xx File View Browser Settings Tools Help O x amp 4 New Open Delete Find Print Help Close poo by esses Columns i ee TT 1st CopyiD gt 2 helie g ehl Cow T ypelStatus SoiptiD_ StatDate EndDate Voice la h r ETETE County Hospital i Copy 9 1 03 aa t en 24 Caraway Ford Mercury 30 Copy 9 1203 9 30 03 Bommer Ford 30 Copy 9 2 03 12 31 03 then 44 illusions 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 Edwards Furniture 30 Copy 9 1 03 12 31 03 p View 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestr 60 Copy 8 31 03 9 28 03 List Copy Type Copy x Gray Valley Electric Coop 60 Copy 8 26 03 12 29 03 American National Bank sp 30 Copy 9 2 03 12 31 03 All AccountReps American National Bank 30 Copy 9 1 03 TFN CI 06 Albert Doorknob Gray Valley Electric Coop 60 Copy 8 26 03 12 29 03 CI 04 Allen Hedge Arnolds Jewelers 60 Copy 9 2 03 9 30 03 eae Ga vae E bei tone 0 Copy 8 26703 12 28 03 Pen ray Valley Electric Coop opy E Xyz Food Store 60 Copy 9 2 03 1 5 04 See Apache Tractor amp Implemen 30 Copy 9
301. eport Type Finance Chgs Summary x Report Period Custom Dates x From Jan zjm 2004 x tofFeb 23 gt 2004 7 0007 Asap Paging 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0011 Bette s Sewing Center 0012 Bommer Ford 0013 Bommer Tractor 0015 Bordens Inc 0016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 0017 Caraway Ford Mercury Natural Log User Manual Page 9 33 9 17 Report Type Tax Due Report Report Description This report screen generates reports showing the tax you have collected during the report period based on either invoices issued or payments received To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Transactions Tax Reports Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Sample TaxDue Invoices Report Report View Tools Help wil Sal amp B oh Memorize Export Print Help Close Report Settings Filters Tax
302. equired approval NL8 will automatically set the order status to OK and it will be available to log Page 3 22 Natural Log User Manual 3 07 Broadcast Order Entry Schedule Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab The Schedule tab displays the Order Lines that actually schedule the broadcasts There is no limit to how many Order Lines may be attached on an order Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank File Print Schedule Tools Help Previous tee eet Next Order cet node pace M 2 oe nO Schedule Approvals Memos Broadcast Schedules Add Order Line Edit Order Line Delete Order Line a eo D Il Weeks 01 00 PM 01 04 PM 92 12 31 703 Fao Only 06 00 4M 07 00 PM T 30 Filler Q You can use the Add Order Line button to create add a new schedule line NOTE If you highlight an existing order line before clicking this button the default values for the new order line will match the values of the highlighted line That way if you have to enter a bunch of similar lines you don t have to reenter the same information over and over Just highlight the line to be copied click Add Order Line and make any changes applicable to the new order line Q You can use the Edit Order Line button or double click the item to view edit the high
303. equired protection between all Orders that have been assigned the same Product Code This prevents 2 car dealers from running too close together Product Code Protections You can specify which type of protection these product codes need When generating the LOGS the computer will not schedule spots with the same Product Codes together You can select the type of protection for each product code from the following 1 per Break 1 item with this Product Code may play within a commercial break No Back Back 2 items with this Product Code may NOT play Back to Back Minutes Protect this Product Code for a number of minutes Page 2 26 Natural Log User Manual 2 16 Revenue Type Setup To enter or edit a Revenue Type from the Main Menu select Setup Revenue Types 44 Sample Revenue Type Setup File Tools Help DI I x amp x New Open Delete Print Help Close Sort List by RevenueT ype Description v Double Click to Edit Revenue Type m Post Invoiced Charges a 1D Revenue TypeDescinion p Ancourts Recut Revenue Cash 5 pots Finance Charges Political Trade Using Revenue Types Revenue Types allow you to break out certain sales into separate sales reports When you enter an Order you will assign that Order to a Revenue Type All Natural Log reports allow you to specify which Revenue Types to include in the report These are most often used to designate orders as Cash Trade e
304. er Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filley Co Anytown VFW Apache Chemical Apache Tractor amp Implement Amolds Jewelers Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Boone s Bakery All Active Customers CustiD Sponsor BilingName Marisa Bianca Productions COXKERY Allen s Ad Agency Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filley Co Anytown F W Apache Chemical Dave And Dave Advertising Bright Star Agency Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Boone s Bakery 03 Delfino Garcia 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 08 Sally Selalot 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 05 Leeroy Mantcha Bordens Inc Bordens Inc 05 Leeroy Mantcha Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 02 Corey White Caraway Ford Mercury Caraway Ford Mercury 01 Eddy Munster Find Casa Porras Casa Porras 02 Corey White Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 05 Leeroy Mantcha Column Sp
305. er Manual Page 3 33 3 09 Macros This is an advanced function of NL not normally needed by most users and should be used with caution Macros Overview In NL8 a macro does not refer to any Macros you may use in your automation For automation macros see the section of the NL8 manual dealing with your specific automation system In NL8 a macro is simply a multi event order line whose events must be scheduled together This is useful if you sell a customer 2 or more items that need to be scheduled together Q Macro examples are shown in section 3 09 01 of this manual Q Logging rules followed by NL8 when placing macros is covered in section 3 09 02 of this manual Q Methods of scheduling macros are described in section 3 09 03 Avail Types and Macros You can specify different avail types for each item in a macro NL8 always matches avail types between each macro item and avail slots on your log template This allows you to have automation commands text and even other avails if the avail tyoe does not match the macro item s avail type skipped by the macro if you set your macro avail types and log templates properly For example you can create an avail type restriction for the opener billboard of the news and a separate avail type restriction for the news sponsor spot itself and they will be logged correctly even if there are lines of text or unrestricted avails intervening Position Restrictions and Macros You can specify the po
306. er all laws or causes of action shall not exceed the License fees actually paid by Licensee Any notices or other communications to be sent to Licensor must be mailed first class postage prepaid to the following address Natural Broadcast Systems Inc 10431 Gulfdale San Antonio TX 78216 USA 11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior proposals agreements representations statements and undertakings are hereby expressly canceled and superseded This Agreement may not be changed or amended except by a written instrument executed by a duly authorized officer of Licensor Natural Broadcast Systems Inc Licensee Licensor By Authorized Signature Title Date Page 1 20 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 2 Natural Log SetUp Setup allows you to create and maintain various station and system information and formatting To access the Setup section of Natural Log from the Main Menu select Setup Administrator Controls Under this menu you may Q Set program options such as data backup prompts how long to save data and Finance Charge options See sections 2 01 and 2 02 of this manual Q Setup and control users and their passwords and permissions See section 2 03 of this manual Q Setup stations including formatting of documents such as invoices and statements for each individual station as well as the Multi Station documen
307. erence Date __ Type on 45 3 9 5 03 Pending 2 6 04 ERRER DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for A F Debit Adjustment eee 00 100 00 Q Step 3 Post CR Credit adjustment to the new 0 Prepayment s for 100 to hold the credit for future use Enter an Adjustment for A F Item 04020004 2 A F Credit Adjustment 100 00 E T ii Es r Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date tment Type tment Description TE bi niem 06 DIa x GE F Adjustment 7 Correct net 100 00 oo TET 2 pae yee ag AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Pending 2 6 04 Page 8 40 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Example F to show corrections on Payments Report Assume same prepayment error as described in Example E on the previous page but you want to show the corrections on current month Payments Report Q Step 1 Post a negative payment in the current accounting period to reverse the original prepayment This will be an exact duplicate of the original incorrect payment except all amounts are negative After posting the negative payment as shown below create a normal correct prepayment in the current accounting period as described in section 8 06 Payment from 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 7 C C X a
308. ereto and that no unauthorized copy publication disclosure or distribution in whole or in part in any form shall be made The End User acknowledges that the Software contains valuable confidential information and trade secrets and that unauthorized use and or copying are harmful to Licensor End User agrees not to attempt to tamper with any software locking mechanism in order to make additional copies of the software Page 1 18 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log End User License Agreement cont 4 TRIAL PERIOD The software may be operated in evaluation mode for a period of 60 days without the end users paying any license fee Therefore once buyer has tried the software and decides to purchase a permanent software license NO REFUNDS WILL BE GIVEN 5 TERMINATION This License is effective until terminated This License will terminate immediately without notice from Licensor if the End User fails to comply with any of its provisions Upon termination the End User must destroy the Software and all copies thereof and the End User may terminate this License at any time by doing so 6 EXPORT LAW ASSURANCES The End User agrees that End User will not transfer or export directly or indirectly the Software or any of its components outside the U S in violation of any U S law or regulation controlling such export 7 SUPPORT AND TRAINING Upon payment of the Software License price Licensor will provide support and training as follows A
309. erican Association of Advertising Agencies ISCI codes are eight characters in length four alpha followed by four numeric and are designed to have no spaces hyphens or other characters eg ABCD1234 These identify the agency copy that was aired Level Package Billing Every time an invoice is generated from an order with schedule lines from which at least 1 billable item was logged or the order has NO schedule lines a specified flat amount is billed Exception If order status is HOLD and nothing was logged no amount will be billed Level Package Billing specified using Billing Basis on the Order entry screen Local Spots These are spots carried and billed locally by the user of NL8 as opposed to network spots Log Templates These are the basic logs that tell NL8 what each day s log should look like It includes avails and commercial breaks where items from Broadcast Orders may be logged Templates can also contain text to be printed on the log pages as well as automation commands Every day of the week Monday Sunday must have at least a Normal Daily Log Template Special Date Log Templates are used only on a particular date in lieu of the Normal Daily Log Template for that day You can also create Special Events Templates for programs such as sporting events Each station in NL8 has its own set of Log Templates See Log Template setup for more detailed information Macros In NL8 a macro does not refer to a
310. erted between each command or cut and Program is an optional description Natural Log User Manual Page 10 11 10 06 AXS 1 2 and Digital DJ Automation NOTICE This section applies only to AXS version 1 and 2 Scott Studios new AXS 3 system uses the regular Scott Studios interface covered in section 10 28 AXS systems version 1 and 2 and the older Digital DJ systems use log file formats which are NOT 100 compatible with each other We have therefore included separate conversion systems for the older Digital DJ and for the AXS 1 2 systems NL8 converts to the native AXS and Digital DJ log formats so the Generic Text output log format is not used for these automation system logs Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type AS 1 2 bd Automation Log FileName C T emp 100203 log Browse x Convert Cancel AXS Digital DJ Cut Numbers The AXS system uses audio cut numbers from 2000 to 9999 plus cuts 1 to 1999 reserved for commands and rotators The Digital DJ system uses audio cut numbers 1000 to 2999 plus cuts 1 to 999 reserved for commands and rotators NL8 accepts any cart cut number from 1 to 9999 so NL8 can be used to send rotator or command information to the AX
311. es invoices such as A R Aging Invoiced sales etc Then double click the invoice on the report to open the invoice Page 7 10 Natural Log User Manual 7 04 Electronic Invoice Overview Natural Log supports the following electronic Invoicing methods E Mail Adobe Acrobat pdf This is a free method internal to NL8 no clearinghouse is required that allows you to deliver invoices in the common Abode Acrobat PDF format to anyone with an e mail address using your email program such as Outlook Express The recipient will need the free Adobe Acrobat reader from www adobe com to view and print the Invoice which will look exactly like they printed it themselves from NL8 with all formatting and graphics intact If you entered the Invoice e mail address on the customer s account screen NL8 will send them for you if you have an e mail program on your computer If you have not entered an Invoice e mail address your e mail program will prompt your for an e mail address See e mail NL8 Documents Fax This requires a fax modem and a 3rd party fax capture program usually provided free with fax modems You can select the Fax as the printer and print any NL8 invoice directly to your fax modem If you do this when your fax capture program starts up the Customer Fax number from NL8 will be in the Windows clipboard and all you need to do is paste it into the box for the fax number to be dialed Fax invoices can only be done 1 ata time
312. es in section 2 15 of this manual Product code separation only applies to items logged from different customers To separate items logged from the same order see Minimum Separation below Minimum Separation On the order entry screen this tells Natural Log how many minutes separation you need between items from this order See Customer Separation to set the required separation between items from the different orders for the same customer See Product Protect to set the required separation between items from the different customers with similar products Separation Example Suppose you have a night club buying lots of spots advertising different bands appearing on Friday and Saturday If you put these in as separate orders you could specify 60 minutes separation between spots for the order for Friday night order entry screen and you could specify 60 minutes separation between spots for the order for Saturday night order entry screen Then you could specify 30 minutes on the Customer entry screen to keep the 2 orders 30 minutes away from each other Account Rep On the Order entry screen assigns the order to an Account Rep You can create a new Account Rep by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Account Rep box when you click the Account Rep Box See setting up Account Reps Page 3 16 Natural Log User Manual 3 05 Broadcast Order Entry Invoice Instructions Tab Orders are accessed t
313. es of report periods a All Include all orders in the NL system Q Running Include only orders that run during the specified period Q Starting Include only orders starting their run within the specified period Q Expiring Include only orders ending their run within the specified period Page 9 18 Natural Log User Manual 9 12 Report Type Order Rates WARNING Government regulations regarding lowest rate requirements for political advertising are very complex This report may be configured by the end user to suit the end users specific situation For this reason the developer and publisher of NL8 make no representation that this report complies with those political advertising rules This report should be configured and used only in accordance with the legal advice of a communications attorney familiar with the nuances of the political advertising rules Report Description This report screen generates a report of rates on orders To get to this report from the main NL menu select Reports Order Reports Order Rates Note On these reports rates are pre tax gross pre commission Sample Order Rates Lowest Rate Report BEI Es Report View Tools Help i o a v Memorize Export Print Help Close a an ee Order Rates Lowest Ordered Rate Report AccRep Sample 10 1 03 through 10 31 03 ordered pre tax GROSS rates Report intended as a sales management aid only and may NOT comply with government political advertising
314. escription Invoice ID Description Descipton Due Pa op a 2767 EA 0402 0008 J DEMO AM z E Cas h S pots Prepaid C redit for Any Order fi 100 00 TET Transaction Date Feb gt fos x 2004 x Total Amount Applied 1100 00 Ll x Save Credit Help Cancel Page 8 42 Natural Log User Manual 8 09 Accounts Receivable End of Month Closing Process While we highly recommend performing this process monthly this process is optional End of Month Closing Defined This closes an Accounts Receivable month in NL8 After a month is closed NL8 prohibits entering any Accounts Receivable transactions dated before the last closing date This serves to protect any month closing Accounts Receivable reconciliation for that month you have submitted to your accountant from being changed after you submit the reconciliation Q You can still post payments to invoices issued before that closing date the payment transaction itself must have a date after the closing date Q You can still post adjustments to invoices issued before that closing date the adjusting transaction itself must have a date after the closing date Q You can still reissue corrected invoices for invoices issued before that closing date the corrected reissued invoice will be dated after the closing date The closing process is described on the next page Reasons you Should Close Your Books Monthly Q If you choose not to perform thi
315. ewed by the NL_Administrator in the NL Setup Administrator Controls User Permissions with the View UserLog button Changes made on each Customer Account Order Invoice or Log may be viewed under the Tools Activity Log menu choice while that particular account order invoice or log is open on the screen Page 2 6 Natural Log User Manual 2 03 User Permission Settings cont w Edit User of x User Information UserName UserType Password Lary Traffic Director x User Module Permissions Allow All Deny All Accounts Receivable Allow v Log Create Edit Allow X Administration allow Log Templates Allow Billing Generator allow Reports Generator allow Copy Manager allow Reminders alow Data Backup Restore allow Setup allow End of Month allow Traffic Orders Allow User Account Rep Restrictions For Traffic Orders Billing A A and Reports modules with Allow or Read Only Permission permit access to accounts belonging to x Any Account Rep d l Cancel UserNames and UserTypes When you click New User or Edit User the NL_Administrator can enter information for that user Each use must have a unique UserName and be assigned to one of the UserTypes Q Q Q NL_Administrator Can do anything in NL including setting permissions for other users Sales Manager Allowed to review and approve orders for air if Sales M
316. ext on screen in the automation system without causing anything to play In the event description column of NL8 log templates put amp followed by two periods then a space then the text such as shown below on event 0011 Alternatively in Wide Orbit you can enter a memo as a Category with no Cutnum at least one space and then the text memo as shown below on event 0012 P Penprare ETET ES Fie Edit Tools Help 0 g D D x P NI Create a NEW Template EditLine Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM Normal Daily Log 7 Thursday x 1200 4M Sib Eea Aval Reticon 12 17 00 4M Commercial Break amp COM DA0023 Overnight Weather amp JIN DA8128 DEMO AM Jingle 12 20 00 4M amp Here is some text to show on 5532 screen 12 20 00 4M amp LDR Here is some text to show on Wide Orbit screen Natural Log User Manual Page 10 79 10 29 Smartcaster Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type SmartCaster z Automation Log FileName C Temp BREAKLOG Thu Browse i Convert Cancel SmartCaster Cut Numbers The Smartcaster uses 5 digit cart numbers which com
317. ffic Log 110295T1 L0G is Traffic Log for 11 02 95 for station 1 Input Reconcile log file yrmmdd LST mm is month dd is day yr is year 9511029 LST OR yrmmdd MDB mm is month dd is day yr is year 9511029 MDB Details of using the NL8 to Simian Interface Natural Log has many abilities to cause Simian to perform different activities These are covered in detail in the following topics You must configure the Simian import filter in Simian before attempting to import a log from NL8 Q Configure WaveStation Simian Import Filter Section 10 08 01 Q Configure Simian Pipe Delimited Import Filter Section 10 08 02 Q Sending commands from NL8 Templates to Simian Section 10 08 03 Q Load next day s Simian Log Section 10 08 04 Q Sending Non Audio Commands from NL8 Broadcast Orders to Simian Section 10 08 05 Q Simian Q Codes Section 10 08 06 Page 10 20 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 01 Configure Simian Import Filter Note The NL8 WaveStation Simian automation log is the standard log export used by Natural Log for DOS for both Simian and WaveStation and may continue to be used by those upgrading from NL for DOS This format can only handle filenames up to 8 characters NL8 also adds a specific Simian Pipe Delimited export type that uses the Simian standard Pipe Delimited format for handling filenames longer than 8 characters See Configuring WaveStation Simian for NL Dos WaveStation Simian log in section 10 08 05 if you
318. following text as a line by itself in the NL8 log template amp AutoStart ON All following events are sent with segue start code until NL8 sees an AutoStart OFF entry If you want AutoStart sent for all commercial items in the entire log just put this command as the first event in each NL8 log template amp AutoStart OFF All events sent as described above this is the default setting NOTE Commands in which you specify a particular start code in the second column as described below will always carry the command s start code entry regardless of the AutoStart setting in effect Play non commercial cuts from NL8 Log Templates You can also use the amp to play an audio cut from the Log Template Just enter amp followed immediately no spaces by the audio cut name or number as the event description in the Natural Log Templates This is useful for scheduling weather jingles ID s etc Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual AudioVault Commands AudioVault accepts certain commands such as load the next day s log See the AudioVault manual These can be entered on your Natural Log Templates as command lines of text Natural Log will treat these as command lines if you begin the event description with amp X followed immediately by the command name Explanation of second column codes amp X means time triggered amp X
319. for Front Loading Random Type Schedules If Used Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun 450 50 F Normal 50 50 Normal Normal 7 Miscellaneous Adobe Acrobat PDF Printer Driver Enabled Automatically Display Daily Reminders on Startup Show on screen help when mouse is held over an item Calendar Tool Display Type Calendar Month If you do not use Front Loading these Day Weights should be set to NORMAL However for those that do use Front Loading this option allows you to specify how much front loading can be done for each day of the week This can range from 90 to 90 This is the change in the likelihood from normal that an individual spot from a Spots Per Week schedule will be scheduled on a given day Front Loading Example Assume you have a Spots Per Week type schedule to play 2 spots Mon Fri Normally each day Mon Fri would have an equal chance of being scheduled in a given week Using front loading you can force certain days to have a higher or lower chance of being used If you set Mon and Tue to 50 and Thu and Fri to 50 when NL decides randomly what days to use it will give 50 more probability to Mon and Tue and 50 less probability to Thu and Fri With a large number of Spots Per Week schedules you d expect to see about 50 more spots on Mon Tue and 50 less spots on Thu Fri as compared to normal This is a probabilistic weight NOT absolute Natural Log Us
320. for the period 1 1 02 through 12 31 03 Stations Report intended as sales management aid only is rounded to whole numbers and does NOT include effect of A R Adjstmts Year 2002 Year 2003 0001 Allen s Body Tech Report Format Standard er Report Type Billing History Monthly bal Report Period Custom Dates 7 From Jan mijo mf202 tofDec 31 2003 Report Revenue Ne F Year 2002 Year 2003 0002 American National Bank Year 2002 Year 2003 0133 American National Bank spi Year 2002 Year 2003 0155 Anytown American Legion Year 2002 Year 2003 0102 Anytown Filley Co General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 Get Report Continued on next page Page 9 14 Natural Log User Manual 9 09 Report Type Customer Billing Payment History cont General Tab Report Type The Customer History report screen has 6 types of reports Q Billing History Monthly Billing History Quarterly Billing History Annually Payment History Monthly Payment History Quarterly Payment History Annually Ooococo General Tab Report Period The Customer History report screen has these report periods Q Custom Dates You can use the dropdown date boxes to s
321. fter the date time items You can add NEXT after any date string to use the next date rather than the log date You can use multiple formats on the same text line if you enclose each in separate brackets mmddyyyy mmddyy mmdd ddmmyyyy ddmm yymmdd yyddmm yyyymmdd yyyyddmm mmm 3 Character month abbreviation mmmm Full month name dd 2 digit day of month Day Abbreviated day name Mon Tue Wed etc DayNum The of the day of week 1 Mon 7 Sun hh hhmm hhmmss dhhmm dhhmmss HHH or HH or AA or FF HH or d where yy and yyyy indicates 2 or 4 digit year mm indicates 2 digit month dd indicates 2 digit day of month hh indicates hour mm indicates minutes in the hour ss indicates seconds in the minute d indicates day in week Monday is day 1 Sunday is day 7 HHHH to indicates a sequential event counter padded to the requisite number of digits with O s This means each time NM5 sees one of these commands it increases by 1 for each time it is used in that day s log and left pads to at least the requisite number of digits with O s If the event counter requires more digits than allowed within the all digits are displayed Example with event counter 99 becomes amp 99 d or d indicates the same counter with a day number preceding it See examples on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 5 13 5 05 Auto Inserting Date Time Text amp
322. g Automation Log to create the Automation Log BSI Simian Pipe Delimited is recommended with Simian 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type 65 Simian Pipe Delimited Automation Log FileName C My Documents 121103t1 log Browse Station Number i lr ME bare Default Simian Category me 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type 85 Simian WaveStation Automation Log FileName i My Documents 121103t1 log Browse Station Number x Default Simian Category mi Convert Cancel Configuring the Simian Import Filter Before you an import the first NL8 log into Simian you must configure the Simian Log Import Filter There are 2 types of output logs that can be sent from NL8 to Simian Q Simian Pipe Delimited This Pipe Delimited output log is now the standard way NL8 talks to Simian so it can handle filenames longer than 8 characters See Configuring Simian for Simian Pipe Delimited NL8 log in section 10 08 02 of this manual Q WaveStation Simian This export log matches the format used in the NL DOS version to talk to WaveStation Simian but is limited to no more than 8 characters in the audio cut filenames See Configuring WaveStation Simian_for NL DOS WaveStation Simian_log in section 10 08 02 of this manual For backward compatibility with Natural Log for DOS if NL8 sees an existing Natural Music log it will merge with it and create a combined log for import into Simian even though Simian can no
323. g Templates simply enter amp followed by the Source or Deck number a dash and then the command or cut number as the Event description The system will read the source and command or cut by reading all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0010 shown above You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 from source 6 you could make the entry shown below at event 0010 above This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 6 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Natural Log User Manual Page 10 77 10 28 Wide Orbit Google Scott SS32 These instructions apply to Wide Orbit Google GRA Scott Studios SS16 SS32 DSS and AXS 3 systems The log file created for Wide Orbit Google Scott Studios automation by NL8 is intended to be imported and merged by the Scott Studios LogMerge or Merge32 program Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type ide Orbit Radio Automation Automation Log FileName i Temp 100506
324. g editor Copy Belongs To In the Copy Manager this specifies the customer that owns the Copy If any Broadcast Order from another customer tries to schedule this Copy it will schedule but NL8 will list it as a Copy Error in the Log Editor showing that it belongs to the wrong customer You can assign the Copy to Shared Copy only if you want more than one customer to be able to use the Copy without generating errors in the NL8 log Length In the Copy Manager this length is formatted as ss m ss or mm ss If this length does not match the length specified on the Order line from which it is scheduled NL8 will list it as a Copy Error in the Log Editor Voice Optional In the Copy Manager you may enter up to 10 letters to identify the voice appearing on the CopylD If you enter a voice code and if you have selected Prohibit Same Announcer Voice back to Back in NL8 Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings NL8 s log generator will protect the voice from appearing back to back with itself when the log is generated Also see voice protection Logging Options section 2 04 and Description Note in section 3 07 Status In the Copy Manager if the Copy status is set to Hold and a Broadcast Order schedules this Copy it will schedule but will generate a Copy Error in the NL8 log editor This is useful if you are awaiting Copy to be delivered Script In the Copy Manager for Normal Copy items only the Copy Manager
325. g entries posted during the report period Items are listed in columns based on the type of adjustment Report columns include Debit Credit Trade Credit Bad debt Agency Commission Tax Adjustments Detail Prints a detail 1 row per transaction of the adjusting entries posted during the report period Items are listed in columns based on the type of adjustment Report columns include Debit Credit Trade Credit Bad debt Agency Commission Tax Finance Charges Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the finance charges added during the report period Report columns include Amount Tax and Total Finance Charges Detail Prints a detail 1 row per invoice of the finance charges added during the report period Report columns include Amount Tax and Total Examples of transaction reports are shown on the next pages Also see TaxDue Reports in section 9 17 Natural Log User Manual Page 9 29 9 16 Report Type Transactions cont 24 Invoices Detail lej x Report View Tools Help m ren Gs A a r Report Settings 7 Filters Invoiced Sales Report Sample for the period 9 1 03 through 9 30 04 Sponsor CST Gross Discounts Agency 03090001 DEMO FM 0146 001 15t Anr 0 00 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdcstrs 0 00 03090002 DEMO AM 0112 001 Tci Cat 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cat 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Report Format Standard Report Type Invoices Detail Report Period Custom D
326. ge 7 14 Natural Log User Manual 7 07 Using Non Broadcast Invoices to enter customer balances for initial setup When initially installing NL8 you may need to enter existing balances for customers as they existed in your previous accounting system In Billing Non Broadcast Invoices click the New Invoice button Create a Non Broadcast charge for Customer Select Customer to receive Invoice 15t Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awe Marisa Bianca Productions Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc A4bx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Body Tech Allen s Ad Agency American National Bank American National Bank American National Bank spanis 4merican National Bank span Another Debut Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown American Legion 0101 NonBroadcast Invoice Settings Station Description Balance Forward Invoice Date November 30 2003 x o DEMO AM 7 P Purchase Order SaaS Discounts Allowed fo of Total Revenue Source LD Local Diet I Agency Commission fo of Gross Revenue Type CCashSpots E Account Rep Comm fo of Net Account Rep 01 Eddy Munster National Rep Comm fo of Net Billing Cycle Calendar Month Applicable Tax C Agency There are 2 ways to carry balances forward Help Jej Cancel Ifyou want to carry forward an unpaid total balance as of a certain date create a single invoice for that amount dated as of the carry forward date NL8 w
327. ghlight the spot where you d like it to appear and click on the menu Edit Insert Blank Line s or Edit Delete Line s Undo Log Edit In the Log Editor you may click Edit UnDo to reverse the most recent Log edit Search for Items on Log In the Log Editor click Find to search for any logged item Page 6 4 Natural Log User Manual 6 01 Log Editor cont Inserting Bumped Items onto Log In the Log Editor the Bump Errors list includes all items NL was unable to log due to rule violations plus any items you delete from the log You may drag and drop items from the Bump Errors window by Left Clicking and holding the button down until you have moved the Item to where you d like it to appear When you release the mouse button the item will drop into that slot If you drop it onto an existing item that item and all following items up to the first blank line will be pushed down a line to accommodate the moved item You can also highlight an item in the Bump Errors window and click Place to put that item at the currently highlighted position on the log See hiding bumped items below to remove bumped items from the display without logging them Hiding Bumped Items Right click on the bumped item list to get a popup menu on which you can Hide Bumped Item to remove the highlighted bumped item from the list This is useful if some bumped items don t need to be logged such as promos bonus spots etc and you want
328. group invoices to be billed at different times This may be Broadcast Month Calendar Month End of Schedule Demand Weekly or Special through Special9 Book Ends Also known as Tops n Tails A term used to describe an advertiser that requests the very first avail in a commercial break and the very last avail in the same commercial break Some advertisers use the Book Ends approach to tell part of their advertising story in the opening of a commercial break then complete it in the closing of the same commercial break This type spot placement should command a large cost premium over regular spot placement Broadcast Invoice An invoice in NL8 shows only the broadcast items run from a single broadcast order during the current billing period It does not include any prior balances See Account Statement and Broadcast Invoices Broadcast Month This month starts on the Monday after the last Sunday of the prior calendar month and always ends on the last Sunday of the month It will always have either 4 or 5 standard broadcast weeks This is the month used by most advertising agencies Broadcast month and standard broadcast month have the same meaning Broadcast Orders Broadcast Orders are the means by which NL8 knows how you want to schedule broadcasts for a customer how to invoice it and the rules you want NL8 to follow when scheduling the broadcasts Each Broadcast Order in NL8 results in a separate invoice Calendar
329. gs Natural Log allows the NL_Administrator significant control over what individual users can do in NL To enter the User section from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls User Permissions Then click the Users Passwords tab lt a Sample User Setup Users Passwords M Require User Login Sales Manager Traffic Director J Remember Last User NL_Administrator NL_Administrator New User Edit Permissions Delete User View User Log Require User Login To have user permissions in effect you MUST check the Require user LogIn checkbox If checked NL also keeps a User Activity Log of any activity of the user such as changes made to accounts and orders If this box is unchecked NL does not prompt for a UserlD or password during startup Remember Last User If you click Require user LogIn you also click Remember Last User to tell NL8 to remember the last user logged in on each computer This means the user won t have to type in their user name each time but they still must provide their password This is useful for a user who always accesses NL8 from the same computer and who does not allow other users to access NL8 from that computer User Log If Require user LogIn is checked on the Setup Administrator Controls User Permissions NL keeps a log of all changes made by each user to customer accounts orders invoices and logs The user log for each individual user may be vi
330. h dd is day yr is year T110295 DIG is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile Play log file mmddyrA DIG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295A DIG is Play Log for 11 02 95 NOTE This Play Log must be exported from the Digilink Xtreme with only 1 day s play items See Logging in chapter 8 of the Digilink Xtreme manual Natural Log User Manual Page 10 103 10 40 Arrakis Digilink XTReme ony Digilink Xtreme Commands Text commands can be sent to the Digilink Such as source switching from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Template simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description You may also enter more than one command per line just enter a space between each command and start each command with amp There are certain commands that can or must be sent to Digilink Xtreme from NL8 These are entered in the Event Description column of the NL8 log templates These must be entered exactly as shown below amp TIMED The next event in the NL8 log is and event that starts play at a given time amp DROP The next event is a Drop event amp BREAK or amp BRK This begins a manual break that is scheduled at the end of the porevious event amp TBREAK or amp TBRK This begins a timed break that is triggered at the start time of the break If used in sa
331. h a high speed Internet connected virtual classroom Call 210 349 5808 for pricing Page 11 2 Natural Log User Manual
332. h individual station not combined for all stations Each NL8 database for each station must be separately backed up during separate data backup processes Page 1 6 Natural Log User Manual 1 04 01 Connect NL8 across a LAN toa shared Natural Log Database This section ONLY applies to users of the multi user multi station version of Natural Log These users will likely need to connect to common Natural Log database s on a server Natural Log must be installed on each workstation that will access a central shared NL8 database The actual database will reside on 1 shared computer In a multi user environment you will usually have the database on a central server or in a peer to peer network the database may be located on any one machine and each workstation will simply access this common database across the LAN After Natural Log is installed on the workstation the technician installing NL8 should start Natural Log and set the default database path as follows Q Click File Open The NL8 Open Database screen will appear Click Browse and navigate to the location of the Natural Log database to be connected to Q Click Open to connect to the database folder Q Select the specific database file and click Open to connect to the database folder ea Open Station Database Data Location C Program Files N atural Software N atural Log 8 Data m Existing Databases DEMO 4M DEMO FM Sample
333. he first space in the event description BLOCK markers Dinesat loads audio items into BLOCKS which have to be defined in Natural Log templates as shown on events 0217 and 0222 below Just insert the amp followed by BLOCK Be sure to enter the time to match the BLOCK time in Dinesat into which the following audio items should be loaded Every Dinesat BLOCK must be defined by its start time in the scheduled time column lt a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O amp al D x g New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM a Normal Daily Log Monday 02 00 AM x ea Scheduled Time Event Description Source 2 17 004M amp BLOCK 2 17 00 AM Commercial Break amp 010009 Overnight Weather 2 30 00 AM amp BLOCK amp 000201 amp 000202 amp 000203 MyWay Play a Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Assume you may need to run weather at a certain time each day If your weather is named 001009 you could make the entry shown above at event 0220 in the Natural Log Templates This would play 1 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break on the Commercial Break event length does not include length of the hard coded weather Once again the computer only needs the 001009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this
334. he NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyr NL mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 NL1 Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log file mmddyr ltx mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 Itx Aired log for 11 02 95 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 17 10 07 AudioVault AV Air Automation on AudioVault AV Air Commands AudioVault AV Air systems accept certain commands such as load the next day s log See the AudioVault AV Air manual These can be entered on your Natural Log Templates as command lines of text More usefully you can also use this amp to play an audio cut from the Log Format Just enter amp followed immediately no spaces by the audio cut number as the event description in the Natural Log Template Setup amp H This is useful for scheduling weather jingles ID s etc Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Event 1004 shown below Assume cut number 0023 your overnight weather You can tell the automation to play this cut at the end of the commercial break or anywhere you want it to play Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described
335. hen the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description s Log Templates OF Xx File Edit Tools Help O x D amp v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday x 02 00 AM x s
336. hern Auto 0 None Live Feed 0029 12 37 00 AM 0111 Warm Beds Hospital 0 None Make Good 0038 12 53 00 4M ey 0111 1 17 00 AM 0129 1 37 00 AM 0138 1 53 00 AM 0211 2 17 00 AM 0229 2 37 00 AM 0238 2 53 00 AM 0311 3 17 00 AM 0329 3 37 00 AM 0338 3 53 00 AM 0411 4 17 00 4M 0429 4 37 00 AM 0438 4 53 00 AM 0511 5 17 00 AM 0529 5 37 00 AM 0538 5 53 00 4M a oe aT a a a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Ce ae Ge eer Oe SR ca a Ser tee Uae ee Jae ee 2 Continued on next page Page 3 42 Natural Log User Manual 3 11 Insert Network Spots on Log cont Entering the Network Spots The easiest way to enter network spots is to create copy for each network spot in your NL8 Copy Manager Then all you need do is type the CopylD in the Network spot file and NL8 will fill in the description and length Enter LIVE in the Network Affidavit Note column if the spot runs live from the network and no local audio needs to be run When generating the actual station log NL8 will assume all avail lines with no CopylD are unused and will leave them blank on the log too Entering the same Network Spot on Multiple Lines If the same Network Spot runs multiple times in the same day NL8 allows you to simultaneously enter that spot on multiple lines in the Network Spot log Select all lines to which the same spot is to be inserted by using Ctrl Left Click to select and highlight the lines The click Edit Mass Insert from th
337. highlight an item in the Bump Errors window and click Place to put that item at the currently highlighted position on the log Click Tools Log Troubleshooter on the Log Editor screen to see the Log TroubleShooter see section 6 06 to help explain why NL8 did not log an item Bumped items can be caused by many problems such as Not enough avails on the log template log is oversold See chapter 5 of this manual Product Code protection violation See sections 3 02 and 2 14 of this manual Customer spot separation violation See section 3 02 of this manual Order Spot separation violation See section 3 04 of this manual Oooo WARNING If you do not place a bumped item on the log before you send the log to your automation system the item will not run NL8 will assume it did not play and will not invoice for it NL8 will not automatically schedule extra items on the next log to make up for the unlogged bumped items so the order s invoice will be short at end of the billing period 2 DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 a x File Edit Print ConvertLog Editor Settings Reports Tools Help KA E ne Jump to 07 00AM 07 00 AM 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 07 01 AM 1 NA 1F LOCAL NEWS 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 0071 W B Farm nd Ranch Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 PLAYER OF TH
338. his is a list of the most common problems encountered during initial Natural Log setup PROBLEM Windows users operating across a network may get an error that the database could not be opened because someone else had it open for exclusive use or you need permission to open it POSSIBLE CAUSES This indicates that Natural Log cannot find or open the specified database This can also be caused if your user permission settings in Windows are not sufficient to open the file for full read write access or the server requires a Network Password to access the resource on which the Natural Log 8 database is stored SOLUTION Your Network Administrator must correct the issue preventing the database file from being opened Users of NL8 on Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 machines MUST be logged in with Standard User permission or higher in order to properly run NL8 They must also have read write Windows permission for registry keys Users of NL8 on must also have full Read Write Windows permission for the Natural Log DATA folder and all its subfolders This data folder is usually set to ProgramData Natural Software Natural Log 8 Data and this folder permission is set to is shared by the Natural Log installer The NL8 user can specify a different folder to contain the NL8 data as described on page 1 6 but all users must have full read write permissions to the folder containing the NL8 data PROBLEM Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8
339. hrough the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab 44 Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank File Print Schedule Tools Help Previous tenet Next Order se Fe Fedo ne ee A isi Schedule Approvals Memos r Instructions Biling Cycle Calendar Month Invoice Type Times 7 Copies of Invoice to Print fi x Purchase Order Estimate Print CoOp Script Affidavit I Note to be printed on Invoice American National Bank Billing Basis Discounts Commission Tax Per Broadcast Discounts Allowed jo z of Total Agency Commission p of Gross Account Rep Comm jo of Net National Rep Comm jo Re of Net Apply Trade Credit 0 7 of Net Applicable Tax None 7 Billing Cycle On the Order entry screen this tells Natural Log how often and on what cycle you want to generate invoices for this order You can generate invoices for any specific cycle or all cycles during each broadcast invoice generation Broadcast Month definition Calendar Month End of Schedule Demand Weekly Special1 through Special9 Continued next page Natural Log User Manual Page 3 17 3 05 Broadcast Order Entry Invoice Instructions Tab cont Invoice Type On the Order entry screen sets the Invoice Type for the displayed order With each type of invoice you can also add Affidavi
340. ian Automation Log FileName C T emp 100203t1 log Browse Convert Cancel Note There are some data values such as Station Number above that are required for certain automation systems Also some restrictions apply to certain automation systems so you must check the section of this manual that applies to your automation system before entering any orders into Natural Log Station Number i Natural Log User Manual Page 10 3 10 02 Reconcile Scheduled Log with Automation Play Log NL8 can read exact Air Times from some not all automation play logs If reconciled these Aired times are shown on the Invoice Affidavits If not reconciled the scheduled times are shown on the NL8 Invoice Affidavits This reconciliation is not supported for some automation systems Please see the appropriate subsection of this chapter to determine if the system supports reconciliation from your automation system To reconcile a log have it open in the NL8 Log Editor and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log menu choice You will need to point NL8 to the automation system s Play Log using the Browse button See Automation Log Reconciliation w Reconcile Natural Log with BSI WAveStation Play Log for Thu 10 2 03 Ed Play Log FileName C 85132 Logs 031002 LST Browse BSI Event List File Type fasci yyrmdd LST x as no Bae Items Scheduled by Natural log NOT RUN by BSI WAveStation Lenatt Note
341. ical order such as 01 01 99 then 01 02 99 etc After the new log is created it is automatically loaded into the Log Editor where it may be edited printed and converted into an automation log 44 Create New DEMO AM Log Build New Log for Thursday December 18 Use Log Template Normal Daily Log Template Thursday x I Create a TRIAL Log only Cancel Create Trial Log Click Logs Trial Log This generates a Trial Log for any day in the future Copy rotators are not affected After the trial log is created it is automatically loaded into the Log Editor where it may be viewed but not edited Natural Log User Manual Page 6 1 Chapter 6 Commercial Logs Delete Unschedule Logs Click Logs and select an existing Log Then click Delete to unschedule an existing Log Q Logs must be deleted in the reverse order that they were generated to be sure the Copy Rotators are restored to their original order That is the last Log should be rejected first so that the Copy Rotators will be properly restored eed DEMO AM Commercial Logs Show Logs for Station Pending Non Final Logs 3 DEMO AM Monday December 01 2003 z i Tuesday December 02 2003 aa DEMOFM Wednesday December 03 2003 Thursday December 04 2003 December 05 2003 Delete Log f T Delete UnSchedule DEMO AM Log for Friday December 05 2003 Page 6 2 Natural Log User Manual 6 01 Log Editor At the Nat
342. ice Discount Agency Net Tax Biled ose _ 667 oo 000 6 67 0 00 6 67 Reference Date Type D Te Pending Iny American National Bank 04010001 2 1 26 04 Pre Apply DEMO 4M 7C Cash Spots Prepaid Cre Click the Apply Prepayment button You can then select the prepayment credit to be applied to that invoice and the amount to apply as shown on the next page After selecting the prepayment credit amount to be applied you must click the Save Final Invoice button on the Invoice before closing the invoice screen in order for the prepayment credit to be permanently attached Continued on next page Page 8 24 Natural Log User Manual 8 07 02 Manually Apply Prepayment Credit to a Pending Invoice cont Click the Apply Prepayment button You can then select the prepayment credit to be applied to that invoice and the amount to apply Apply Prepayment Credit x Select Prepayment Credit to be applied Prepayments for 0133 American National Bank spanish Marcia Show Items with 0 balances Reference i 1 26 04 04010001 2 DEMO 4M C Cash Spots 7 DEMO 4M C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit Transfer to Pending Invoice for 0133 001 7 DEMO AM 7 C Cash Spots American National nk Adjustment Date Adjustment Description Amount to Ay Jan 26 v 26 2004 2004 Transfer Prepayment CR 04010001 2 to 0133 001 IF E 67 Reference Date Type Description
343. igital DJ command as described on the previous page and enter amp 0030 as the event description on the Natural Log Template on the line immediately after the end of the spot break and the Natural Log would send 0030 instead of the normal 0011 This will cause the AXS system to continue to the next event instead of stopping This is useful during periods of total automation without satellite Remember code 0011 is automatically sent at the end of each break unless you tell Natural Log to send code 0030 Code 0011 tells AXS to stop playing spots and return to satellite Code 0030 tells AXS to continue to the next event 0011 End of Break Example Events 0301 through 0306 shown below Standard entry in the Natural Log Template which sends 0011 at end of break to Stop play and Return to Satellite Note that no code is entered so NL8 assumes you want 0011 0030 End of Break Example Event 0313 shown below Entry in the Natural Log Template which sends 0030 at end of break to Continue to next event The next event may be music other spots etc Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help O a x D amp g s New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Lag x Monday 7 03 00 AM 7 a Scheduled Time Event Description Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Souce fe 3 17 004M amp 0053 180 secon
344. ike printed on the log page You can drag the column dividers left and right to set how wide each display column should be when the log page is printed Compress Empty Lines to Save Space on Page This removes most empty lines before the log page is printed Hide Automation Commands on Printed Log This removes all automation commands text lines beginning with amp and puts empty spaces in their place before the log is printed This helps the aesthetics of the log for human users Print Log Pages for These Hours You can select the hours for which a printed log is needed if less than all hours See inserting page breaks to force NL8 to print 1 hour per page Bottom Message for Log Page This is the small typeface message printed at the bottom of each page This can be anything you want such as operator sign on sign off text May be left blank Page 2 14 Natural Log User Manual 2 08 Invoice Affidavit Format This Document Format controls how your printed invoice looks You need to set up one Invoice Document format for each station Multi Station Document does not apply to Invoices Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats 4 DEMO AM Invoice Format Invoice Heading DEMO AM Invoice Affidavit DEN AO F i 234 ANYPLACE RD HERE CITY TX 78000 At 2 210 555 0000 NBS Paper Typ
345. ill age the amount from the date you assign to the invoice In the invoice description use something like Balance Forward as of 12 31 03 Ifyou want to carry forward an detailed month by month balances for accurate aging create a multiple invoices one for each amount that is due and date it as of the amount s due date NL8 will age each amount from the date you assign to the invoice In the invoice description use something like Aug 2003 billing Natural Log User Manual Page 7 15 This page intentionally left blank Page 7 16 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 8 Accounts Receivable Until Final Invoices are Finalized they do not show up in Accounts Receivable or on Statements To access the Accounts Receivable section of Natural Log from the main menu click Accounts Receivable You can then access the following sections Customer Accounts Browser This browser allows you to view a list of customers and their Accounts Receivable balance You can configure this browser display to suit your needs See section 8 01 of this manual Transaction Browser This browser allows you to view a list of all Accounts Receivable transactions entered in NL8 in a specified date range You can configure this browser display to suit your needs See section 8 02 of this manual Statement Generator This section of NL8 allows you to generate account statements for any selected customer s See section 8 03 of this manual
346. in which this Order Line runs Cost Per Broadcast Monday September 08 2003 z thru Wednesday December 31 2003 x Runs all Weeks 01 DEMO AM Time Range allowed for this Order Line 6 00 00 AM 7 to fi 0 00 00 AM If desired time is not listed in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format r Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Per Week Allow Front Loading T r Order Line Details Length Type 30 CA Commercial Announcement Description Note St lt it isi s sd Avail Type UnResticted Bf Position UnResticted O stst lt itsts s aS Preemption Level 1 x O Non Preemptible 9 ery Preemptible CopylD to be Played 0009 American National Bank 30 9 1 03 TFN Change El gt Save Help Cancel Allow Front Loading on Order Line If you use Spots Per Week Scheduling on an Order Line specifying the number of spots per week by putting X in the days they can run you will also be offered the option of whether to allow Front Loading for that order line This should NOT be checked except if you are using front loading See Front Loading discussion on the next page Not checking this box gives each day an equal probability of being used Natural Log User Manual Page 3 31 3 08 Complex Scheduling Options cont Front Loading Spot Schedules This is an adva
347. inance charges are compounded Users can define the description of the finance charge to be shown on the customers account statement Finance charges are now posted and aged as separate invoices so the user can decide whether to post payments to finance charges or invoices first see program options finance charges Continued on next page Page 1 16 Natural Log User Manual 1 08 01 Changes from Natural Log DOS Reports see Chapter 9 All reports are viewed on screen prior to being sent to the printer Q All reports are user configurable for sorting grouping subtotals filtering and columns to be displayed After you configure a report to your liking you can memorize the settings under a unique report name and instantly recall those report settings by selecting that report under memorized reports Q All reports can be exported to text or delimited files for import into any other Windows program such as spreadsheet database etc They can be printed any Windows printer or to Adobe Acrobat PDF files for easy emailing Q New reports include a Bulk Contract Fulfillment report Log reports and TaxDue reports Some reports such as the Rates Reports have been reconfigured to make them more usable Q The reports section may also be used to print mailing labels and envelopes for customers Data Backup see Chapter 11 The Natural Log for Windows data file is very large It should not be backed up to floppy discs due t
348. individual runtimes which are shown on invoices See Account Statements Adjacency This is a commercial avail that occurs immediately before or after some program For example this might be an item that must run immediately before or after the news Most broadcasters charge extra for adjacencies You can set up Stand Alone avails for these items and you usually restrict the Avail Types to prevent an advertiser who did not purchase an adjacency from being logged into that avail Agency This is a person or company that places advertising on your station on behalf of a sponsor They usually provide copy as part of the service they render to the advertiser In exchange they are usually allowed an Agency Commission discount on the gross invoice amount They collect the full amount from the advertiser and pay the station the net amount Agency Commission This is the commission of the Gross invoice amount allowed for an agency purchase Gross minus Agency Commission Net Note If other Discounts are given the agency commission is based on the Discounted Gross invoice amount AlphaNumeric Data Field This is a data field in Natural Log 8 that can contain any combination of numbers letters and punctuation Avails In NL8 Log Templates any line with on it This indicates one item from a Broadcast Order may be scheduled into that slot There are 2 types of avails Commercial Breaks and Stand Alone avails Nat
349. ine Per Day Be sure you put the number of spots to be run for ALL days of the week so NL8 will know how many spots should run when that Special Event runs If you put 0 under a day that the Special Event runs no items will be scheduled because NL8 does not know how many spots to run Example If 2 spots are to run in a ball game put 2 as the number of spots for every day of the week Other Restrictions All other restrictions Such as Avail Type Restrictions apply to linked order lines Page 3 30 Natural Log User Manual 3 08 Complex Scheduling Options cont Spots Per Week Spot Scheduling and Normal Spot Scheduling Normal Scheduling Defined When entering an order most stations tell NL how many spots to run per day within each date time period This is Normal Scheduling Spots Per Week Scheduling Defined Some stations enter the order line to specify how many spots per week to run but let NL decide how to distribute them within the allowed days This is done by placing an X in the Spots per day box for any day the spots may run and specifying the total number of spots per week In the example below NL8 is told to run 6 spots per week with the number per day randomly selected within the days Wed Thu Fri Unless you use Front Loading each day will have an equal probability of being selected This is an advanced function of NL8 and should be used with caution Order Line 0002 003 01 American National Bank r Date Range
350. ine Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday 7 12 00 AM 12 00 00 AM amp D LW99 Set Voice 04 12 15 00 AM amp D LA Load Required StopSet 12 17 00 AM Commercial Break Must Fill x amp C9001 Overnight Weather 12 25 00 AM amp D L5 Load Optional StopSet 12 28 00 AM Commercial Break If Used Fill A x 12 30 00 AM amp D xF1 1 Execute Function 11 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 43 10 12 Computer Concepts DCS amp Maestro Automation woni Return to Music Markers Only if you are running a music format non satellite based you will need to place Return to Music markers at the end of each commercial break in the Natural Log template See your DCS Maestro LogMerge program help for information on the function of the RTM marker Placement of the RTM marker is done with a program title Be sure to put a single blank space between the and the RTM 444 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 amp E D D x v New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEM0 AM Normal Daily Log gt Monday 1200 AM 1215 00 AM amp D LA Load Required StopSet 12 17 00 AM Commercial Break x x 12 17 00 amp P RTM
351. ing this button Q Page Margin Font If you desire you can change the page margins left right and top bottom used when printing this Document You can also select a different font and or font size Warning Font sizes above 12 are not recommended because larger fonts allow too little information to be printed in a column Q Print Sample Sends a sample Production Order to the printer Page 2 12 Natural Log User Manual 2 07 Log Page Format This Document Format controls how your printed log looks You need to set up one Log Document format for each station Multi Station Document does not apply to logs Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats DEMO AM Log Page Format x Log Page Heading DEMO AM Program Log Top Message for Log Page Operator SignOn Operator SignOff Operator SignOn Operator SignOff Log Columns to be Printed Description OrderLinelD Select Columns Drag the Column Heading Dividers left or right to adjust column print width Paper Type Blank Paper 7 T Hide Automation Commands on Printed Log fi2 AM x Thru ji PM Bottom Message for Log Page I Compress Empty Lines to Save Space on Page Print Log pages for these hours x e Restore Page z Defaults Margin Font Print Sample Help Close Q Restore Default Settings You can
352. ings such as sorting and grouping columns title or filtering If you want to restore the default report format for that report click Report Restore Default Format Natural Log User Manual Page 9 11 9 08 Report Type Customer List Mailing Labels Envelopes Mail Merge Report Description This report prints a list of customers From this same report screen you may also print Customer Mailing Labels and Customer Envelopes as well as export a Mail Merge file for MS Word documents To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Customer Reports On the General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report On the Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Use the AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Sample Customer Mail Labels Report Report View Tools Help i om v Memorize Export Print Help Close Report Settings 7 Filters General _ Sot _ Revenue Customer Mail Labels Sample Allen s Ad Agency Allen Line 2 P O Box 711 Another Debut
353. intentionally left blank Page 4 18 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 5 Log Templates To access the Log Template Editor from the main NL8 menu select Logs then the Template Type you want to work with You can then use the drop down boxes to select the Station Log Template Type the Specific Log Template and the hour to be displayed 4 Log Templates e x File Edit Tools Help k x D amp x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour JDEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday 7 08 00 AM x 1 0801 8 00 00 AM NA News Adjacency 8 00 00 AM LOCAL NEWS j Local Commercial Break 60 NS News Sponsorship Local caji NS News Sponsorship Local 8 05 00 AM Commercial Break 60 NS News Sponsorship Local ai NS News Sponsorship Local 8 07 00 AM E NA News Adjacency Local 8 09 00 AM 30 WA Weather Adjacen Local 8 10 00 AM WEATHER Local E WS Weather Spnsrshi Local 8 12 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK Local 8 12 00 AM g 60 PS Prgm Sponsorship Local 8 12 00 AM a 60 PS_ Prgm Sponsorship Local 8 22 00 AM Commercial Break 5 Local is Local Local Local 8 24 00 4M SOUTH TEXAS DIGEST Network x xA 8 36 00 AM s PS Pram Sponsorship Local 8 38 00 AM Commercial Break Local a Local Local 8 39 00 AM t 30 WA Weather Adjacen Local 0 40 00 AKA VWiCATUCD Lanal a
354. ioj x File Edit Tools Help k x a D amp g New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x EEN Monday 7 E J 1 17 00 AM 1 17 00 AM Page 10 56 Natural Log User Manual 10 17 Enco DADPro32 ascii Fiat File cont Special Enco DADPro32 Commands Sometimes you may need to send other commands to DADPro32 This is accomplished using the Event Name column of the NL8 Log Templates These items are defined in the Enco DADPro32 manual so they are not redefined here Be must put one space between the right bracket and the required text description Transition Codes S Segue A AutoPlay L AutoLoad N Normal Enco Permitted Command Transition Codes NM5 Clock Text replace with Transition Code Hard Branch AorL amp T Hard Branch Hard Branch Fwd AorL amp T Hard Branch Fwd Only Soft Branch AorL amp T Soft Branch Soft Branch Fwd AorL amp T Soft Branch Fwd Only Backtime Branch Start A amp T Btime Branch Start Backtime Branch End A amp T Btime Branch End Chain A Lors amp H Name of Playlist SmartChain 1 Day A Lors amp H 1 SmartChain Playlist name SmartChain 2 Days A Lors amp H 2 SmartChain Playlist name Execute Event AorL amp E DCL Command Delay Event AorL amp D HH seconds Rotate Event A Lors amp R Auxiliary PlayList Name
355. ion and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 4 AR Aging Summary Report View Tools Help Pl o v Memorize Export Print Help Close i Settings AE Accounts Receivable Aging Report Sample _as of November 30 2003 General Sot Stations 5p Nov 2003 Oct 2009 Sep 2003 Aug 005 Frio Total 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 0 00 220 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 22 002 American National Bank 133 American National Bank spanis 102 Anytown Filley Co 005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 006 Arnolds Jewelers 007 Asap Paging 008 Baptist Bible Hour 011 Bette s Sewing Center 012 Bommer Ford 013 Bommer Tractor 015 Bordens Inc 016 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 017 Caraway Ford Mercury 142 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 019 City Utilities 020 Clothes Tree 023 Cow Palace 143 Daisy Mae s 157 Davis And Logan Insurance 025 Delta Armature 026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 153 Diversified Liquidators 027 Donnie s Western Wear And 029 Dragon Place 031 Dubose Insurance 154 E L Sanchez N33 Edwards Furniture Report Type far Aging Summary Report Format Standard Report Period Today As of November 30 2003 Aging Columns Month 7 Finance Charges Aged Include Prepaid Credit V r a a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a G a a a a w 0 o O O O O O O o O O O O O OG OG O o oO O O O O OG G o i 1 1 5 i i X f i i
356. ion 10 21 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 1 Q NexGen See section 10 23 Automation Systems Supported cont OCOUOOOCOODOODOOOCOOOCOOCOOCOD Page 10 2 Pristine CDS32 See CartWorks section 10 11 Pristine RapidFire See Generic section 10 19 Prophet Systems See section 10 23 RadioOne See section 10 32 Raduga See section 10 37 RCS Log See section 10 25 RDS Phantom See section 10 26 Rivendell Automation See section 10 41 RushWorks MasterPlay See section 10 39 Salsa amp Systemation Scott Studios SS32 DSS AXS3 systems Smartcaster Smarts Skylla SoundBox Spartamation Automation Synergy StationPlayList TuneTracker Waitt Radio Network STORQ Wide Orbit Radio Automation WireReady Natural Log User Manual See section 10 27 See section 10 28 See section 10 29 See section 10 29 See section 10 35 See section 10 18 See section 10 38 See section 10 44 See section 10 30 See section 10 32 See section 10 28 See section 10 21 10 01 Sending a Log to Automation To send the commercial log to automation the Natural Log system daily log must have been generated and edited if necessary The log is converted using the Convert Log Convert Log Automation Log menu in the Log Editor to the proper format on a floppy disc or across a LAN to the automation system lt 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type 8S WaveStation Sim
357. ion 10 32 BTSG Gen lV automation 10 34 Bulk contracts Apply an order to 3 16 Entering 3 44 Fulfillment report 9 22 C Calculator amp Calendar 11 7 Calendar Month Billing Cycle 3 10 3 17 Defined 12 2 CartReady automation 10 60 CartWorks automation 10 37 Classic Hollywood TV 10 88 to 10 89 Closed customer accounts 3 7 Co Op scripts Affidavit required 3 18 Copy manager 4 2 Natural Log User Manual Page 12 11 Natural Log Manual Index References are Chapter Page C continued Commercial breaks Avails 5 9 Auto Filling to exact length 3 29 Defined 12 3 Mandatory Fill Code 5 9 12 5 If Used Fill Code 5 9 12 5 Commercial logs see logs Commissions on orders 3 19 Complex copy scheduling Copy substitution 4 11 Copy packet in schedule 4 14 Copy packet in rotator 4 16 Copy rotator in schedule 4 13 Complex order scheduling options Alternating weeks 3 28 Front loading 3 32 Link to special event template 3 29 Macros 3 34 to 3 40 Specified weeks 3 28 Spots Per Week scheduling 3 31 Computer Concepts DCS Automation 10 40 Confirm a broadcast order 3 13 ControlReady Automation 10 68 Converting from Natural Log DOS 1 12 Copy manager Chapter 4 Copy 4 2 Complex copy scheduling 4 10 to 4 17 Missing copy report 9 17 Packets 4 4 Rotators 4 6 Schedules 4 8 Scripts 4 2 to 4 3 ScriptID 4 3 Usable dates 4 2 Credit limit Customer settings 3 9 Prohibit new orders 2 3 Customers Account Brow
358. ion 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 24 Invoices Detail Report View Tools Help Hee ea m Report Settings Filters Invoiced Sales Report Sample for the period 9 1 03 through 9 30 04 Sponsor _ Discounts 03090001 DEMO FM 0146 001 15t Anr 93 00 0 00 0 00 93 00 0 00 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdcstrs 93 00 0 00 0 00 93 00 0 00 03090002 DEMO AM 0112 001 Tci Cat 58 30 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cat 220 00 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas 278 30 Report Format Standard hd Report Type Invoices Detail hd Report Period Custom Dates x From Sep z o 2003 x tof Sep gt 30 2004 03090004 DEMO AM 0001 003 Allen s 03100001 DEMO 4M 0001 005 Talent 0001 Allen s Body Tech 03090005 DEMO AM 0002 001 Americ 03090006 DEMO AM 0002 003 Americ 03090007 DEMO AM 0002 004 Americ 0002 American National Bank 03090008 DEMO A4M 0133 001 Americ 0133 American National Bank spi General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See saving customized report formats and restore
359. ions invoices and statements in a common format that your customers can print and you can be sure all print formatting and graphics will be preserved E mail a PDF file If you have e mail capability on the NL8 computer you can e mail PDF files directly from NL8 order confirmation screen invoice screen and statement screen Just click the e mail button on one for those screens and your e mail program will start up and send a PDF copy of the displayed document Also see e mail NL8 Documents Page 11 6 Natural Log User Manual 11 06 Tools Calendar amp Calculator The tools on the following pages are available from the Tools menu on many NL8 screens Note that some items are not available on all screens if they do not apply to that screen Calendar This will display a small calendar that you can configure to display any Calendar Month or Standard Broadcast Month If you need to see the corresponding day of year for any day of the month hold the mouse completely still over the date cell do not click the mouse button Calendar Month Jan 2004 fin v 2004 v Calendar Month X Sun Mon Tue Wed Tha Fi Sat Reminders Print Close Hover the mouse over a date cell for day of year Calculator This will display the Windows calculator Edit View Help Pe one ce e wel rf of of 1 oa wal fs of x ws of 2 of fom wef off ff Natural Log
360. ir Avail Types don t match the order Avail Type The Required Spot Separation on the Customer Account or Order is too large and there are other items from the same customer or order nearby on the same log There is an item with a conflicting Product Code scheduled too close on the log In the Log Editor look under Tools Log TroubleShooter to see the errors encountered by the log generator as it generated that day s log PROBLEM Slow operation POSSIBLE CAUSES This is inherent in a Windows system as compared to a DOS system SOLUTION Get a faster computer and end all processes running in Windows background Natural Log User Manual Page 1 11 1 08 Converting from Natural Log DOS For this data conversion to work NL8 Windows must have direct access to the actual NLDos data That is NL8 and NLDos must be on the same computer OR NL8 must be able to access the NLDos TRAFFIC FILES folder across a network Doing a Data Backup in NLDos and a Data Restore in NL8 will not work because the backup files are different formats If you are upgrading from Natural log for DOS you can read the Natural Log for DOS database into your new Natural Log for Windows From the Natural Log for Windows Main Screen click Data Convert from NLDos w Convert NLDOS Data to Sample NLWin Iof x Import from C Tratfic Browse Import as DataBase Name Sample Next to the Import FileName Box click Browse to find the Natural Log DOS
361. is Pipe Delimited output log is now the standard way NL8 talks to Simian so it can handle filenames longer than 8 characters There is another NL8 export which matches the format used in the NL DOS version to talk to WaveStation Simian but that format is limited to no more than 8 characters in the audio cut filenames See WaveStation Simian Import Filter in section 10 08 04 To use the new Simian Pipe Delimited format within Simian you need to use the Simian Setup Program Setup Log Import function WaveStation Options Playbeck __Intemet SevialComm General Record Pathe Log Import Import Format Traffic Music Alternate Position Dependent Position Delimited oe fi Delimiting Character fi Time 2 Name 3 Enter delimiting character or tab then enter a position number L h Example If CUE is the third item in a line separated by commas enter a engt 4 comma in the above box and 3 in the Cue box Category 5 Desc fe Test Set Test File Jl Status Cue_ Scheduled Actual Name Length Categor Description Comi Put AutoStep marks on all events s Ch X Automatically save import log as a Program Log _Saye Changes ae Cancel Done Click Delimited file format Enter as the delimiter Enter each item as described below and click Save before exiting the screen Item Col z Cue 1 Time 2 Name 3 7 Length 4 Category 5 z Description 6 Q Be
362. is as the path to all your audio files names CopylD s When using this option all your audio files must reside in the same folder Log Reconciliation not supported for m3u Logs If the vendor will provide play log specs we will support reconciliation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyy m3u where mm month dd day yy year 110295 m3u is the Log for 11 02 95 Continued on next page Page 10 64 Natural Log User Manual 10 20 m3u List Automation Log File icon Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching playing liners etc from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the full pathname filename including extension in the Event description NL8 system will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters after the amp Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Assume you want to play a cut named C Audio Weather mp3 You would enter this in the NL log templates as shown on event 0129 below Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O x D amp New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 01 00AM 1 53
363. is automation log is in RCS standard format and can be imported in RCS Selector Linker We cannot assist you in configuring the Selector Linker program to read this file please contact RCS for Linker support Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 444 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Generic Text Me Automation Log FileName C Temp 100203t1 log Browse i Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The Natural Log RCS automation log export can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters however some automation systems are further limited Log Reconciliation is Not Supported for RCS The Natural Log system does not reconcile RCS play logs at this time If the vendor will provide play log specs we will support reconciliation Station Number E Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file LGyymmdd mm is month dd is day yy is year is the automation station number LG110295T 001 is Send Log 11 02 95 for station1 Input reconcile log file Not supported Page 10 72 Natural Log User Manual 10 25 RCS Automation Log con Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter
364. is will work with any of the automation commands just use the amp when entering the event description on the Natural Log Template followed by the BTSG category a dash then the cut ID then at least one space and an optional description Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Gen IV Rotator Example Event 0019 shown below Assume you want to run a BTSG rotator named LINERS going into the break You could make the entry shown on event 0019 below in the Natural Log Templates This would a cut from the BTSG Gen IV LINER rotator immediately before the commercial break Note the use of ROT as the BSTG category Gen lV Network Join Example Event 0027 shown below Assume you want to join a network at the top of the hour for news for 5 minutes You could make this entry in the Natural Log templates Note the use of NET as the BSTG category and the cut ID is the network ID as specified in BSTG Note the forces a hard sync in BTSG To make it a soft sync use the as in NET XABC lt a Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help O x D amp x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 12 00 AM 7 10 12 37 004M amp ROT LINER 10 12 37 00 4M Commercial Break 2 30 x 12 40 00 AM
365. ist Setting Column Widths Directly on a Browser screen you may drag the column separators left or right to adjust the column widths Natural Log will remember the most recent column settings Natural Log User Manual Page 11 13 This page intentionally left blank Page 11 14 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Glossary of Terms Account Rep Natural log refers to radio ad sales personnel who work for the station as Account Reps Accounts Receivable The unpaid amount customers owe you Accounts Receivable Adjustment A transaction you enter in NL8 to reflect an increase Debit or decrease Credit in the amount a customer owes you other than a payment received or an invoice issued This could be the result of a bad debt write off a trade credit or a debit to record a returned check Accounts Receivable Aging Report This report shows the unpaid balance for each customer as of the report date It does not show total sales only the remaining unpaid balance To report total sales use the invoiced sales report under Reports Transactions Accounts Receivable Reconciliation Report This report shows the beginning balance plus invoiced sales less payments received plus or minus adjustments to show the end of period balance Account Statement An account statement in NL8 shows all activity on a customer account within the specified period including prior balances payments invoices and adjustments It does not show
366. isted in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format m Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Per Week Allow Front Loading Iv r Order Line Details Length Type 30 CA Commercial Announcement E Description Note See stst s s sSY Avail Type UrResticted f Position UnResticted st i tt lt Cstsi s sS Preemption Level 1 O Non Preemptible 9 Very Preemptible CopylD to be Played 0009 American National Bank 30 9 1 03 TFN Save Help Cancel Continued on next page Page 3 32 Natural Log User Manual 3 08 Complex Scheduling Options cont Day Weights for Front Loading Spots Per Week Schedules The amount of Front Load weighting is set by the user in Setup Administrator Controls Program Options 44 Sample Program Options Program Options Data Options Prompt for EXTERNAL Data Backup After fi v Days without a Backup Do automatic INTERNAL Data BackUp Daily Keep Broadcast Orders for 5 Years after expiration Keep Logs for 2 Years after Broadcast Keep R Transactions for 5 x Years after closing Required Review Approvals BEFORE an Order may be Logged JV Sales Manager I Traffic Director Accounting Manager Only Reviewers may revise Order after review approval I Prohibit new Order entry after Credit Limit is exceeded Day Weights
367. item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description Log Templates olx File Edit Tools Help D x D D amp g xy New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7 02 00 AM x 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x 3 3 ae 2 3 x amp 0009 Overnight weather 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 62 Natural Log User Manual 10 19 01 Generic Text Automation Log File Format Generic Text Automation Log Format The file is straight ASCII with no page breaks no formfeeds no headers and no graphics NL DOS format lines are 78 characters long plus a Carriage Return Line Feed total 80 characters per record NL8 Windows format lines are 90 characters long plus a Carriage Return Line Feed total 92 characters per record Both formats are provided in NL8 because some automation systems can only import the NL DOS format limited to CopylD s 8 characters or less Please call Natural Software with any questions about these file formats The file name is mmddyrT LOG where mm Month 05 for May dd Day 01 for the first yr Year 95 for 1995
368. ith this information you or the automation vendor should be able to configure the automation reader module to read and import our log file At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Dalet et Automation Log FileName pera 22006 l0g Browse Help Convert Automation Log Type Dslet NL DOS format X Automation Log FileName pere 22006 l0g Browse g Help Convert Cut Numbers The Natural Log Dalet NL DOS format export filter can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters 44 Create Automation Log The Natural Log Dalet export filter can use any cut numbers names up to 20 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters Log Reconciliation is Supported for Dalet The Natural Log system does reconcile with Dalet s BCR log Page 10 110 Natural Log User Manual 10 43 Dalet Automation ony Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyyy LOG mm is month dd is day yyyy is year 11021995 LOG is Send Log 11 02 95 for station1 Input reconcile log file yyyymmdd BCR yyyy is year mm is month dd is day Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and t
369. its or minutes sold depending on your selection for Report Basis Inventory Total Prints a report showing total avails on your Log Template in each selected daypart for each log Report columns show of units or minutes depending on your selection for Report Basis Inventory Sold vs UnSold Prints a report showing both sold and unsold avails in each selected daypart for each log Report columns show or of units or minutes sold and unsold depending on your selection for Report Basis Inventory Sold vs Total Prints a report showing both sold and total Log Template avails in each selected daypart for each log Report columns show or of units or minutes sold and unsold depending on your selection for Report Basis Inventory Avg Rate Prints a report showing the average rate for all items logged in each selected daypart for each log Inventory Total Cost Prints a report showing the total valuew logged of all items logged in each selected daypart for each log General Tab Report Basis D Q Q Q Units of commercial units or avails on Log Template Units of total avails on Log Template Minutes Minutes of commercial spots or avails on Log template Minutes of total available minutes on Log Template General Tab Include Avail Types You can restrict the report to include only specific avail types such as sponsorships General Tab Include Preemption Levels You can restrict the report to include only Order
370. ived This could be the result of a bad debt write off or a trade credit Date Selector When you click a date selection dropdown box you ll see a calendar for picking the date To select a date use the arrows around the month to select the month the arrows around the year to select the year then click in the cell containing the desired day of month You can also use the up arrow down arrow page up up month and page down down month keys on the keypad to navigate the calendar To switch between Calendar Month and Broadcast Month display click the small button in the upper left corner of the dropdown display You can set the default display type in Program Options Natural Log User Manual Page 12 3 Natural Log Glossary of Terms Date Formatting NL8 prints dates on documents such as Invoices and Statements using the Windows date format and regional settings you designate in the Windows Control Panel Debit Adjustment An accounts receivable transaction you enter in NL8 to reflect an increase in the amount a customer owes you other an invoice being issued This could be the result of a debit to record a returned check Demand Billing Cycle Should almost never be used This Billing Cycle tells NL8 to generate an invoice for this order only when the NL8 user specifically selects the order to be billed Note If you select All billing cycles in the Broadcast Invoices section NL8 will generate an invoice once per calendar mo
371. ke Meyers And Assoc Page 2 24 Natural Log User Manual 2 14 Avail Type Setup To enter or edit an Avail Type from the Main Menu select Setup Avail Types 44 Sample Avail Type Setup File Tools Help Ola x amp lt New Open Delete Print Help Close Sort List by JAvailT ype Description Double Click on Avail Type Description to Edit ID Avail Type Description 45 Auction Sponsor Dallas Cowboys Spons Drive Time News Spns Market Report Sponso Midday News Spnsr News Adjacency News Sponsorship Paul Harvey Adjacenc Paul Harvey Spnsr Pram Sponsorship Rr Type vails Sports Sponsor Weather Adjacency Using Avail Types Avail Types allow you to reserve certain avail slots in your log formats for specific sponsor or spot types Then during Order entry you can enter the Avail Type on the schedule entry line This will force that spot to be logged into an avail slot with the specified Avail Type When building the Log Formats or entering Orders the Avail Type is always left blank for normal non restricted avail slots Avail Type Example Suppose you want to reserve particular avail slots in your Log Templates skeleton logs for Weather Sponsors and you decide to assign WS as the Avail Type for weather sponsorship avails Inthe Log Templates you would enter WS in the TYPE column n the Traffic Orders section you d also enter WS in the AVAIL TYPE column This will force al
372. ket 2 consists of cuts 1002 and 1003 substituting for each other at 10AM each day Each Packet runs 50 of the main Rotator but because cut 1003 is the only cut that can run after 10AM on both Packets it will run anytime either Packet is called for after 10AM Step 1 Create a Packet named P0002 005A or any unique CopylD and insert CopylD 1001 on the 1st line of the Packet set to run before 10AM Insert 1003 into the 2nd line of the Packet set to run after 10AM Append Item Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item M CopylD Copy Description Copy Day Date Time Usage Restrictions 1001 American National Bank 30 12 00 AM gt 09 59 AM 1003 American National Bank 30 10 00 4M gt 11 59 PM Copy Packet Contents 02 Step 2 Create a Packet named P0002 005B or any unique CopylD and insert CopylD 1002 on the 1st line of the Packet set to run before 10AM Insert 1003 into the 2nd line of the Packet and set it to run after 10AM Append Item Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item 1002 American National Bank 30 12 00 AM gt 09 59 AM 1003 American National Bank 30 10 00 AM gt 11 59 PM Copy Packet Contents a Example continued on next page Page 4 16 Natural Log User Manual 4 05 Complex Copy Example 4 Example continued from previous page Copy Varies Based on Time of Day Day of Week with Part of Day Running a Rotator Step 3 Create a Rotator named R0002 005 or any u
373. l Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DemoAM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 01 00 AM aa 10 1 00 00 4M amp 0002 LegallD 1 00 00 4M amp OP_BREAK 1 15 00 4M Commercial Break x x Natural Log User Manual Page 10 125 10 49 03 Sending Commands from NL8 Templates to OpX cont Tell OpX Automation to Execute Non Audio OpX Categories OpX uses several different categories for things that can be scheduled on its log Non Audio categories do things other than play an audio file These can be placed directly in the Event Description column of the NL8 log templates as follows Q Start with amp Q Follow Immediately with the Category within brackets Q Follow immedtaiely by the Q Code is assumed if Q not entered Q Atleast 1 blank space Q The name of the command or command parameters to be used by OpX To save space on the log event line you may insert just the first character within brackets of certain standard categories These standard categories with abbreviations in Natural Log are Natural Log OpX Abbreviation Category Meaning amp R REC Record no longer used amp T TEXT Display Text amp M MACRO Execute a Macro amp LOG LOG Load a Day s Log amp A APP Run an Application amp L LIST Execute a List amp C COMMENT Comment Line Back Time Macro Example Event 2301 shown below In the example below event 2302 i
374. l DJ tm BE CORE AudioVault Pipe Delimited BSI Simian or WaveStation Bsi OpX BTSG Automax BTSG Generation IV CartReady CartWorks Classic Hollywood automation log output file Computer Concepts DCS ControlReady Dalet Deyan Digicenter Digital Broadcast Mediabank Digital JukeBox system Digital Universe system Dinesat system Enco DAD Custom Filter Enco DADPro32 ASCII Flat File EZ Broadcaster EZ 2000 Automation Format Sentry Harris ADC100 Automation Google Radio Automation Generic Text automation log output file JockeyPro automation m3u List Maestro MasterPlay Matco MediaTouch MusicReady See section 10 03 See section 10 40 See section 10 07 See Generic section 10 19 See section 10 05 See section 10 06 See section 10 04 See section 10 08 See Section 10 49 See section 10 09 See section 10 10 See WireReady section 10 21 See section 10 11 See section 10 35 See section 10 12 See WireReady section 10 21 See section 10 43 See section 10 48 See section 10 13 See section 10 46 See section 10 14 See section 10 15 See section 10 47 See section 10 16 See section 10 17 See section 10 18 See section 10 12 See section 10 31 See section 10 28 See section 10 19 See section 10 34 See section 10 20 See section 10 12 See section 10 39 See section 10 36 See section 10 21 See WireReady sect
375. l Log User Manual 10 23 NexGen Automation cont Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 LO0G is Send Log 11 02 95 for station Output send log file for the NexGen AutoLoad version mmddyr trf mm is month dd is day yr is year 1110295 trf is Send Log 11 02 95 for station Input reconcile log file T mmddyy ver is station number mm is month dd is day yr is year T1110295 ver is reconciliation Log 11 02 95 for station 1 Configure the NexGen log import filter Note NL Windows users cannot use the NexGen predefined log import template named Natural Log That import format will only work with Natural Log DOS All other position definitions should be set to position 0 Description 32 24 CutNumber 17 3 SpotNumber 10 6 Verify Sequence 87 4 LogTime Hour Pos 1 LogTime MinPos 4 NexGen Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates enter amp followed by the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Block Example Event 0211 shown below Block numbers for NexGen can be entered in the event description column of NL8 log templates by entering amp BLOCK space and as shown at event 0211 Play Non Commercial AudioCut Ex
376. l Log User Manual 8 02 A R Transaction Browser From the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable Transaction Browser This browser allows you to view an on screen filtered or unfiltered list of all Accounts Receivable transactions entered in NL8 in a date range You can open any transaction directly from this browser by double clicking the transaction 4 Sample Transaction Browser i x File Edit Browser Settings Help d amp g vA View Transaction Find Transaction Print List Help Close AJR Transactions for Station s Revenue Type s for Account Repls Sort List By fal Stations x far Revenue Types x far Account Reps x Referencett x Refresh Custom Dates OR Specified Dates From September 01 2003 to September 30 2003 Transactions Reference Date Tope Station CustiD Sponsor BilingName Description 09 30 2003 INV DEMO AM 0146 1StAnn Hispanic Brdestrs Awd Marisa B DEMO AM 0146 001 15t Ann Hispanic Brd 93 00 03090002 09 30 2003 DEMO AM Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Abx Cable DEMO 4M 0112 001 Abs Cablevision Of Te 03090003 09 30 2003 DEMO AM Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Abx Cable DEMO 4M 0112 002 Abs Cablevision Of Te 03090004 09 30 2003 DEMO AM Allen s Body Tech 7 Allen s Ad Agency DEMO AM 0001 003 Allen s Body Tech 03090005 09 30 2003 DEMO FM American National Bank Bright Star Agen DEMO FM 0002 001 American National Bar 03090006 09 30 2003 DEMO AM American National Bank Bright Star
377. l schedule lines on which you have placed the WS Avail Type to be logged only into avail slots on the Log Template with the matching WS Avail Type See Also Log Templates Order Line Entry Natural Log User Manual Page 2 25 2 15 Product Code Setup To enter or edit a Product Code from the Main Menu select Setup Product Codes This section allows you to enter meaningful names for your Product Codes and set the required protection for spots that advertise each type of product Sample Product Code Setup File Tools Help O x amp v New Delete Print Help Close Sort List by ProductCode Description x Select Product Code r Edit Product Code 25 ID_ Product Code Description Protection Description 25 Air Conditioning 1 per Break ist a Attorneys 60 Minutes air Conditioning Auto Parts 1 per Break Pte Automobile Dealers 1 per Break PESAS Banks 1 per Break 1 per Break v Body Shops 1 per Break Chamber Of Commerce 1 per Break Christian Supplies 1 per Break Clothing 1 per Break Communications tel 1 per Break Construction 1 per Break Make any changes for this Product Code in the above boxes Changes are automatically saved Using Product Codes These allow you to protect similar products from appearing together on the log Then during order entry you put 1 or 2 Product Codes on the Order Natural Log will then provide the r
378. l your audio files names CopylD s When using this option all your audio files must reside in the same folder Log Reconciliation is supported for Raduga It is the user s responsibility to obtain a LOG file from Raduga using the Raduga Tools menu NL8 can then reconcile played items against scheduled items and record actual runtimes for affidavits Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file yyyymmdd INI where yyyy year mm month dd day 19951102 INI is the schedule for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file yyyy mm dd LOG where yyyy year mm month dd day 1995 1 1 02 LO0G is the playback log for 11 02 95 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 97 10 37 Raduga Automation Log ony Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching playing liners etc from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the full pathname filename including extension in the Event description NL8 system will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters after the amp Play Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Assume you want to play a cut named C Audio Weather mp3 You would enter this in the NL log templates as shown on event 0129 below Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Execute a Raduga Command Assume you want to stop playback This is done by inserting stop as the filename in Raduga This
379. ley Co O006 Arnolds Jewelers 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0012 Bommer Ford 0013 Bommer Tractor 0019 City Utilities 0157 Davis And Logan Insurance 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0027 Donnie s Western Wear And 0031 Dubose Insurance 0122 Farmer s Insurance 0158 Ferrell Gas Co 0040 First Baptist Church 0043 First United Methodist Church f PRERE ERN Oi Men nt then Sort by Sponsor hed 44 IV Group Subtotals J Group PageBreat Sort Group By Use the first Sort dropdown box to select the data column to be used as the primary sort column for the list Any items with matching entries in the primary sort data column are then sorted by the column selected in the second Sort dropdown box Any items with matching entries in the primary and secondary sort data columns are then sorted by the column selected in the third sort dropdown box Ascending or Descending The buttons to right of the Sort boxes allow you to sort in Ascending or Descending order Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 9 3 9 01 Sorting and Grouping Reports cont i Sample Sales Projection Summary Report x Report View Tools Help m o v Memorize Export Print Help Close Sales Projection Report Sample for the period Oct 2003 through Mar 2004 General Sort m Report Settings 7 Filters This report is based on Net BOOKED ORDERS and may vary from actual invoices if some items not aired
380. lighted Order Line Q You can use the Delete Order Line button to delete a piece of copy Warning You will not be permitted to delete any Order Line if it has logged 1 or more items since all logged items must be attached to an Order Line If this is the case and you want to the Order Line to stop running change the Order Line end date Beginning on the next page of this manual is detailed information about how to schedule items for broadcast Natural Log User Manual Page 3 23 3 07 Broadcast Order Line Entry Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab The Schedule tab displays the order lines that actually schedule the broadcasts Click New Order Line or Edit Order Line to open the scheduling screen 4 Order Line 0002 001 01 American National Bank Date Range in which this Order Line runs Tuesday September 02 2003 thru Wednesday December 31 2003 x La oa Runs all Weeks X 02 DEMO FM Time Range allowed for this Order Line 1 00 00 PM to 1 04 00 PM x If desired time is not listed in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format m Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Per We Pat oP oe oP oe ae ee r Order Line Details Length Type 30 CA CommercialAnnouncement E Description Note Sponsorship 0 Avail Type
381. ll sequentially play the spots in the break after the prior event ends SKIP TO TIME and Start After Current event ends Example Event 0306 shown below Assume you need to have a commercial break about 03 17 00 AM and you want OpX to skip any unplayed music or other cuts and cue up the commercial break so it is the next to start after 03 17 00 AM See the example at log template event 0306 below The amp OPX_BREAK tells the Natural Log to send the as the Q start code to OpX for the next commercial break only OpX will skip ahead at 03 28 00 AM and after whatever is currently playing ends will play the spots if any in the break that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0307 through 0309 Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help O amp oo D D x g x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday x 03 00 AM x 3 07 00 AM amp OP _BREAK 3 07 00 4M Commercial Break Display Help x 3 17 00 4M amp OPX_BREAK 3 17 00 4M Commercial Break ah 3 28 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 28 00 4M Commercial Break y 3 37 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 37 00 4M Commercial Break x 3 55 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 35 00 4M Commercial Break x x Continued on next page Page 10 130 Natural Log User Manual 10 4
382. log a x Convert Cancel Wide Orbit Google Scott SS32 Cut Numbers The Wide Orbit Google SS32 systems can use cart numbers from DA0001 to DA9999 but they also use Categories There can be duplicated DA H s in different categories which means that cut DA0034 from category COM is not the same as cut DA0034 from category PSA This conflicts with NL8 s need to see a unique CopylD for each audio cut Therefore when creating CopylD s for NL8 use CAT DA HH as the CopylD In place of CAT put the 3 letter SS32 category a dash then the DA If you fail to put a dash in the CopylD NL8 will use the LogType box on the order line as the Google SS32 category Log Reconciliation is supported for Wide Orbit Google SS32 Use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor to read the Aired Log from automation You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Normally you enter ALL in the Aired Log Category s box in NL8 log reconciliation but if you have duplicated cut numbers in different categories you may want to limit the categories included You can remove ALL and put in the audio cut category s to be included separated by commas Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file yrmmdd LOG yr year mm month dd day
383. low the following program to make changes to this computer You must answer YES to allow and provide an administrator password if you aren t an administrator on the computer Natural Log will initially start up in fully functioning evaluation mode except for a small demo warning on printed invoices that allows NL8 to be used for a period of 60 days without an unlocking key for those who want to try it before buying a software license To use NL8 in evaluation mode click Continue Evaluation on the NL8 startup screen After this 60 day period Natural Log will require registration and entry of a software key If you have purchased a license for Natural Log please register it immediately to activate your free technical support To register your copy of Natural log and obtain a software key from the main menu click Help Register Natural Log and fill in the required registration information 2 Natural Log version 8 0 0 Registration Form Warning To unlock Natural Log 8 on a Windows NT Windows 2000 or Windows XP computer you must be logged on with Administrator privileges Registrant Information Your Name Lary Tschihat Company Name Natural Software Street Address 2929 Mossrock Suite 206 City State ZipCode JSan Antonio TX 78230 Phone Number ja 0 349 5808 ja 0 344 7567 e mail Address Jinfo natsoftcom sts NL8 obtained from dealer name Natural Software Natural Log CD Serial 234 CO of Stations using this copy of
384. lp Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DemoAM x Normal Daily Log 7 Monday x 01 00 AM x 1 45 00 AM amp OP_BREAK 1 45 00 4M Commercial Break amp Weather iJingle The amp WEATHER on event 0119 tells OpX to automatically segue to start that event due to the at the end of the name The amp JINGLE1 shows an alternate way of accomplishing the same automatic segue with no Q Code at all With no Q Code entered NL always assumes automatic segue Page 10 128 Natural Log User Manual 10 49 06 BSI OpX Q Codes cont Specifying Q Codes on OpX Commands Sent From NL8 If you need to send one of the other Q Codes on a text command sent from NL8 to OpX the easiest way is to simply put the code at the end of the command or cut to be played on the Natural Log Template This will tell OpX how that event should be triggered Specifying the Q on a Text Command Line Example You have a legal ID you always want to run at the top of the hour without interrupting the currently running audio In the Natural Log Templates Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help O amp al D D x g x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM 7 baza Daily Log Monday x i 1 1 00 00 AM amp 0002 LegallD 1 00 00 AM A OPX_BREAK 1 15 00 AM Commerci
385. m 03090010 Bil EJ Enter Adjustment Adjustment a ustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description eal Oct 27 E 27 2004 2004 DR Debit Adjustment NSF Returned Check jd Type Description S Amount 03090010 EEE DEMO AM 0102 001 Shiner Filley Co 200 00 04100002 10 27 04 Apply PrePayment 04100001 2 to Inv 0309001 200 00 Pending 10 27 04 A F Debit Adjustment 220 00 2 x Save Adjustment Help Cancel Natural Log User Manual Page 8 17 8 06 02 Writing Off Bad Debts Occasionally you may know a customer will never pay so you need to write off the debt as a bad debt To handle this in NL8 enter a BAD Bad Debt Write Off credit as follows zero out the amount to be written off From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen You must select the invoice or prepayment item to be adjusted and click Continue If the item you need to adjust is not listed click the Show Items with 0 Balances checkbox to see all items for the selected customer Alternatively you can enter an adjustment directly onto an invoice by opening the invoice to be adjusted and clicking the Enter Adjustment button You can open the invoice from Reports the Transaction Browser from the individual customer account screen using the
386. m a Broadcast Order Note this default Category value can be changed on the NL8 Automation Conversion screen To send a Category on an individual logged item other than the default Category from a Broadcast Order enter the Category using amp Category in the Label field of the Copy Manager and schedule the CopylD to run on an order Live Copy Example You want Simian to pop open a TEXT file so an announcer can read some live copy Assume you use CopylD ABCCOPY In Natural Log Copy Manager you d enter the label for Spot ABCDEF as amp TEXT ABCCOPY1 Be sure to put the space between the amp TEXT and the ABCCOPY1 Text file named ABCCOPY1 will be displayed by Simian whenever CopyID ABCCOPY is scheduled by a Natural Log broadcast Order lt a Copy ABCCopy amp TEXT ABCCopy File Print Tools Help E n Q a M Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy Infomation Copy belongs to 0000 Shared Copy ID gt Label TEXT ABCCopy Length Co Op E Ea Voice Customer s Script ID a en Status ok z Usable Dates Jan 20 2004 through TFN z Page 10 26 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 06 BSI Simian Q Codes Simian automation uses codes designated as Q in Simian to determine how an event starts or is triggered Natural Log will insert these in the Log file The is always sent as the Q unless you send another Q Code as shown on the next page Segues after pri
387. make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Page 10 104 Natural Log User Manual 10 40 Arrakis Digilink XTReme won Digilink Command Example Event 0101 shown below The command to switch to source 3 may be code So3 in the Digilink You would enter this as amp So3 in the event description column in the NL8 Log Templates This will work with any of the Digilink commands just use the amp when entering the event description on the Natural Log Template In this example we included Source3 ON only to make it readable to humans Digilink only needs amp So3 Digilink Command Sequence Example Event 0110 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then switch to Source 2 then play a closer cut 2002 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the following entry in the Natural Log Templates lt 4 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 amp E D x R vA New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Sample AM x Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 01 00 AM x 1 00 00 M amp S003 Source 3 ON Air 1 17 00 AM amp FBREAK 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break x x a
388. mation Log Type Raduga hd Automation Log Send Path C T emp Browse Automation Log Read Path ha Browse When reconciling Play Log match items that play within eo x minutes of Logged Time DEMO AM Logging Options IV Attempt to equalize commercial loads between hours when generating log I Prohibit Same Announcer Voice Back to Back D Prohibit Live or Call in Spots Back to Back DEMO AM Return Address Optional Logo DEMO AM 1234 ANYPLACE RD ANYWHERE CITY TX 78000 vga pe ff 210 555 0000 DEMO AM Document Setup Order Cofaton Production Order Log Invoice Statement Done Station Call Sign Name This is how the station is identified within the Natural log system and each station must have a unique identifier You may rename the station at any time without affecting anything already entered in NL but you will have to manually modify the station return address on the NL station document settings if you rename the station Deactivating a Station You can t delete any station that has 1 or more transactions in the Natural Log system These transactions may include Customer Account assignments running Orders or any billing or collection items assigned to this Station This deletion prohibition maintains the referential database integrity and assures that all items are properly accounted for in the historical accounting records Solution Instead of deleting a discontinued stati
389. me you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description lt a Log Templates Jof x File Edit Tools Help O x D D amp g s New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday x 02 00 AM x Event Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 3 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 Must Fill x x z amp 0009 Overnight Weather 3 3 3 3 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 90 Natural Log User Manual 10 34 JockeyPro Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log NL8 converts to a native JockeyPro log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for this automation system log
390. mediately after the amp otherwise sync will be assumed to be blank If the sync code were to be then you could enter amp JIN DA1234 Q When sending automation commands to these automation systems always separate the Category and DA number with a dash If no category such as with commands do not include the dash and just put the command identifier Q After at least 1 blank space to designate the end of the cut you can put a description in the format Title Artist Trivia Intro EndType separated by commas If you do not want to use all fields just put commas with no entry for the unused fields up to the fields s you do want to use Q You may include a cut length by placing it after the Description using the format mm ss Example amp JIN DA1243 Jingle 00 07 Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0009 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named DA0023 from category COM you could make the entry shown below at event 0008 below This would play 2 00 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp COM DA0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Event 0009 calls for a jingle from category JIN cut DA8128 to be played next Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 Display Line of Text on Automation Screen Example Event 0012 shown below Assume you want to put a line of t
391. ment List Type Standard x Statement Period Custom Dates 7 From October 01 2003 z tof October 31 2003 7 Statement Cycles to Include far Statement Cycles Account Statements to include Jal Accounts with Activity x SSBSSSSSSSS SSS SS SRn585e50555e8 Get Statements eMail Statements After the customers needing e mail statements are listed using the View menu click Statements eMail Statements Customers for whom you have entered an invoice e mail address will be e mailed a statement Fax Statements Statements must be faxed one at a time and requires a 3rd party Windows fax capture program After the customers needing fax statements are selected under the View menu individually double click each statement to view it In the statement view screen click Print Statement and send it to your fax capture program If you entered a fax number for the customer it will be saved to the Windows clipboard and you can just paste it into the telephone number to be faxed to in your fax capture program Page 8 8 Natural Log User Manual 8 04 Assessing Finance Charges From the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable Finance Charges Q Select the date through which you want finance charges posted Q Then click the Compute button to get a list of finance charges to be posted Note Finance charges are computed in accordance with the Finance Charge Options you establish in th
392. ments posted finance charges posted and ending period balance Q AR Reconciliation Detail Prints a detail entry 1 row for each transaction for each customer showing the Accounts Receivable activity for the specified period Columns show beginning balance invoices issued payments received adjustments posted finance charges posted and ending period balance Q UnApplied PrePayments Report Prints a detail entry 1 row for each transaction for each PrePayment that still has a credit or debit balance as of the specified report date A credit balance means the PrePayment amount has not yet been completely applied to pay invoices A debit balance means the PrePayment was over applied against more invoices than it can zero out Columns can be broken out by 30 60 90 days aging or by month Sample AR Reconciliation Report Report View Tools Help u me Print IE Help IE Close es ey Accounts Receivable Reconciliation Report AccRep Sample for the period October 01 2003 through October 31 2003 a DP Ee TATE 0146 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestrs Awe 93 00 0 00 93 00 0 00 0 00 0112 bx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 278 30 220 00 0002 American National Bank 593 75 625 25 0133 American National Bank spanis 80 00 80 00 0155 Anytown American Legion 31 50 0 00 0102 Anytown Filley Co 200 00 200 00 0004 Apache Chemical 136 69 0 00 Report Type 0005 Apache Tractor amp Implement 60 00 60 00 AR ReconciliationSummay 0006 Arnolds Jewelers 24
393. mer account data fields 0002 American National Bank File Orders Copy Manager Biling Account Receivable Tools Help amp a 3 E 7 Previous Cust Next Cust Print eMail Help Cancel Close orders Accounts Receivable Copy Manager Customer Memo Name Address Information Account Settings Order Default Values I Account Closed Revenue Source LD Local Direct 7 Sponsor Name American National Bank Statement Type Open ltem Agency if an gency aryl 00000 None Statement Cycle Calendar Month z Biling Name American National Bank Finance Charge fo Per Year Address P 0 Box 1940 Credit Limitfso 00 z Address2 Account Rep 02 Corey white City State anywhere T Zip eooo Revenue Type C Cash Spas O Telephone i210 555 5555 Fax o InvoiceType None Statement Ony Contact Name Jack Mis Biling Cycle fo Salutation O Applicable Tax Ne OCS Contact E Mail es Customer a Deliver Invoice ail PaperInvoice 0 m Minimum Separation 30 w Minutes Between Broadcasts Invoice E Mail ee Product Protect 8224 Product Code 8224 Send E mail On the Customer entry screen the Tools Send e mail menu allows you to send a e mail to this customer s Contact e mail Address from within NL8 provided you have an e mail program on the NL8 computer Print Envelope Mailing Label On the Customer entry screen the Tools Print Envelope Mail Label menu allows you to print these ite
394. meric characters used by your customer to identify a script If entered in the Copy Manager this is the ScriptID shown on invoices and affidavits in lieu of NL8 s internal CopylD Source on Log Templates This tells NL8 if a commercial avail is for a local or network spot Special Billing Cycles Theses Billing Cycles Special1 through Special9 are similar to the Demand billing cycle in that an invoice is only generated when the NL8 user specifically selects the order to be invoiced The naming Special1 through Speical 9 allows you to group the invoices requiring similar demand type billing Special Date Log Template These are Log Templates used only on their specified dates by NL8 when creating a log in lieu of the Normal Daily Log Template for that date See Log Template setup for more detailed information Special Event Template Log Templates useful for those stations that run programming that often changes times and days such as sports programming These Special Event Templates have the same formatting as regular Log Templates but they apply to less than a full day and may be scheduled to replace the regular Log template on any given date and time During the period these special templates are scheduled the regular Log Template for a day is not used Order Lines may be linked to the Special Event Template so the order line runs anytime the special event is scheduled Sponsorship This is a commercial avail that u
395. mmercial break run exactly at 03 45 00 AM You want Simian to skip any unplayed music or other cuts cut off the currently playing cut and start the timed event The Q tells the NL8 to send as Q start code to Simian for the first spot in the break starting at event 0319 Simian will skip ahead at 03 45 00 AM and cut off whatever is currently playing Then it will play the play the following break spots if any that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0319 through 0323 Commercial BackTime Start Example Event 0322 shown below Suppose you need to have a commercial break start exactly at 03 55 00 AM but you don t want to interrupt whatever is playing You want to force Simian to skip any unplayed music or other cuts and stretch or shrink the current playing item to make it end exactly at 03 55 00 AM This would most often be done to join a network at an exact time without cutting off something in the middle The amp Q tells NL8 to send the as Q start code to Simian for the first spot in the break if any Simian will shrink or stretch whatever is currently playing so that it ends exactly at 03 55 00 Then it will play the play the following spots if any that are inserted by NL8 on lines 0323 through 0324 444 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 x D D amp New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily
396. moved out to another daypart column within the spot time window In the example above NL8 would randomly select one of the 3 narrower dayparts 6 10A 10A 3P or 3 7P to count the spot in addition to the 6A 7P column This method gives better results if you want to know the overall expected inventory usage levels you will see after the final log is generated Q Distribute Non Fixed Spots IS NOT checked NL8 will include in a daypart column only those items that must be logged within that daypart column Any items with a wide time window could be moved out of that daypart column so the avail slots within the narrower daypart are technically still available to be sold In the example above NL8 would not count the spot in any of the 3 narrower dayparts 6 10A 10A 3P or 3 7P but would count the spot in the 6A 7P column in which it must run This method gives better results if you want to know the amount of non movable spots already sold within a specific daypart in cases in which a new order may be placed for a number of spots in a particular daypart This method is also useful when running a report for sponsorship avails using specific avail types Inventory Report Columns You can change the report daypart columns with the Inventory Report screen displayed using the Report Customize Report Format Columns menu choice on the report screen You can set specific start and end times or select time classes Inventory Report Column Settings
397. mp Q Follow immediately no spaces with the name of the audio cut to play Q Optionally follow immediately by the Q Code is assumed if Q not entered Q Atleast 1 blank space Q An optional description Example 1 Shown below at event 0101 A command to play a legal ID audio cut named 0002 with a Q of to designate Time Next is shown on event 0101 Example 2 Shown below at event 0110 Assume you want to run weather at the end of a 2 00 Commercial Break If your weather is named WX 1 you could make the entry shown on event 0110 below The break starting at event 0103 plays 2 30 of commercials and segues into event 0110 which plays audio cut named WX 1 If there are no spots the weather will play by itself Note the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help D gt x Car D st amp P New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log j Monday x 01 00 AM x 00 1 00 00 4M amp 0002 Legal ID 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break 2 30 amp W lt 1 Overnite Weather Natural Log User Manual Page 10 23 10 08 03 Sending Commands from NL8 Templates to Simian cont Tell
398. mp Y Payment Date Payment Method Check Number Payment Amount Unapplied Amount Feb zihi gt 2004 7 Check 7 2333 Reverse is100 00 Auto Apply ffe nO Type Description 9 30 03 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc I Include Paid Items in List Print Receipt Adjust ltem Create PrePayment Save Payment Example F to show corrections on Payments Report continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 8 41 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error PrePayment posted on wrong account continued Example F to show corrections on Payments Report continued from previous page Q Step 2 Offset the 2 prepayments on the incorrect account 1 positive and 1 negative against each other to zero both out On the A R payments adjustments highlight the incorrect customer account and click Apply Prepayment Select Prepayment Credit to be applied Prepayments for 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc C C amp Y Yi Show Credit Balances 10 5 03 03100020 2 DEMO AM 7 C Cash Spots DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Crec 100 00 Auto Apply Unapplied Amount fo 00 Select Item s to which Prepayment Credit is to be applied UnPaid Items for sal 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc C I x Show Debit Balances 7 Date Invoice D ID D
399. mp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0009 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0023 you could make the entry shown below at event 0009 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Event 0010 plays a jingle cut 8128 after the weather Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0012 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0012 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description lt a Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help D x i D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Tuesday 7 12 00 aM x 2 12 17 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x xA x amp 0023 Overnight Weather amp 8128 Jingle
400. mp WX 1 Overnite Weather 1 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp So02 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 105 10 41 Rivendell Automation NOTE Rivendell users will need to configure the Traffic Data Import settings in Rivendell as shown on the next page This Log interface exports and reconciles a log in the format as specified by the Rivendell developers Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type japanen Automation Log FileName f Temp 031 206t2 log Browse Station Number j2 x Help Convert Cancel Rivendell Cart Numbers NL8 can use any cart number used in Rivendell Be sure to check your Rivendell documentation for limits on valid Rivendell cart numbers Make sure the CopylID number entered on the Broadcast Order in NL8 system exactly matches the cart number in the Rivendell system exactly Log Reconciliation is Supported for Rivendell You will need to obtain an As Played Report from Rivendell named in the format MMDDYY TXT See your Rivendell user manual to find this verification log report Copy the Play Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log functio
401. mplate as shown in the example below Note that these must be entered in the NL8 Log Templates Event Description column as amp LOCAL BREAK There must be a space between amp LOCAL and BREAK See example on next page Page 10 10 Natural Log User Manual 10 05 Auto Mate Automation Break Marker Example The Local Break Marker must appear immediately before any spot avails It is necessary for all local breaks both mandatory and optional If Used FillCode in Natural Log This marker consists of a line immediately before the spot avails with the same time as the avails and an event description which must appear exactly as shown on event 0215 below the amp is a Natural Log command marker and is required lt a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help k x D amp g 4 New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Clos Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 02 00 AM 7 2 28 00 AM amp LOCAL BREAK 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break amp 50009 Overnight Weather 2 28 00 AM amp LOCAL BREAK 2 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp 52002 amp 52003 Program Auto Mate Commands Commands can be sent to the Auto Mate from the Natural Log templates You can also pre schedule non commercial audio cuts to be played directly from the NL8 log template Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are schedul
402. ms for the displayed customer account Activity Log You can view the log of all changes to the displayed customer account using the Tools Activity Log menu choice on the Customer entry screen See Activity Log Page 3 2 Natural Log User Manual 3 01 Customer Account Screen cont Orders Tab On the Customer entry screen this tab lists the Broadcast Orders for the displayed customer Using dropdown boxes you can select Active Orders Expired Orders or All Orders for any or all stations You can right click in the order list to use the Orders menu See Broadcast Orders Note If the logged on user s Traffic permission setting is Deny the Orders tab will not be visible lt 4 0002 American National Bank File Orders Copy Manager Account Receivable Tools Previous socal atta Next sal ee Print Be eMail IT is Lane il SA CustomerData Accounts Receivable z View Orders Active Orders All Stations x New Order o Open Order I Delete Order Ie Print List Order Type J Estimate PO RunDates Status PIE American National Bank T H 1 03 TFN Ok 0002 003 DEMO 4M American National Bank 9 1 03 12 31 03 0002 004 DEMO 4M American National Bank 9 6 03 5 30 04 Q You can use the New button to create a new order on this account Q You can use the Open button or double click the item to view edit the highlighted order Q You can use the Delete but
403. n Example A 3 minute spot break may run at 1 20 but ALL spots within that break must be shown to run at 1 20 NOT 1 20 1 21 1 22 etc even though they cannot all run at the same minute Also the break time must EXACTLY match the spot break time set up in Salsa Keep this in mind when setting up your log formats in Natural Log Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Salsa Systemation hd Automation Log FileName C Temp ISPOT DAT Browse x Convert Cancel Salsa Cut Numbers Salsa can use any cut numbers from 1 to 9999 All you need to do is enter the Salsa cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field during order entry in NL8 Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in Salsa Salsa Deck i Salsa Deck or Source Numbers When Natural Log creates the Salsa log file it must tell the automation a source or deck number from which to play the spots When you select the Convert Log Convert Log Automation Log in the Natural Log editor Natural Log will display an extra enter box in which you should enter the Source or Deck number for the spots Log Reconciliation is supported for Salsa Extract the Historical Log from SALSA for
404. n in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 L0G Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log filename Rivendell Play Report mmddyy txt mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 txt Read Log for 11 02 95 Page 10 106 Natural Log User Manual 10 41 Rivendell Automation ony Configure the Rivendell Traffic Data Import The Rivendell system interface must be configured to read the Natural Log data in the following format using RDAdmin gt ManageServices gt ServiceName gt Edit Services in Rivendell Field Offset Length Cart Number 9 8 Title 19 40 Start Time Hours 0 2 Start Time Minutes 3 2 Start Time Seconds 6 2 Length Hours 61 2 Length Minutes 64 2 Length Seconds 67 2 All Other Fields 0 0 Rivendell Commands You can also use amp to play an audio cut from the Log Format for non billable items Just enter amp followed immediately no spaces by the audio cut number as the event description in the Natural Log Template Setup amp H This is useful for scheduling weather jingles ID s etc Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time
405. n of the prepayment to the invoice s so that the prepayment is back at its original value See Error Prepayment credit applied to an incorrect invoice in section 8 08 01 of this manual Then follow the directions below to correct the prepayment itself Correcting transactions appear on current month Adjustments Report preferred method In this case you must create 1 or more prepayment credits for 0 for the correct customer Then post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong invoice for 100 Then post CR Credit adjustment to the new 0 Prepayment s for 100 Correcting transactions appear on current month Payments Report as offsetting positive and negative amounts This might be desired if the changes affect an Account Rep s sales commissions if they are based on payments received In this case you enter a negative payment in the current accounting month to cancel the original incorrect payment and then enter the correct payment in the current accounting month Example E to show corrections on Adjustments Report Assume you posted a 100 prepayment credit on an account and you discover after the period in which it was posted is closed that it should have been posted as a prepayment on another account In this example assume none of the prepayment has yet applied itself to invoices on the incorrect account If it has already applied itself first reverse the application of prepayment as shown in Error Prepayment credit applied to an inc
406. n on Direct Sales Agency Sales and Trades These are default values for this Account Rep s sales commissions Whenever a broadcast order is entered into one of this salesman s accounts this is the which will be entered for commission depending on whether the account is direct agency or a trade The actual commission percentage can be changed on each order during order entry so here you are only setting up the default value Monthly Sales Goals You can enter a monthly sales goal for each of the Account Reps for each station This is used in reports to compare actual versus goals for each Account Rep and Station The Station s sales goals are the sum of all the individual Account Rep sales goals for that station You can show these sales goals on Sales Projection Reports Viewing Sales Goal Totals You can view Sales Goal Totals for the Station s and Account Reps by clicking View on the Account Rep Setup screen menu and selecting the summary totals you want to view Account Rep eMail Address You may enter an eMail address for each Account Rep If an eMail address is entered NL can send carbon copy eMails you send to the Account Reps customers items such as order confirmations invoices etc Also see Sending eMail Natural Log User Manual Page 2 21 2 12 Account Rep Setup cont Deleting Account Reps You can t delete any Account Rep that has 1 or more transactions in the Natural Log system These transactions may includ
407. nced function of NL and should be used with caution Most stations do not use Front Loading so you may skip this section Front Loading ONLY applies to Spots Per Week Schedules described on the previous page if you specify the number of spots per day on your order lines this does not apply to you Front Loading Defined Some stations enter order lines as Spots Per Week Schedules specifying how many spots per week to run but letting NL decide how to distribute them within the allowed days Some stations also want to force more spots to be scheduled early in the week when the load is lighter so more time will be available later in the week when orders requiring specific days usually run This is Front Loading and it only applies to Spots Per Week Schedules If you specify the number of spots per day this does not apply to you Allow Front Loading on Order Line If you use Spots Per Week Scheduling on an Order Line specifying the number of spots per week by putting X in the days they can run you will also be offered the option of whether to allow Front Loading for that order line See Order Line entry Order Line 0002 003 01 American National Bank r Date Range in which this Order Line runs Cost Per Broadcast Monday September 08 2003 z thru Wednesday December 31 2003 7 Runs all Weeks X O1 DEMO 4M Time Range allowed for this Order Line 6 00 00 AM 7 to fi 0 00 00 AM x If desired time is not l
408. next page Page 10 114 Natural Log User Manual 10 45 AutoPlus Automation cont Automation Commands On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description lt a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help k amp a D D x x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM 7 i Daily Log a Monday ax I Commercial Break x ms 0220 amp 001009 Overnight Weather 0221 0222 230 00AM amp 000201 amp 000202 amp 000203 Myway Play a Non Commercial Audio Cut Example Assume you may need to run weather at a certain time each day If your weather is named 001009 you could make the entry shown above at event 0220 in the Natural Log Templates This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Once again the computer only needs the 001009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders Command Sequence Example You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain tim
409. ng OpX to play a specific non commercial audio cut Commercials should always be scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 You may need to run other items such as weather promos jingles etc for which you don t want to enter a broadcast order These can be placed directly in the Event Description column of the NL8 log templates as follows Q Start with amp Q Follow immediately no spaces with the name of the audio cut to play Q Optionally follow immediately by the Q Code is assumed if Q not entered Q Atleast 1 blank space Q An optional description Example 1 Shown below at event 0102 A command to play a legal ID audio cut named 0002 with a Q of to designate Time Next is shown on event 0101 Example 2 Shown below at event 0109 Assume you want to run weather at the end of a 3 00 Commercial Break If your weather is named WX 1 you could make the entry shown on event 0109 below The break starting at event 0103 plays 2 30 of commercials and segues into event 0109 which plays audio cut named WX 1 If there are no spots the weather will play by itself Note the length of the commercial break was reduced by the length of the weather Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Log Templates Iof x File Edit Tools Help k amp D D x x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avai
410. ng order line entry Log Reconciliation is supported for Digital Universe You must obtain the Digital Universe Air Log for CBSI for Natural Log to read the exact spot run times Copy the Air Log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Air Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyy evt where mm month dd day yy year 110295 evt is the Log for 11 02 95 or ddd evt where ddd is 3 letter day of week WED evt is the log for Wednesday Reconcile read log file ssyymmdd H where ss station yy year mm month dd day 02951102 201 11 02 95 for station 2 from computer201 Digital Universe Break Markers The Digital Universe log import merge program needs a marker to know where each new break begins This is done in the NL log formats as follows and is mandatory Assume you want to have a break at 17 after and 28 after the hour You would make this entry in the Natural Log Templates Natural Log User Manual Page 10 49 10 15 Digital Universe Automation cont Digital Universe Break Markers The Digital Universe log import merge program needs a marker to Know where each new b
411. ning The Copy manager never by itself causes anything to be logged All the NL8 Copy manager does is determine exactly which piece of copy should run when an order calls for items to be logged See Broadcast Orders in Chapter 3 for details of order entry Automation Warning Natural Log 8 allows CopylD s of 1 to 20 characters letters and or numbers to uniquely identify a piece of copy in NL8 and in your automation system Some automation systems have additional restrictions See your automation manual and automation in chapter 11 of the Natural Log manual for more information on these CopylD restrictions particularly Scott Studios and MediaTouch Unless you have a specific need for CopylD s longer than 8 characters we recommend you use no more than to 8 characters since many standard automation log files only have space for 8 characters in the CopylD field If you do use more than 8 characters you may need to use a special log interface file format to transfer the log to your automation system This 8 characater restriction does not apply to identifiers of copy rotators copy packets or copy schedules in NL8 because these items are converted into actual conviDs durina loa aeneration NL8 allows you to use 4 types of Copy items as described in this chapter Normal Copy see Section 4 01 Packet see section 4 02 Rotator see Section 4 03 and Copy Schedules see section 4 04 The NL8 Copy Manager is accessed through the NL main m
412. nique CopylD and insert Packet P0002 005A on the st line set to run 50 Add Packet P1002 created above on the 2nd line of the Rotator set to run 50 Copy R0002 005 American National Bank File Edit Rotator Print Tools Help amp a gt Previous Copy Next Copy Copy ROTATOR Infomation Lister nA ae na Copy belongs to 0002 American National Bank x Label American National Bank Lenath x Coil 8 Voice H Customer s Seript IDIR otator Status jok Usable Dates sep mjo mf203 through TFN Copy Rotator Contents Insert Item Edit Item Delete ltem al E P0002 0054 50 00 American National Bank 30 Packet P0002 0046 50 00 American National Bank 30 Packet Step 4 During order entry specify Rotator RO002 005 as the CopylD for the order line s Ro002 005 American National Bank Rotator 9 1 03 TFN ic or Rotator to Play NL8 Logging Process During log generation NL8 will rotate 50 50 between the 2 lines of Rotator RO002 005 to select Packet P0002 005A or P0002 005B Then it will open the selected Packet and determine which Copy within the Packet should be played based on whether the time is before or after 10AM Because Line 2 used after 10AM on each Packet specifies cut 1003 it will be the only Copy to run after 10AM no matter which Packet is chosen by the Rotator Natural Log User Manual Page 4 17 This page
413. not cover them Note If no length is entered for a Mandatory or If Used commercial set NL8 only will fill the avails in that commercial break which have an Avail Type restriction Log Template Source This allows you to enter the source for an event Usually this will be Local but you may also enter Network The computer uses this information to generate network spot files containing avails for you to quickly enter network spots If this is entered as Local NL8 will use this avail for local spots If you enter this as Network the NL8 will save this avail for network spots only Page 5 8 Natural Log User Manual 9 02 Auto Insert Avails in Log Templates Commercial avails show NL8 where it can schedule items from Broadcast Orders In the Log Template Editor click Edit Insert to automatically insert a new Commercial Break or Stand Alone avail Insert Commercial Break Avails Most stations use commercial breaks also known as stop sets or clusters You must enter the maximum number of spots in the break and at least an approximate schedule time If desired you can enter the maximum length of the break If you need to force a break to be filled enter Mandatory for the Fill Code If you need to force a break to be filled to exact length only if at least one item is logged in the break such as for optional network breaks that can be skipped but if taken must be filled to length enter If Used for the Fill Code
414. nt is sent e mail Message This is the text to be included as the body of the e mail when this type document is sent Carbon Copy e mail to Account Rep If checked and if you have entered an e mail address for the Account Rep the Account Rep will be carbon copied with a copy of the Document by e mail Q Test e mail This attempts to open your e mail program and send a test e mail Page 2 20 Natural Log User Manual 2 12 Account Rep Setup Natural Log uses the term Account Rep to refer to Salesmen This section allows you to enter and edit information on your Account Reps To enter this section from the Main Menu select Setup Account Reps w Account Reps Bim Ee File View Tools Help D x amp g vA New Delete Accounts Goal Totals Print Help Close AccountRep 06 Albert Doorknob Default Commission on Direct Sales 0 0000 Default Commission on Agency Sales Jo 0000 Allen Hedge rae Corey White Default Commission on Tradeouts 0 0000 Delfino Garcia Account Rep eMail Address Eddy Munster Grandma Moses AccountRep 06 Station Sales Goals for DEMO AM House ccounts re edo Jan 1 000 Apr 4 000 Jul 7 000 Oct 10 000 Sally Selalot Feb 2 000 May 5 000 Aug 8 000 Nov fi 1 000 Salseman 10 Mar 3 000 Jun 6 000 Sep 9 000 Dec 12 000 Otri E 000 Qtr2 fi 5 000 Otr3 24 000 HOAR ReName Rep is Inactive T x Annual Commissio
415. nt value does not change the Invoice Type on existing orders only future orders Detail Prints 1 line per broadcast item Includes run date run time length rate and CopylD Times Rates Prints multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date run times length and rate Times Prints multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date run times and length Summary Prints multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date range broadcasts length and rate Co Op Notarized Affidavit This prints a regular detail invoice plus a sub invoice for each different Co Op on an order Note The sub invoices are broken out 1 for each different Co Op based on the name entered Co Op For field in CopyManager not for each piece of copy None Does not print any invoice Only used for customer to whom you send Account Statements and NO invoice Billing Cycle On the Customer entry screen sets the default Billing Cycle for new orders for this customer account This sets the default Billing Cycle for order entry You can generate invoices for any specific cycle or all cycles during each broadcast invoice generation Changing this customer account value does not change the Billing Cycle on existing orders only future orders Broadcast Month definition Calendar Month End of Schedule Demand Weekly Special1 through Special9 ApplicableTax On the Customer entry screen this is the tax item rate to be
416. nter all these on 1 line of the NL8 log template Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description ea Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O x D New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 03 00 AM x 3 17 00 AM amp 0053 180 second cluster marker 3 17 00 AM Commercial Break en x x amp 2056 Overnite Weather 3 30 00 AM amp 0059 30 00 Cluster Marker 3 30 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 13 10 06 AXS 1 2 amp Digital DJ Automation cont AXS Systems End of Break The older Digital DJ system used segmarkers and blank lines Digital DJ AXS code 0011 to determine whether to stop after playing a spot on the log For example at the end of a commercial break Natural Log normally sends the Digital DJ a code 0011 blank line to tell the Digital DJ that the commercial break is over At that point the DJ stops playing spots and returns to satellite With the AXS system this is still the standard case with Natural Log sending code 0011 at the end of each commercial break But if you do not want AXS to stop and return to satellite Natural Log must send code 0030 instead You d an AXS D
417. nth Adjustments Report preferred method In this case debit the incorrect invoice a positive amount and credit the correct invoice a negative amount as shown below in example 1 Correcting transactions appear on current month Payments Report as offsetting positive and negative amounts This might be desired if the changes affect an Account Rep s sales commissions if they are based on payments report In this case you enter a negative payment to cancel the original incorrect payment See an example of this in section 8 08 03 of this manual Example A to show corrections on Adjustments Report Assume you posted a 58 30 payment to the wrong invoice and can t delete the payment and reenter it correctly because the period in which it was posted is already closed It doesn t matter if the wrong invoice belonged to the correct customer or not in either instance the correction is done as shown below Q Step1 Post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong invoice for 58 30 to restore its balance due ig Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090002 i Ed Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description Amount m Jos 2004 x DR Debit Adjustment Reverse incorect PMT for check 1111 E 58 30 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance ETTET 9 30 03 DEMO 4M 0112 001 Tci Cablevision Of Texas j A 03100010 10 5 03 Payment Check 1111 on Inv 03090002 Pending 2 5 04 A F Debit Adjustment
418. nth for Demand Billing Cycle orders Discounted Gross Invoice Amount This is the Gross invoice amount less Discounts Allowed before any commissions or trade credits are deducted and before taxes are added If there are any discounts allowed agency commission is computed on the Discounted Gross Invoice amount Discounts Allowed This is the of the Gross invoice amount allowed as discounts other than agency commissions Electronic Invoice Any non paper method of delivering invoices NL8 supports email pdf files as well as most of the popular broadcast electronic invoice clearinghouses End of Month Closing The process to close an accounting period in NL8 This should only be done after all invoices have been issued for that period and all payments and adjustments received during the period have been posted You cannot enter any transactions dated prior to the last date closed in NL8 This stops someone from messing up a previous A R reconciliation See end of month closing for more detailed information End of Schedule Billing Cycle This Billing Cycle tells NL8 to generate an invoice for this order only at the end of the order run dates Fill Code on Log Templates This tells NL8 that the commercial break or stand alone avail must be filled See If Used Fill Code and Mandatory EFill Code and Eill Code Fill Priority on Log Templates This tells NL8 the order in which to use commercial avails when
419. ntracts All Bulk Contracts for that customer will be listed You can open an existing contract to edit it or enter a new contract a Bulk Contract B00001 Customer r Total Contract Committment 0002 American National Bank 7 Total Contract Broadcasts fi 000 lecrtract ales Total Contract Cost 7500 00 Wednesday January 01 2003 x thru Wednesday December 31 2003 7 Bulk Contracts do NOT schedule broadcasts Broadcasts a are ONLY scheduled by Orders Contracts y Bulk Contract Description track fullfillment of commitments to purchase a minimum american National Bank Bulk Annual Commitment number of broadcasts in a given period with multiple orders OrderiD___ Stations Product der Type EE stimate PO RunDates Status DEMO FM American National Bank Spot 9 30 03 TFN Ok DEMO 4M American National Bank 9 1 03 11 30 03 DEMO 4M American National Bank 9 6 03 5 30 04 g 2 Save Help Cancel When you open an existing Bulk Contract all orders assigned to that contract will be listed on screen For each bulk contract you must enter Customer Start Date End Date Total of Broadcasts contracted Cost of Broadcasts contracted Page 3 44 Natural Log User Manual 3 12 Bulk Contracts cont Applying Orders to Bulk Contracts When entering actual broadcast orders that apply to a Bulk Contract simply attach the broadcas
420. nts 2 car dealers from running too close together Product code separation only applies to items logged from different_customers To separate items logged from the same customer see Customer Spot Separation or Order Spot Separation Revenue Source Assigned at the customer level Revenue Source allows you to filter your sales reports as National Agency National Direct Local Agency Local Direct Other Agency Other Direct National Rep or Unwired Network sales Revenue Types Revenue Types allow you to break out certain sales into separate sales reports When you enter an Order you will assign that Order to a Revenue Type All Natural Log reports allow you to specify which Revenue Types to include in the report These are most often used to designate orders as Cash Trade etc Natural Log has 3 default Revenue Types that are sufficient for most users See Creating Revenue Types Natural Log User Manual Page 12 7 Natural Log Glossary of Terms Rotator This consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy and or Packets These items sequentially rotate with each other in the percentages specified During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Rotator itself to be scheduled when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the appropriate individual CopyID within the Rotator and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can rotate ScriptiID Up to 20 alphanu
421. nvoice should have been prepayment cont Example D to show corrections on Payments Report Assume same payment error as described in Example C on the previous page but you want to show the corrections on current month Payments Report Q Post a negative payment in the current accounting period to reverse the original payment This will be an exact duplicate of the original incorrect payment except all amounts are negative After posting the negative payment as shown below create a normal correct prepayment in the current accounting period as described in section 8 06 44 Payment from 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 7 C C X amp Y Payment Date Payment Method Check Number Payment Amount Unapplied Amount Feb zih gt 2004 x Check x 2333 Reverse is100 00 Auto Apply fso 00 oae l man peas oe foa FE 9 30 03 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc I 100 00 I Include Paid Items in List amp i Print Receipt Adjust Item Page 8 38 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error PrePayment posted on wrong account Correcting this error can become very complex if the prepayment has already been applied to 1 or more invoices If the prepayment has already been applied to incorrect invoice s you will first need to reverse the applicatio
422. ny Macros you may use in your automation For automation macros see the section of the NL8 manual dealing with your specific automation system In NL8 a macro is simply a multi event order line whose events must be scheduled together This is useful if you sell a customer 2 items that need to be linked together Mail Merge Data file In NL8 Reports Customer Lists you can create a tab delimited file that can be used as a data source for MS Word document Mail Merging See MS Word user help for more information on performing the merge NL support staff does not assist in performing the Mail Merge into MS Word Natural Log User Manual Page 12 5 Natural Log Glossary of Terms Mandatory Fill Code on Log Templates This tells NL8 that the commercial break or stand alone avail must be filled to the specified length provided you entered a required length on the Log template National Rep A person or firm that represents your station for national ad agencies located in a different city in order to get national advertising buys in your station The national rep is usually paid a commission based on a percentage of the net dollars they place on your station You do not bill the National Rep you bill the buying agency then when the agency pays you you separately pay the National Rep their commission Also see Unwired Network Net Invoice Amount This is the Gross invoice amount less Agency Commission if any Network Sp
423. o the large number of discs needed and the consequential increased risk that 1 disc could go bad and cost you the entire backup We highly recommend you backup to a tape backup system a Zip disc or to CD using a 3rd party CD burning program Screen Browsers see Chapter 11 User configurable screen browsers allow you to look up customer accounts broadcast orders and copy The customer edit screen brings together all information for that customer including unpaid items broadcast orders and copy Salesmen In NL8 station ad salesmen are referred to as Account Reps Account Reps can not be deleted but can be set as inactive when no longer needed See section 2 12 Product Codes In NL8 users can create an unlimited number of product codes to protect similar products spots from being logged together See section 2 16 Time Classes In NL8 users can create an unlimited number of time classes See section 2 17 Agencies Agencies can be set up in NL8 so you only have to enter their information once then whenever you enter a new customer for that agency the information is recalled so it need not be reentered for each new sponsor for that agency See section 2 13 Utilities see Chapter 11 There is an on screen calendar under the tools menu that can be displayed as calendar month or broadcast month Users can enter dated reminders that will pop up on the NL screen on a specific date There is an activity log for each user
424. o use the PDF writer or the PDF print driver can t be loaded causing startup error messages Automatically Display Daily Reminders on StartUp NL allows you to set reminders for the NL system or individual customers that NL will automatically display on a specific date Also see Reminders Show on screen help when mouse is held over an item Windows has Tool Tips which can pop up on screen to give you context sensitive help when you rest the mouse over certain on screen items This allows you to disable this feature if you want Calendar Tool Display Type NL8 has a calendar tool that can be configured to display calendar month or broadcast month Natural Log User Manual Page 2 3 2 02 Finance Charge Options Also see assessing finance charges Natural Log s main program options are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Program Options Then click the Finance Charges tab The following options may be set 44 Sample Program Options Finance Charges Impose Finance Charges After an Account Balance is Unpaid for f30 Days Impose Finance Charges on Average Daily Balance x Minimum Finance Charge if Finance Charge is Imposed Jo 00 Apply Customer s TaxRate if any to Finance Charges E Show on Statements as Description Finance Charge Post Finance Charges only to Ea 4 4 Revenue Selected Checked Revenue Types V C Cash Spots Y F Finance Charges v T Trade
425. oes not cover any Software that has been altered or changed in any way by anyone other than Licensor Licensor is not responsible for problems associated with or caused by incompatible operating systems or equipment or for problems in the interaction of the Software with software not furnished by Licensor No oral or written information or advice given by Licensor or its dealers distributors employees or agents shall in any way extend modify or add to the foregoing warranty THE WARRANTY AND REMEDY PROVIDED ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RISK AS TO THE SUITABILITY QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IN NO EVENT WILL PUBLISHER PROGRAMMER LICENSOR OR ITS DIRECTORS OFFICERS EMPLOYEES OR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO THE END USER FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF DATA OR BUSINESS INFORMATION AND THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR ACCOMPANYING WRITTEN MATERIALS EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE END USER TO PROTECT THE END SURE S DATA BY PERFORMING DAILY DATA BACKUPS AND STORING THEM IN A SECURE LOCATION LICENSOR S LIABILITY TO THE END USER IF ANY
426. of Copy Page 4 10 Natural Log User Manual 4 05 01 Complex Copy Example 1 Example Copy Varies Based on Time of Day Day of Week Suppose you have 3 pieces of copy CopylID 1001 1002 and 1003 to run as follows Cut 1001 before 10AM on Mon Tue Wed Thu Cut 1002 after 10AM on Mon Tue Wed Thu Cut 1003 anytime on Fri Sat Sun Breaking this problem into its component parts implies a Packet cut 1001 1002 1003 using separate days and times NL8 will select the first Packet line that can play in the logged date day time slot Step 1 Create a Packet named P0002 001 or any unique CopylD you want to use Step 2 Insert CopylD 1001 on the st line of the Packet and set it to run before 10AM on Mon Tue Wed Thu Insert CopylD 1002 on the 2nd line of the Packet and specify it to run after 10AM on Mon Tue Wed Thu Insert CopylD 1003 on the 3rd line of the Packet and specify it to run anytime on Fri Sat Sun 44 Copy P0002 001 American National Bank File Edit Packet Print Tools Help 4 oh v Previous Copy Next Copy ister Help Cancel Close Copy PACKET Infomation Copy ID Copy belongs to 0002 American National Bank x Label American National Bank Lenath 30 x Co 0 p For Voice Customer s ScriptiD Packet Status ok Usable Dates Sep oa 2003 gt though TFN x Copy Packet Contents Append ltem Insert Item Edit Item Delete Item American National Bank 30 MTWT xxx 7 12 00 AM g
427. ogDate after Copy expired 9 30 03 7 22 00 PM Asap Paging LogDate after Copy expired 9 30 03 7 42 00 PM Asap Paging LogDate after Copy expired 9 30 03 Natural Log User Manual Page 6 9 6 03 Log Editor Diagnostics cont Break Errors Tab In the Log Editor click the Break Errors tab to see a list of any Mandatory or If Used break that is long or short of the required length If you double click on an item on this tab the log position will move to the item causing the error DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help ti ai Tar eel Help Ee Close ia to 07 00 AM zj LogTime CopyiD Description Leength LogType Note OrderLinelD_ Cost __ SchedTimes Priority Pn a 00 AM 6 59 00 AM 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 07 01 AM 1 NA 1F 7 00 00 4M LOCAL NEWS 7 00 00 4M 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 7 00 00 4M 7 05 00 4M TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 7 06 00 4M 0071 W B Farm And Ranch g Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 7 06 00 AM 7 13 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK 7 13 00 AM 7 14 00 4M 7 15 00 4M WEATHER 7 15 004M 0080 Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17AM 14WS 12 7 19 00 4M 7 20 00 4M SUCCESSFUL LIVING 7 20 00 AM 0042 Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19AM 07 21 M 1 PS 38 7 20 00 AM
428. oices 7 13 Network spots Inserting on log 3 42 NexGen Automation 10 70 O Open ltem Account Statement 3 9 8 7 12 6 OpX Automation 10 122 to 10 132 Orders see Broadcast orders Order Confirmation e mail settings 2 20 Document Format 2 10 P Package Billing 3 19 to 3 21 Packets copy manager 4 4 Paper Type Order confirmation 2 11 Payments Correcting 8 34 to 8 41 Receiving 8 12 Report 9 28 to 9 33 Returned checks 8 16 Preemption Level 3 27 12 7 PrePayments Receiving 8 12 Manually applying 8 21 to 8 29 Pristine CDS32 automation 10 37 Pristine RapidFire automation 10 60 Prophet Systems automation 10 70 Product broadcast orders 3 15 Product Codes Page 12 14 Broadcasts orders 3 16 Customers 3 11 Defined 12 7 Setup 2 26 Production Order Document Format 2 12 Printing 3 14 Program Options 2 2 to 2 3 Product Protect see product Codes Program Sponsorships Reserving log template avails 5 7 Entering Avail types on orders 3 26 Protection Call Ins 2 9 Customer spots 3 11 Live Spots 2 9 Order spots 3 16 Product Codes 2 26 3 11 3 16 Purchase order estimate 3 18 Q Quick Start Guide 1 8 R RadioOne automation 10 86 to 10 87 Raduga automation 10 96 to 10 97 Rates report 9 19 RCS automation 10 72 RDS Phantom automation 10 74 Registering Natural Log 1 4 Reminders 2 3 11 8 Report Settings Chapter 9 Columns 9 9 Filter 9 5 to 9 7 Report Settings continued Memorizing report settings 9 11 Page
429. oks for the Month do ct zj View History m Before closing this month click each item below when that item is done IV All Invoices for this month have been issued IV All Payments RECEIVED DURING this month have been posted IV All accounts receivable adjustments for this month have been posted Vv If required by your accountant an accounts receivable reconciliation has been completed and approved for this month M Perlormed al Close this Month gt gt Help Cancel Before NL8 will allow you to proceed you must click to verify you have performed the following tasks prior to closing ta Backup and stored the backup in a safe location All invoices for this month have been issued Q All payments RECEIVED DURING this month have been posted Q All accounts receivable adjustments for this month have been posted m If required by your accountant an accounts receivable reconciliation has been completed and approved for this month Q Performed a data backup and stored it in a safe location Then click Close this Month gt NL8 will then close the month and print a closing confirmation if a printer is available Page 8 44 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 9 Reports amp Lists Natural Log has several standard Reports that are accessible from the Natural Log main screen under Reports All of these reports may be printed to paper sent to an Adobe Acrobat PDF file see section 11 05 if thi
430. omation Log Type Automation Log FileName C Temp 100203t1 log Browse Station Number E R x Help Convert Cancel Tune Tracker Cut Numbers The TuneTracker system uses audio cut ID s from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters Enter the TuneTracker cut ID including any leading O s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is supported for TuneTracker You must obtain the TuneTracker As Run log Copy this log for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 LOG is Send Log 11 02 95 for station Input reconcile log file ARmmddyy txt TuneTracker As Run Log AR110295 txt Natural Log User Manual Page 10 83 10 30 TuneTracker Automation con Automation Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between a
431. on in SetUp Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats select the discontinued station and click File De Activate Station from the dropdown menu after you have ended any running orders and zeroed out any open Accounts Receivable items for that station This will cause the InActive station to no longer show up on any menus however its Accounts Receivable history will show up on billing history reports on which you do not restrict the stations included in the report Automation Log Type This is the type of automation log NL must create if any Page 2 8 Natural Log User Manual 2 04 Station Settings cont Automation Station This is not used for most automation systems but may be used to uniquely identify the automation log for a particular station For example the NL8 automation log for BSI Simian is named mmddyyT where is the station number you enter in this box RDS Phantom uses AM or FM in this box If this box is not displayed by NL8 the log for your automation system does not use this entry Automation Log Send Path This is the location where NL needs to send the Automation Logs as determined by your automation vendor Automation Log Read Path This is the location where NL can read the air log returned by your automation system for Log Reconciliation Not all automation systems are supported for reconciliation See Automation Systems When Reconciling Play Log match items
432. on each account Print Help Close Status CustID Sponsor Station For The Period Balance APR Rate Fin Charge a American National Bank DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 i American National Bank sp DEMO AM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Anytown Filey Co DEMO AM 11 1 03 11 730 03 Apache Tractor amp Implemen DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Armolds Jewelers DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Baptist Bible Hour DEMO AM 11 1703 11 730 03 Bommer Tractor DEMO 4M 11 1 03 11 30 03 Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contra DEMO AM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Clothes Tree DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 730 03 Cow Palace DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Daisy Mae s DEMO AM 11 1 703 11 730 03 Davis And Logan Insurance DEMO AM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Dewitt Poth amp Son DEMO FM 11 1 03 11 30 03 Donnie s Western Wear Ani DEMO AM 11 1 03 11730 03 Correcting Finance Charges To correct finance charges simply post an A R adjusting entry See entering Accounts Receivable adjusting entries in section 8 08 Natural Log User Manual Page 8 9 8 05 Receiving Payments To enter a payment in Natural Log from the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments 44 Sample Receive a Payment or Enter an Adjustment i x Account List Peal RECS for Account Reps all Account Reps 7 Find Sponsor 7 Receive P t Sort List by Sponsor 7 Ai Find Account for Invoice gigel CBee LE Custo Sp
433. on to view print the current account statement for this customer You can use the View Transaction button or double click the item to view print the highlighted transaction Q You can use the History button to view print a history of the A R transactions on the account See customer history Note You must have the appropriate user permission to access Accounts Receivable to view the history otherwise NL8 will not display it Q You can filter the AR list by station and by revenue type Page 3 4 Natural Log User Manual 3 01 Customer Account Screen cont Copy Manager tab On the Customer entry screen this tab lists the Copy items in NL for the displayed customer Using dropdown boxes you can select Active Copy Expired Copy or All Copy You can right click in the Copy Manager list to use the Copy Manager menu See Copy Manager Note If the logged on user s Copy Manager permission setting is Deny the Copy Manager tab will not be visible 4a 0002 American National Bank File Orders Copy Manager Billing Account Receivable Tools Help amp ES 3 a 2 7 Previous Cust Next Cust Print eMail Help Cancel Close Customer Data f Orders O Accounts Receivable Copy Manager New Copy Open Copy Delete Copy Print List Customer CopylD Usable Dates Status Ja American National Bank 30 FT45 9 1 03 TFN Ok American National Bank 30 1421 04 1 2170 You can use the New button to c
434. onal Rep See glossary for definition UN UnWired Network See glossary for definition OD Other Direct OA Other Agency Statement Type On the Customer entry screen Natural Log can create either type of Account Statement for each customer Open Item Balance Forward See Chapter 8 for a sample of these statement types See Chapter 10 for a definition of these statement types Please note that selecting these statement types does not change the internal record keeping of NL8 You can always switch between Open ltem and Balance Forward statements for individual customers without any loss of data Statement Cycle On the Customer entry screen this tells Natural Log how to group your account statements if you want to print account statements on different cycles You can generate statements for any specific cycle or all cycles during each statement generation Usually this will be the same as the billing cycle for this customer Broadcast Month see glossary for definition Calendar Month End of Schedule Demand Weekly Special1 through Special9 Finance Charge On the Customer entry screen this is an annual rate to be charged on past due balances for this customer subject to the finance charge options you create in NL8 setup See Finance charge options in section 2 02 of this manual Credit Limit On the Customer entry screen this sets the account credit limit Enter 0 if not used See
435. onsor BilingName O Ferrell Gas Co Ferrell Gas Co 120 92 Enter Adjustment Figure World Figure World 0 00 First Baptist Church First Baptist Church 60 00 u First National Bank Of Nearby First National Bank Of Nearby 48 37 First State Bank First State Bank 48 37 First United Methodist Church First United Methodist Church 345 00 Fojt Construction Fojt Construction 201 53 Ta Gibson s Office Depot Gibson s Office Depot 0 00 lay Gindler s Gindler s 85 28 View Account Glosserman Chevrolet Glosserman Chevrolet 0 00 Golden Corral Golden Corral 175 42 Golden Fried Chicken Golden Fried Chicken 320 43 Gordens Auto Parts Gordens Auto Parts 202 47 Gray Valley Electric Coop Gray Valley Electric Coop 345 00 Gray Valley Electric Coop Marcia Wiggles amp Associates 1 102 95 Graytown Auto Supply Graytown Auto Supply 0 00 Graytown Bank Graytown Bank Graytown Bank spanish Graytown Bank spanish Graytown County Hospital Dist Graytown County Hospital Dist Graytown Livestock Commission Graytown Livestock Commission Graytown Marble amp Granite Graytown Marble amp Granite Graytown Noon Lions Graytown Noon Lions Graytown Office Supplies And Graytown Office Supplies And Green Air System Friedrich Media Services Green Air gonzales Ross Advertising Harwood Farm And Ranch Harwood Farm And Ranch hsn hsn Illusions Illusions J P s Record Shop J P s Record Shop Jaye s Taco Hut Jaye s Taco Hut John Greer Chevrolet Bozo Advertising EE eer m armsas
436. onsor 7 City Utilities City Utilities 01 Eddy Munster Finf ooo Clothes Tree Clothes Tree 02 Corey White Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac 02 Corey White Find Next Cattanwond Inn Restaurant And Cattonwond Inn Restaurant And NA I eeru Mantcha 157 Accounts UNFILTERED Configuring the Browser Screen The browser list can be easily sorted and filtered and you can select which item properties columns you want to display under Browser Settings See sections 9 12 through 9 13 of this manual for instructions on changing the configuration of the browser On the left side of browser screen are folders for each Account Rep salesman and you can click each folder to quickly display all customers associated with that Account Rep Browser Sorting In the browser you may click on any column heading to sort the list by that column You may also select the columns from the dropdown boxes on the left side of the screen Use the first Sort dropdown box to select the data column to be used as the primary sort column for the list The buttons to right of the Sort boxes allow you to sort in Ascending or Descending order Any items with matching entries in the primary Sort data column are then sorted by the column selected in the second Sort dropdown box Any items with matching entries in the primary and secondary Sort data columns are then sorted by the column selected in the third Sort dropdown box Page 8 2 Natura
437. operly log the macro A macro is always completely logged or completely unlogged by the NL8 log generator It will never log only a portion of a macro Q NL8 starts at the top of the macro and runs all normal tests to see if the first item can be logged These tests include position restrictions product separation customer and order separations time windows position and avail types if specified Q Once the first item in the macro passes all tests for an avail slot NL8 then continues down the macro list and tests to see if the remaining macro items can be logged into the same break NL8 does no testing on these subsequent macro items except for avail type testing if specified and time window testing This continues until the macro is completely tested Q When testing the 2nd and subsequent macro items NL8 finds the next avail slot in the same break that satisfies the avail type restriction and time window for each macro item It will skip avail slots for which the avail type does not match the avail type of the macro item If there is not an avail in the same break matching the avail type for the macro item NL8 does not log anything from that macro in that break and starts over testing the first macro item in the next break Q Once NL8 is satisfied that the entire macro can be scheduled within the break it then logs the macro items into the avail slots Q If the entire macro cannot be logged into the break due to lack of avail
438. opy Schedule Contents F Append ltem Insert Item HE Edit Item Delete Item 0018 Southern Auto 30 Expires 12 24 03 11 59 59 PM z 0450 Southern Auto 30 TFN Copy Schedule Numbering You may use any numbering system you want for NL8 Copy Schedules but the CopylD must be unique in your NL8 Copy Manager We recommend you use SHHH HH where 44 7 is the OrderlD with which the Copy Schedule is associated For example you could use S0118 001 If you have more than 1 Copy Schedule on an order just add an alphanumeric character to the right of the OrderlD to make the CopylD unique For example you could use S0118 001A and S0118 001B Continued on next page Page 4 8 Natural Log User Manual 4 04 Copy Manager Schedule cont Copy Schedule Settings When you add a new Copy Schedule item or edit an existing Copy Schedule item you will see the screen below On that screen you set the date and time this Copy Schedule Item expires w Scheduled Copy Item Iof x Copy Item to be Scheduled 0018 Southern Auto 30 9 1 03 9 30 03 Change Chain ltem Expires Dec 24 2003 11 59 59 PM x gt Help Cancel Save These settings only restrict the copy played for order lines placed on the log that have this Copy Schedule as their CopylD This does not restrict the dates days or times an order line can be logged See Broadcast Orders in Chapter 3 of this manual to restrict when order lines
439. or event or cut ends This is the default value used by Natural Music Plays at a specific time without waiting for previous event to end Plays at a specific time but waits for a playing cut or event to end This is useful to skip any unplayed items at the end of an hour and reposition the WaveStation Simian to begin a new hour at the appropriate log position to keep it on schedule Wait for BackTimed Start This causes Simian to change the pitch of the playing audio to backtime to a specific event See Simian Manual for more information Wait for Manual Start Converted to Q Blank when sent to WaveStation Simian Used only with WaveStation Simian version 3 and later Converted to N when sent to WaveStation Simian for non sequential timed start of recording switching etc Automatic Segue Between Events The easiest way to send a Q Code start code is send no Q code and let Natural Log assume that the start code is Segue Automatic Segue Example You want to play a cut named JINGLE1 after a Commercial Break In the Natural Log Template 444 Log Templates Fie Edit Tools Help O gt x D R New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday x 03 00 AM x ae Scheduled Time Event Description Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Souce 0301 3 17 00 4M al Break 3 00 Local
440. or other cuts and stretch or shrink the current playing item to make it end exactly at 03 55 00 AM This would most often be done to join a network at an exact time without cutting off something in the middle The amp Q tells NL8 to send the as Q start code to OpX for the first spot in the break if any OpX will shrink or stretch whatever is currently playing so that it ends exactly at 03 55 00 Then it will sequentially play all following break spots if any that are inserted by Natural Log on lines 0322 through 0324 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 amp D D x x New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM 7 EE Log Monday z Ean J Display Help 3 07 00 AM S OPX_ BREAK 3 07 00 4M Commercial Break x 3 17 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 17 00 4M Commercial Break x 3 28 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 28 00 4M Commercial Break xA x 3 37 00 AM amp OPX_BREAK 3 37 00 4M Commercial Break x 3 55 00 4M amp OP_BREAK 3 35 00 4M Commercial Break xA Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 131 10 49 06 BSI OpX Q Codes cont Commercial Break Q Codes cont Commercial Break Satellite Trigger Contact Closure Start Example Event 0402 shown below In Satellite mode contact closures from
441. ord 0013 Bommer Tractor 0019 City Utilities 0157 Davis nd Logan Insurance 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0027 Donnie s Western Wear And OD Other Direct 0031 Dubose Insurance 0122 Farmer s Insurance None 0158 Ferrell Gas Co 0040 First Baptist Church G 0043 First United Methodist Church et Report e EAE PAT One Mee ak Stations Put a check next to the Station s to be included Revenue Puta check next to the Revenue Type s to be included AcctRep Puta check next to the Account Rep s to be included Custmr Put a check next to the Customer s to be included V ND National Direct NA National Agency NF National Rep LD Local Direct L4 Local Agency Oooo You can use any combination of the checks on multiple tabs to create a complex array of filtering options for any given report For very complex filters for which these check boxes are insufficient you need to use advanced report filtering Natural Log User Manual Page 9 5 9 03 Advanced Report Filtering This section of Natural Log allows you to filter reports in very complex ways beyond the Basic Filtering describe in the previous section of this manual Most users will not need this advanced filtering Design Screen To set the Report advanced filtering also see basic report filtering and any filtering on a Browse screen you first need to display the Design screen by selecting Report Customize Report Format Advance Filtering on an
442. orrect invoice in section 8 08 01 of this manual Then follow the directions below to correct the prepayment itself Q Step 1 Create 1 or more prepayment credits for 0 for the correct customer Payment from 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc 7 C C X amp Y Payment Method Check Number Payment Date Payment Amount Unapplied Amount Feb efi gt 2004 Check gt 3333 Correction 0 00 Auto Apply ffs 00 9 30 03 Inv 03090003 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc 2 11 04 Prepaid DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for Any Order for this 0 00 x T Include Paid Items in List 3 S l a x Print Receipt Adjust Item i i o Save Payment Help Cancel Example E to show corrections on Adjustments Report continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 8 39 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error PrePayment posted on wrong account continued Example E to show corrections on Adjustments Report continued from previous page Q Step 2 Post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong prepayment for 100 This zeroes it out w Enter an Adjustment for A F Item 03090145 3 Bi gi Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description nom et 0s 06 os m 2004 DR Debit Adjustment 7 A R Debit Adjustment fioooo oo Ref
443. ort a subtotal line will be printed and a new page will be started Page 9 4 Natural Log User Manual 9 02 Basic Report Filtering From the NL main menu open any report under Reports and you can click on the following tabs to do basic report filtering On any tab you can quickly select and un select many items at once using the None and All buttons After making changes click the Get Report button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default report format i Sample Sales Projection Summary Report BEE Report View Tools Help m aa v Memorize Export Print Help Close m Report Settings Filters Sales Projection Report Sample for the period Oct 2003 through Mar 2004 This report is based on Net BOOKED ORDERS and may vary from actual invoices if some items not aired as ordered Sponsor ct 2003 Nov 2003 Dec 2003 Jan 2004 Feb 2004 Mar 2004 0144 Emergency Brdest System Test 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 House Accounts Z DEMO Ab 0 00 0 00 4 4 Revenue C Cash Spots F Finance Charges V T Trade 0110 Steelman Office Products 0 00 150 00 00 House Accounts DEMO FM 0 00 150 00 00 House Accounts 0 00 150 00 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0102 Anytown Filley Co D006 Arnolds Jewelers 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0012 Bommer F
444. ort format Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Natural Log User Manual Page 9 19 9 12 Report Type Order Rates cont General Tab Report Type The Order Rates report screen has 3 types of reports Note On these reports all rates listed are pre tax gross pre commission NOTE On package rate orders for the purposes of these reports NL8 shows the per broadcast rate computed by dividing the package amount billed in the report period by the number of items running in the report period Q Order Rates Summary Prints a summary of each order s low average and high rate along with if applicable the discount percent and agency commission percent Q Order Rates Lowest Rate For each order running within the report period creates a list of the lowest ordered rate broken out by daypart You can change the report daypart columns used with the Orders Rates Lowest Rate and Order Rates Average Rates reports using the Report Customize
445. other Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber OF Commer NonBroadcast Invoice Settings EER AAA Invoice Date November 30 2003 01 DEMO AM 7 20 00 Description Production Fees ied Purchase Order Discounts Allowed X of Total Revenue Source LD Local Direct Agency Commission of Gross 0 0 Revenue Type C Cash Spots E Account Rep Comm hs of Net Account Rep 03 Delfino Garcia 0 Biling Cycle Calendar Month National Rep Comm x of Net Applicable Tax None Billed Discount Agency a0 oo oo 20 oo 200 Create Invoice Cancel On the blank Invoice screen you must specify the Customer to receive the Invoice After you select the customer you must enter the following data Invoice date Station it applies to Total Amount pre tax before agency commission or discounts Description of the invoice item Purchase order number Optional Revenue Source Local Direct Local Agency National etc Revenue Type Account Rep Billing Cycle Discounts Allowed of Total Amount Agency Commission of Gross National Rep Commission of Net Tax Rate OUOOCOODCOODOOODCOOOD Create Save the New Non Broadcast Invoice After the invoice is correct click Create Invoice to post the invoice to Accounts Receivable After creating it you can edit it or add items to it just like a broadcast invoice See section 7 02 Pa
446. ots These are spots carried live from a network or played later on a delay basis If you want to list these spots on your log NL8 allows a quick way to specify network avails on your Log Templates and you can use the Network Spot Scheduler to quickly enter them Non Broadcast Invoice An invoice in NL8 shows only the non broadcast items such as talent fees line charges etc billed current billing period It does not include any prior balances See Account Statements and Non Broadcast Invoices Non Log Charge Non Log Charge does not place anything on the log but passes the specified charge invisibly through the log to the invoice This might be used for production or talent fees or any item you want to bill on that is not to shown on the commercial log to be aired See Order Entry LogTypes Normal Daily Log Template These are the default Log Templates used by NL8 when creating a log unless it finds a Special Date Log Template There must be a Normal Daily Log template for each weekday See Log Template setup for more detailed information Other Log Template These are Log templates you save under a specific name for later use For example you might save the Friday Normal Daily Log Template as Other Log Template named Friday Old Then you can edit the Friday Normal Daily Log Template to add some more commercial breaks for a heavy advertising period Later when you want to revert to the original Friday Log Template o
447. ots in the following avails into break 1 of the currently defined window in the 2AM hour in MasterPlay Windows is defined on event 0202 amp BREAK2 would send them to break 2 and so on If Natural Log has an if used break which is not needed it won t fill the break with anything If no spots get logged into the avails immediately following the break number line the break is skipped in MasterPlay In this way optional breaks can be set up in the log formats but skipped when not needed MasterPlay Commands Automation commands can be sent to the MasterPlay such as to play a specific audio cut or source switching from Natural Log On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 00000123401 you could make the entry shown above at event 0211 above This would play 1 00 of commercials followed by the weather all part of a 1 30 break from the network and it would be triggered by network since LOB is event type for this window as shown on event 0202 NL8 only needs amp 00000123401 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast order
448. ou can also check this box to prevent this logged item from appearing on the customer s invoice This is useful for scheduling automation commands or other items linked to the spots that you don t want the customer to see on their invoice Also see Macro Overview in section 3 09 Macro Examples in section 3 09 01 Rules Used by NL8 when Logging Macros in section 3 09 02 Page 3 40 Natural Log User Manual 3 10 Scheduling Special Event Templates Special Event templates are special Log Templates useful for those stations that run programming that often changes times and days such as sports programming These Special Event templates have the same formatting as regular Log Templates but they apply to less than a full day and may be scheduled to replace the regular Log template on any given date and time During the period these special templates are scheduled the regular Log Template for a day is not used Order Lines may be linked to the Special Event Template see Complex Scheduling Options in section 3 08 of this manual so the order line runs anytime the special event is scheduled Scheduling Special Event Templates From the NL8 main menu select Traffic you may select the Special Events Scheduler function You can select the station and date range to display Each station has its own Special Events Schedule Be sure the date range includes the correct dates NOTE NL8 allows scheduling a Special Events Template
449. ou enter in the time column Page 5 4 Natural Log User Manual 5 01 Editing Log Templates cont To edit or enter an individual Log Template event double click the event w Edit Log Format Line Iof x Maximum Spots in Break Event Type Start Commercial Break Avail a Scheduled Time 8 22 00 AM be Description Commercial Break Length B oo Avail Type Restriction x New Avail Type Fill Priority 2 Save Cancel Log Template Event Type Fill Code On the Log Template event edit screen this box is only available when entering a new Log Template event Source Local You can select Q Start New Commercial Break Avail Q 4Continue Commercial Break Avail Q Stand Alone Avail Q Log Text Program Title Automation Command PageBreak Log Template Time You should enter at least an approximate scheduled time for the event in this column If you leave the time blank NL8 looks up the Log Template and uses the last valid time entered in this column and applies it to this event Note If the Log Template being edited is a Special Event Template this column is elapsed time since the start of the program In all other cases this is actual time of day Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 5 5 5 01 Editing Log Templates cont ig Edit Log Format Line Iof x Maximum Spots in Break Event Type Start Commercial Break Avail a x
450. ou selected in Natural Log Setup Station See Automation Interfacing in Chapter 11 for detailed information on specific automation system logs See next page for discussion of reconciling NL8 logs with automation play logs 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type PSS ee Automation Log FileName C Natural Log 100103t1 log Browse Station Number i x Help Convert Cancel Select the appropriate automation type Click Browse to tell NL8 where to write the log NL8 will remember the last path you entered Certain automation systems need a station number See Chapter 11 for your specific automation type to determine what if anything needs to go here Click Convert when ready If errors are encountered NL8 will allow you to display the automation log errors lt 4 10 1 03 Automation Errors 12 17 00 AM Automation Source MISSING item not sent to automation Print Export Help Close Natural Log User Manual Page 6 13 6 06 Reconciling Automation Play Log Reconciliation is an optional process whereby the NL8 Log is compared with an actual aired Play Log You may do this manually by deleting any unplayed items from an NL8 log in the Log Editor With some automation systems NL8 can read the automation play logs or air logs as described on the next page This reconciliation process helps Q Obtain actual playtimes of the items for Invoices Affidavits Q Be sure missed items are
451. ough TFN Copy Schedule Contents Append ltem Insert Item Edit Item Delete ltem PO002 0044 American National Bank 30 Packet Expires 12 24 03 11 59 59 PM P0002 0048 American National Bank 30 Packet TFN Step 4 During order entry specify Schedule SO002 004 as the CopylD for the order line s Copy or Rotator to Play 50002 004 American National Bank 30 Schedule 9 1 03 TFN i NL8 Logging Process During log generation NL8 will stay on the first line of the Schedule and play Packet PO002 004A cut 1001 only when the order line runs before 10AM and cut 1002 only when the order line runs after 10AM through Dec 24 After Dec 24 it will drop down to line 2 of the Schedule and Play Packet P0002 004B cut 1003 only when the order line runs before 10AM and cut 1004 only when the order line runs after 10AM Natural Log User Manual Page 4 15 4 05 Complex Copy Example 4 Example Copy Varies Based on Time of Day Day of Week with Part of Day Running a Rotator Suppose you have 3 pieces of copy CopylD 1001 1002 1003 to be run as follows You want to rotate cuts 1001 1002 50 each before 10AM Cut 1003 should run 100 after 10AM This is especially difficult because NL8 does not allow Rotators to be placed within Packets to prevent endless loops Break this problem into 2 Packets within a Rotator Packet 1 consists of cuts 1001 and 1003 substituting for each other at 10AM each day Pac
452. ow at event 0009 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs the amp C9001 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 Example of Load Window Set Voice with DCS Maestro Event 0001 shown below You can do the DCS Set Voice function or any DCS function by entering the proper codes at the appropriate point on the Natural Log Template setup on shown at event 0001 below This would set the announce voice to voice 04 at 12 00 AM Note that the event description must be amp D LW99 followed by a space then Set Voice followed by a space then followed immediately by the 2 digit code of the voice to be used This format must be followed exactly for the DCS system to recognize it D LW99 tells the DCS system that this is a voice change directive 04 determines which voice to use Example of Execute Function with DCS Maestro Event 0017 shown below You can send the DCS Execute Function or any DCS function by entering the applicable code at the appropriate point on the Natural Log Template setup As shown on event 0017 below amp D XF11 tells the system to execute the function the Execute Function 11 text is to make this readable by humans lt a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O aad x D amp g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit L
453. p 0000 plus the number of command lines amp H MUST equal the number of avail slots in AV Air Avails Example for AudioVault AV Air Assume you have 10 avails in Natural Log in the 12 Midnight hour but AudioVault AV Air only has 8 avails in that hour The first 8 spots and or unused avail slots scheduled by Natural Log in the 12 Midnight hour will load OK but the next 2 scheduled by Natural Log for the 12 Midnight hour will load into the 1AM hour on AudioVault AV Air Your entire broadcast day will be off When viewing a completed Natural Log in the Natural Log editor you will note all unused Natural Log avail slots in the Natural Log Template are converted to amp 0000 AVAIL which is the Unused Avail marker for AudioVault AV Air These lines are sent to AudioVault AV Air as cut 0000 Page 10 16 Natural Log User Manual 10 07 AudioVault AV Air Automation o Configure the AudioVault AV Air Traffic Loader Interface The AudioVault AV Air system interface in the AudioVault computer must be configured to read the Natural Log data in the following format ASCII file with Carriage Return Line Feed at the end of each line Note Originally the AV Air interface was designed to handle only 8 charcater CopylD s In NL8 Windows copylD s can be up to 20 characters while AV Air can handle up to 13 characters NI8 log export types AV Air Older DOS version handles up to 8 characters in CopylD COLUMN LENGTH FIELD IDENTIFICATION
454. p finding the source of errors on an invoice Edit Finalized and Closed Invoice If the invoice has been finalized and the billing month is closed and you need to correct an invoice you must reissue a corrected invoice in the current month as described in section 7 03 Opening an Invoice For Editing To open an invoice for editing from Billing click Broadcast Invoices display the invoice list for the period and double click the invoice to open it 4 PENDING Invoice for Order 0112 002 File Edit Invoice Transactions Tools Help Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc DEMO FM Invoice Affidavit S Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Invoice ID Pendin Accounts Payable Invoice Date 10 1 rive Receive Rayment P O Box A Account ID 0112 Anywhere T 78000 Order ID 0112 002 Account Rep Corey White Enter Adjustment Sponsor Abx Cablevision Of Texas Inc Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc Detail Cad Datel Timel Lenath Description Cops Eost a 10 1 03 08 45 AM 30 Sponsorship k Apply Prepayment 10 1 03 12 13 PM 30 Spot 10 1 03 03 16 PM 30 Spot EEN 10 1203 Package Co Op Scripts Save Final Invoice Trial Invoice Gross Discount Agency Net_ Tax Billed 22000 00o ooo 22000 000 220 00 Reference Date __ Type 2 A A E yaa Pending Iny Tci Cablevision Of Texas Inc 220 w Natural Log User Manual Page 7
455. pX uses the Music schedule to establish the stopset locations and log framework The breaks are defined in the music log with an entry called stopset that appears in the description 1 column See your Music scheduler help to determine how to place the stopset markers in the Music Log Within the stopsets defined in your Music Log Opx will insert the commercials from the Traffic log created by Natural Log In the Traffic log all stopsets must be preceded with a marker entered EXACTLY as amp OPX_BREAK You may if desired put a Q Code immediately after the last bracket to be applied to first item in the commercial break Otherwise the Q Code for the commercial break will be As long as the number of traffic placeholders OPX_BREAK in traffic does not exceed the number of commercial break placeholders in the music log for a given hour the hour will merge correctly Break times do not have to match between music amp traffic for a given hour Configuring the OpX Import Filter Before you an import the first NL8 log into OpX you must configure the OpX Log Import Filter in section 10 49 01 OpX Cut Numbers All you need to do is enter the OpX cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the cut ID in NL8 system matches the number in OpX Page 10 122 Natural Log User Manual 10 49 BSI OpX Automation ion Log Reconciliation is
456. pen the Friday Old Other Log Template and copy it back to the Friday Normal Daily Log Template See Log Template setup for more detailed information Open Item Account Statement This is a type of account statement in NL8 that lists all unpaid invoices plus any current period account activity It does not show individual runtimes which are shown on invoices Also see Balance Forward Account Statement Please note that selecting these statement types does not change the internal record keeping of NL8 You can always switch between Open ltem and Balance Forward statements for individual customers without any loss of data Page 12 6 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Glossary of Terms Packets This consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy that run together and substitute for each other in various days and or time periods During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Packet itself to be scheduled when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the appropriate individual CopylD within the Packet and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can Packet together Payments Receipt of payment for an invoice that has already been issued If you receive payment for an invoice that has not yet been issued that is a prepayment Payments are applied to pay individual invoices already issued in NL8 Prepayments are applied as a credit on a customer s account to be used in the
457. permit Account Reps salesmen to enter their own orders in NL8 but the orders will not run until the required level of review approval is obtained If order review is required in NL8 program options see section 2 01 of this manual the review check boxes will be visible on the memo tab of the order entry screen If the logged on user is one of the user types that can review orders see section 2 03 of this manual the review check boxes will be available for that user to click to show they have reviewed the order Note If the Require User Login checkbox on the User Permissions tab is not checked no review or approval is required even if you set a required review and approval in program options Finding Orders Awaiting Review Approval All broadcast orders awaiting review approval have their order status set to INBOX and the status can be changed to OK only after all required reviews approvals have been obtained HOLD and INBOX status orders are never logged When a log is generated a warning is generated if any broadcast order s that would otherwise run on that log are on HOLD or INBOX status The user types who review and approve orders can quickly find orders awaiting review in Traffic Broadcast Order Browser by selecting InBox Orders in the View Orders box The user can open the broadcast order and on the Memo tab click next to their user type to indicate their approval of the order and it will disappear from their InBox After the last r
458. plates This will work with any of the Digilink commands just use the amp when entering the event description on the Natural Log Template In this example we included Source3 ON only to make it readable to humans Digilink only needs amp So3 Digilink Play Cut Example Event 0107 shown below Assume you may need to run the non commercial weather audio named WX 1 at certain times each day as part of a 3 00 commercial break The entry starting at 0103 through 0106 would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather on event 0107 Note that the length of the commercial break listed was reduced by the length of the weather Once again DigiLink only needs the amp WX 1 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Digilink Command Sequence Example Event 0109 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then switch to Source 2 then play a closer cut 2002 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the following entry in the Natural Log Templates s Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help D amp Ss D x v New Template Print EditLine Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name
459. plies with Natural Log s numbering system Therefore you simply enter the 5 digit SmartCaster number or letters if used into the CopylD field when entering Order Lines in Natural Log Make sure the number in our system matches the number in SmartCaster Merging NL8 log into SmartCaster BreakLogs The SmartCaster Automation system uses a BreakLog into which both music and traffic can be merged You must choose to CLEAR or MERGE NL8 into the BreakLog CLEAR If you are not using a music scheduler we recommend you select CLEAR in the NL8 log conversion window This will create a new completely blank BreakLog into which the NL8 log data will be inserted MERGE If you are using a music scheduler we recommend you select MERGE in the NL8 log conversion window This will only replace those breaks into which NL8 puts commercial content and NOT clear those breaks that have music loaded from a separate music scheduler Log Reconciliation is Supported for SmartCaster You will need to obtain a Verification log from Smartcaster named LOG ddd where ddd is the day of week abbreviation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file BREAKLOG dayday Day of week Mon Tue etc BREAKLOG MON is send Log for Monday Input reconciliation verification file LOG ddd where ddd is the day of week abbreviation LOG MON is reconciliation verification log for Monday Continued on next page Page 10 80 Natural Log User Manual 10 29 Smartcaster
460. port formats and restore default report format in section 9 07 Continued on next page Page 9 24 Natural Log User Manual 9 14 Report Type Log Reports cont General Tab Report Type The Log Reports screen has 3 types of reports Q Log Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the items that ran on the logs during the report period The report includes columns for total items run total time scheduled and total cost Q Log Detail Prints a detail list of each item that ran for each customer of what ran on the logs during the report period This includes indiviudla times rates copylD etc Q Log Times Prints a detail list of the date and time only for each item that ran for each customer of what ran on the logs during the report period Q NonLog Charge Summary Prints a summary 1 row for each customer of the Non Log Charges see definition in glossary that have been posted by the log generator during the report period The report includes columns for total NLC items and total cost Q NonLog Charge Detail Prints a detail list of the date and amount of each Non Log Charge see definition in glossary that was posted by the log generator for each customer during the report period Sample Log Times Report Report View Tools Help m Report Settings Filters Log Times Report Sample Log Times for the Period 9 1 03 to 10 15 03 0146 001 1St Ann Hispanic Brdestr Sat 9 6 03 00 60 7 0
461. pots are to be inserted when the log conversion is done Therefore immediately before each Commercial Break on the Natural Log Template you need to give it a Digital JukeBox Break number Within each hour you can have breaks numbered from 1 to 10 See event 0101 below The break number must precede every break in the NL8 log templates a Log Templates File Edit Tools Help k x D amp v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM a Normal Daily Log Monday a 01 00 AM x 1 17 004M amp BREAKI 1 17 00 AM Commercial Break x x s x amp 0023 Overnite Weather 1 30 004M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 Program Digital JukeBox Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching if available in the automation On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event Name When used with amp you may enter any combination of letters and numbers UNLESS Digital JukeBox has a restriction NL8 will pick up the command or cut name number to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event name Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0108 shown above You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0023 you could make the entry shown at event 0108 abov
462. prepayment credit to an existing invoice Section 8 0701 Q Manually apply the prepayment credit to a pending invoice Section 8 07 02 Q Transfer the prepayment credit to another order or customer for future use Section 8 07 03 Q Refund the remaining credit balance Section 8 07 04 Natural Log User Manual Page 8 21 8 07 01 Manually Apply Pre Payment Credit to Final Invoice s In this case the invoice is already issued and you need to manually apply a prepayment credit to it Q From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Q Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Apply Prepayment button on the right side of the screen Q You must select the specific prepayment credit item to be applied Apply Prepayment Credit Iof x Select Prepayment Credit to be applied Prepayments for 0133 American National Bank spanish Marcia Show Credit Balances Pn anae bate Priene Desoto 1 26 04 TENTE DEMO AM C Cash Spots 7 DEMO AM 7C Cash Spots Prepaid Crec Auto Apply Unapplied Amount 4720 00 Select Item s to which Prepayment Credit is to be applied UnPaid Items for j 0133 American National Bank spanish b Show Balances x OF Amount 9 30 03 DEMO 4M 0133 001 American National Bank ee gt F Transaction Date Jan 26 2004 Total Amount Appled s0 00 50 00 LA x Save Credit Help Cancel
463. problem with a backup you always have another Natural Log support CANNOT help you recover data if you do not have a good recent data backup Do Automatic INTERNAL Data Backup NL will do an automatic INTERNAL data backup during NL startup if you set this to DAILY This internal backup is done to a folder on the NL computer It is highly recommended you leave this set to DAILY Keep Broadcast Orders for Years This option allows you to specify how long orders are kept 2 5 years 5 years is recommended 99 years will cause orders to never be deleted Page 2 2 Natural Log User Manual 2 01 Natural Log Program Options Keep Logs for Years This option allows you to specify how long Logs are kept 2 5 years 2 years is recommended 99 years will cause logs to never be deleted Keep A R Transactions for Years This option allows you to specify how long individual Account Transactions such as invoices and payments are kept 2 5 years after they are zeroed out 5 years is recommended 99 years will cause AR Transactions to never be deleted Note To preserve AR balances non paid and non zeroed invoice and prepayment transactions are never deleted until they are zeroed out no matter what this value is set to Order Review Approval before Logging This option allows you to permit Account Reps salesmen to enter their own orders in NL but they will not run until the required level of Review and Approval is obtained The specified
464. quired time window is not contiguous See the following example Non Contiguous Schedule Window Example You could create a time for Drive Times which includes 06 00 00AM to 10 00 00AM and 3 00 00PM to 7 00 00PM Then on your order you could specify Drive times and any spots on that order line would run in any hour 6 10A or 3 7P Sporting Event Example Suppose you have sponsors for a series of sporting events The starting times for these events may be set right before the event or may often change Instead of changing each sponsor s schedule each time there is a change in the event time you could define a time class e g S which would designate the sporting event When entering the sponsor schedules enter S times instead of specific times Then when you know the exact times of the event you can go into the Time Define function and set the start and end times for the time class S This is much easier than changing all the schedules for each change in event time If it is a recurring series of events with varying times and days then each week you could change the time class definition for the upcoming week Entering Start and End Times for the Time Class Start and End Times should be entered for each day of the week in your usual local time format NL will assume any spots for a Time Class can run in ANY times listed in any column for that Time Class and that day of the week Time Classes DO NOT guarantee a specific amount of spots in any parti
465. r a 2 day period including question and answer sessions After the initial 90 post purchase period users may enroll in future training classes to train new personnel at the prevailing tuition rate C Licensor does not provide a toll free telephone number for support or training D The end user must provide their employee s a telephone that is usable from the location from which the program is being operated No support will be provided in cases in which the end user s telephone cannot be used by the end user when sitting directly in front of the computer on which the program is installed E International support is provided by e mail at info nat soft com or by your local Natural Broadcast Systems distributor F Licensor does not provide support for any configuration setup screen saver or printing problems related to any operating system or other product not provided by Natural Broadcast Systems Inc 7 ENHANCEMENTS From time to time Licensor may in its sole discretion advise the End User of updates upgrades enhancements or improvements to the Software and or new releases of the Software collectively Enhancements and may license the End User to use such Enhancements upon payment of prices as may be established by Licensor from time to time All such Enhancements to the Software provided to the End User shall also be governed by the terms of this License In order for the End User to be assured that it will be advised of and li
466. r account information is accessed through a Customer Browser screen From the NL8 main menu select Traffic then Customer Account Browser 4 Sample Customer Account Browser File Edit View Browser Settings Tools Help aes x amp amp i tf g KA New Open Delete Find Print Columns Help Close BEI EI r Sort by 1st Sponsor BY then BiinaName 24 then COBY View Customers for lt 3 AllAccountReps CI 06 Albert Doorknob CI 04 Allen Hedge CI 02 Corey White C 03 Delfino Garcia C3 01 Eddy Munster CI 09 Grandma Moses C3 00 House Accounts CI 07 Ima Manager C 05 Leeroy Mantcha C 08 Sally Selalot C3 10 Salseman 10 All Active Customers CustID Sponsor BilingName JAccountRep Order 1St Ann Hispanic Brdcstrs Awd Marisa Bianca Productions 0146 Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Body Tech American National Bank American National Bank spanish Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Anytown Filley Co Anytown VFW Apache Chemical Apache Tractor amp Implement Amolds Jewelers Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac Cattanwond Inn Restaurant And Abs Cablevision Of Texas Inc Allen s Ad Agency American National Bank American National Bank spanish Another Debut Anytown American Legion Anytown Chamber Of Commerce Any
467. r and on that date when NL8 starts up it will warn you and or the Account Rep and display the item s needing to be done that day Generic NL8 system reminders Reminders that may not belong to a specific customer or order can be entered from the main NL8 screen under Tools Reminders Generic NL8 Reminder Example Assume you need to pick up new copy for an order on October 13 You can set up a reminder and on that date when NL8 starts up it will warn you and or the Account Rep and display the item s needing to be done that day Page 11 8 Natural Log User Manual 11 08 Tools Activity Log User Log Activity Log NL8 maintains an internal log of changes made to customer accounts orders logs and account receivable transactions posted by each user The Activity Log under the Tools menu on the appropriate customer order transaction or log screen allows you to view the change history for the displayed item and the dates times the changes were performed and if user Logon is required the user who performed the action Sample Activity Log for Customer 0133 American National Bank spanish Date Time Ss Users Action 1413 04 11 14054M NL_Administrator MassChange Orders InvoiceT ype gt Detail Affidavit 1 13 04 11 16 22 M Larry MassChange Orders InvoiceType gt Summary 1 13 04 11 17 254M NL_Administrator Issue 80 00 InvO3090008 9 30 03 for Order 0133 001 1 20 04 3 19 43 PM NL_Administrator Edit Cust 133
468. r must be purchased from Enco The Log sent by NL8 to Enco s filter merger uses a version of the Generic Text NL DOS format log output file See Enco DAD Automation Log Format for a description of the file Use this File Format to have Enco personnel configure their filter module to read this file Alternatively you may send one of the automation log files to Enco so they configure the reader Users of Enco DADPro32 released after January 2003 can use the built in Enco DADPro32 ASCII Flat File importer and not have to buy an Enco Custom Filter Enco DAD Custom Filter Automation Log File Format Please call Natural Software with any questions about this file format The file is straight ASCII with no page breaks no formfeeds no headers and no graphics Each line is 78 characters log plus a Carriage Return Line Feed total 80 characters per record The file name is mmddyrT LOG where mm Month 05 for May dd Day 01 for the first yr Year 95 for 1995 01 for 2001 T traffic schedule M is for Music schedule NL8 station number Example 050195T1 LOG is Traffic log for 05 01 95 for station 1 COLUMN LENGTH FIELD IDENTIFICATION 1 3 Scheduled Hour 4 3 Scheduled Minute 7 2 Scheduled Second 10 8 Cart number filename to play left justified 19 1 Start Code Segue Load Autoplay Normal 20 24 Event description sponsor name etc 45 4 Length in seconds left padded ze
469. r prepayment item to be adjusted and click Continue If the item you need to adjust is not listed click Show Items with 0 Balances checkbox to see all items for the customer 4 Select A R Item to be adjusted and click Continue Show items for 0102 Anytown Filley Co 7 Anytown Filley Co I Show Items with 0 balances 9 30 03 03090010 DEMO AM 0102 001 Anytown Filley Co 10 31 03 03100038 DEMO 4M 0102 001 Anytown Filley Co 10 31 03 03100149 01 DEMO 4M Finance Charge 10 1 03 10 31 03 Avg Balance 200 Continue Hi Cancel Alternatively you can enter an adjustment directly onto an invoice by opening the invoice to be adjusted and clicking the Enter Adjustment button You can open the invoice from Reports the Transaction Browser from the individual customer account screen using the Accounts Receivable tab or from the Customer Account History Continued on next page Page 8 14 Natural Log User Manual 8 06 Acct Receivable Adjustments cont The general procedure to enter Accounts Receivable adjustments continued Accounts receivable Adjustment Entry details Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090010 Enter Adjustment Aaa Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description Amount November 29 2003 7 cr Credit Adjustment a R Credit Adjustment 200 00 Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance 03090010 9 30 03 DEMO AM 0102 001 Anytown Filley Co 20
470. r this customer or create a new CopylD This CopylD can be Normal Copy Packet Rotator or Copy Schedule See Copy Manager in Chapter 4 for more detailed Copy information and examples Cost per Broadcast On the Order entry screen this tells NL8 what to charge for each item scheduled from this Order Line Each station on which the Order runs should be assigned a cost 0 00 is OK Note This entry is not used if Level Package or Variable Package is selected on the Order Invoice Instructions tab Natural Log User Manual Page 3 27 Alternating Week and Specified Week Scheduling On the Order Line entry screen the Run field has multiple uses but is most commonly set to All Weeks However additional uses can arise in complex scheduling situations described below ed Order Line 0002 001 01 American National Bank Date Range in which this Order Line runs Tuesday September 02 2003 z thru Wednesday December 31 2003 x Runs all Weeks X 02 DEMO FM Every Sth Wk gt Time Every 10th Wk 1 00 0 Every 11th Wk gt Every 12th Wk If dezi Every 13th Wk Specified Wks Filler Only Mon Link gt Hs Football 01 he time in normal time format ime Range Sino Pevwack r Order Line Details Length Type 32 CA Commercial Announcement W Description Note Sponsorship sst i sY AvailType NS News Sponsorship Position UnResticted st ti iti s s s s
471. ral Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file Tmmddyr DIG mm is month dd is day yr is year T110295 DIG is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile Play log file LmmddyrA DIG mm is month dd is day yr is year L110295A DIG is Play Log for 11 02 95 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 5 10 03 Arrakis Digilink Automation ony Digilink Commands Commands can be sent to the Digilink such as source switching from the Natural Log templates You can also pre schedule non commercial audio cuts to be played directly from the NL8 log template Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual On the Natural Log Template simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description You may also enter more than one command per line just enter a space between each command and start each command with amp Digilink Command Example Event 0101 shown below The command to switch to source 3 may be code So3 in the Digilink You would enter this as amp So3 in the event description column in the NL8 Log Tem
472. rance 0026 Dewitt Poth amp Son 0153 Diversified Liquidators Page 9 30 Natural Log User Manual 9 16 Report Type Transactions cont lt a Payments Detail i x Report View Tools Help m al Cs A ae r Report Settings Filters Report Format Standard Report Type Payments Detail put Report Period Custom Dates 7 From Jan a 2004 x tofFeb 23 2004 7 Get Report Sample for the period 1 1 04 through 2 29 04 Payment Ee E 04020024 Payment Check 3427 on Inv 04020027 2 DEMO AM 7 C Cash Spots 0112 Abx Cablevision Of Texas 04010001 2 DEMO 4M 7 C Cash Spots 0133 American National Bank spi 04020004 2 DEMO AM 7 C Cash Spots 0003 Another Debut 04020028 Payment Check 1 on Inv 03C 0155 Anytown American Legion 04020025 Payment Check 3412 on Inv 04020025 Payment Check 3412 on Inv 0012 Bommer Ford Payments Report 58 30 0 00 58 30 1 116 30 i 1 116 30 lt a Payments Detail Report View Tools Help m N A ree Ta Report Settings Filters Report Format Standard Report Type Payments Summary hd Report Period Custom Dates x From Jan Pal i gt 2004 x tof Feb gt 23 gt 2004 x Get Report Sample forthe period 1 0112 Abx Cablevision OF Texas Inc 0133 American National Bank spanish 0003 Another Debut 0155 Anytown American Legion 0012 Bommer Ford
473. rate rules 1200a 0600 lt 1000a 0300p 0300p 0700p 0700p 11 een 1200 a MTWTFSS MTWTFSS MTWTFSS MT WTFSS MTWTFSS MT WTFSS M 0112 002 Pkg Abx Cablevision 0 2 65 0002 001 American National Bank 0002 003 American National Bank 0002 004 Pkg American National 0133 001 American National Bank 0102 001 Pkg Anytown Filley Co 0005 001 Pkg Apache Tractor amp 0006 001 Arnolds Jewelers Spot 0007 003 Pkg Asap Paging Spr 0008 001 Baptist Bible Hour Z Spo 0011 001 Pkg Bette s Sewing Ce 001 Bommer Ford Spot 002 Pkg Bommer Ford Sp 0013 001 Bommer Tractor 7 Spot 0013 002 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 Bommer Tractor Spot 0015 001 Bordens Inc Spot 0016 001 Pkg Brooks amp Lee Fune 0017 001 Caraway Ford Mercury Z 001 7 002 Caraway Ford Mercury Z 0017 003 Caraway Ford Mercury 001 City Utilities Spot 002 Pkg City Utilities Spot 001 Pkg Davis And Logan 001 Diversified Liquidators 001 Donnie s Western Wear Dlana t Cant Report Format Standard Report Type Order Rates Lowest Rate 7 Report Period This Month x From Oct z o 2003 x tof Oct JE 7 2003 7 Spot Pgm Length fal x Avail Types 4ll at Exact Daypart Matching M General Tab Report Format Standard is default but you may also use this dropdown box to select another customized report format you have previously saved See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default rep
474. re accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser or from an open Customer Account screen Orders tab 4 Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank File Print Schedule Tools Help lt S H Lj A S M Previous Order Next Order Confirmation Production Help Cancel Close G Schedule Approvals 7 Memos Runs on Station s General Order Instructions Order Statusjok Run Dates Tuesday September 30 2003 thru IN O CSY Product Advertised merican National Bank Order Type Spot v Part of Bulk Contract B00001 American National Bank Bulk Annual Commitment Assign Revenue Type C Cash Spots OO Protect Producti 03 Banks ce Protect Product2 00 None Minimum Separation 30 Minutes between Broadcasts from this Order Account Rep 03 Delfino Garcia x Order Status OK Hold or InBox Orders on HOLD or in the INBOX are not logged Hold might be used if copy does not arrive on time If Order Review and Approval is required in NL8 setup the status is automatically InBox until the requisite order review and approval is performed Runs on Station s You must specify at least one station on which the order is to run Run Dates Start date and end date inclusive during which the order should run TFN till further notice is a valid end date Product The specific product being advertised This is also how the item will be liste
475. re will return your data to its status as of the last Data Backup date Q It will erase any data from the restored database that was entered since the last Data Backup of that database Data Restore In MultiUser LAN environments no other user can have the NL8 database open during this procedure To begin the Data Restore from the Main screen Q Click Data Restore i Restore Database from saved data backup Ed Select the Folder containing the Backup file to be Restored Browse to New Folder 3 C Temp CI D Backup BackUp FileName to be Restored Sample zip v DataBase to be Restored Start Data Restore Select the file folder containing the backup file to be restored Select the filename to be restored Verify that the correct database will be restored as listed in the top box on the screen Click Start Data Restore to begin the data restore Ooo D Natural Log User Manual Page 11 3 11 03 Database Repair Some database corruption problems can not be repaired so it is always vitally important that you do frequent Data Backups Corrupted Database When you attempt to open or compact a database that has been corrupted a run time error usually occurs In some situations however a corrupted database may not be detected and no error occurs but the database acts oddly Database corruption can occur if The Natural Log program is closed unexpectedly because of a power outage or compu
476. reak begins This is done in the NL log formats as follows and is mandatory Assume you want to have a break at 17 after and 28 after the hour You would make this entry in the Natural Log Templates Digital Universe Commands Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0107 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0023 you could make the entry shown below at event 0107 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0116 shown below You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0116 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description aj Log Templates ioj x File Edit Tools Help D x va D amp g New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM 7 Normal Daily Log 7 Monday 7
477. reate a new piece of Copy on this account You can use the Open button or double click the item to view edit the highlighted Copy item You can use the Delete button to delete a piece of copy O oOo oO O You can filter the Copy List for active copy expired copy and all copy Natural Log User Manual Page 3 5 3 01 Customer Account Screen cont Customer Memo tab On the Customer entry screen this tab allows you to enter memo items for this customer Additionally you can enter dated reminders using the Contact Manager Account Date Reminders button 0002 American National Bank x File Orders Copy Manager Biling Account Receivable Tools Help 5 ae Previous Cust Next Cust Print eMail Help Cancel Close CustomerData J Ordes Accounts Receivable CopyManager Customer Memo r Customer Memos Contact Manager Account Date Reminders This customer always needs to have orders renewed each December Contact Manager Account date Reminders You can view the date specific Reminders for the displayed customer See section 9 07 for a discussion of the date specific reminders Page 3 6 Natural Log User Manual 3 02 Customer Data Entry Customer Accounts are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Customer Browser or AcctsRec Customer Browser menu The accounts are displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired To create a
478. records the changes will become the default values for any future customers entered for this agency The values do not automatically apply to customer accounts existing before the data changes If you make a chnage and want to apply the new agency values to all existing accounts assigned to the agency click the Apply gt Accounts button Use this with care as there is no mass undo if you apply something incorrectly Agency Data Fields Except for Agency name and AgencylDB the data required to set up an agency is mostly the same as the data used during customer entry See 3 02 for a complete description of these data entry values Agency IDB This is a unique number that identifies the agency in your electronic invoice clearinghouse and should be provided by the agency or the clearinghouse amp 2 vi Print Help Cancel Close enc Allen s Ad Agency Agency Information New Sponsor Default Values Bright Star Agency i pati m Tery Advertising Agency Name Friedrich Media Services Dave And Dave Advertising Agency IDB ID for Electronic Invoice delivery Friedrich Media Services Marcia Wiggles amp Associates Biling Name Friedrich Media Services Media Buyers Media Minus Address Accounts Payable Mike Meyers And Assoc Address2 15415 Black Canyon CityState Anywhere TX Zip eo Telephone 210 555 5555 Fax i rey Contact Name Don Friedrich s S Salutation ss SO O O
479. red AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1106 11 17 00 AM Required AvailType is Template AvailType 1109 11 17 00 AM Required AvailType 4S Template AvailType 1110 11 17 00 AM Required AvailType s Template AvailType 1115 11 28 00 am Required AvailType 43 Template AvailType 1116 11 28 00 aM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1117 11 26 00 AM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1116 11 26 00 AM Required AvailType 43 Template AvailType 1119 11 28 00 aM Required AvailType 4S Template AvailType 1120 11 28 00 AM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1122 11 37 00 aM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1123 11 37 00 AM Required AvailType i3 Template AvailType 1124 11 37 00 AM Required AvailType 43 Template AvailType 1125 11 37 00 aM Required AvailType s Template AvailType 1126 11 27 00 aM Required AvailType 43 Template AvailType 1127 11 37 00 aM Required AvailType 3 Template AvailType 1123 11 45 00 AM Logged 0012 002 01 Bommer Ford 00 20 WS 6 20 00 AM 6 22 00 aM 0602 6 00 00 NRA Ne an E Required AvailType W3 Template AvailType NS Damir ad dsrsil Temana f Tamni stea dsrs il Tere Ste z Find Print Export Help Close y 5 Page 6 12 Natural Log User Manual 6 05 Creating Automation Logs Convert Log to Automation Log In the Log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log in the Log Editor to create a Log in the appropriate format for the Automation system y
480. report screen generates reports showing how much of you broadcast avail inventory is sold and or unsold based the Log Templates and Orders entered in NL8 as of the date the report is generated See General Tab Distribute Non Fixed Spots for important information regarding these reports and Inventory Report Columns to configure your daypart columns To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Inventory Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed as described on the 2nd following page in this section of the manual the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 4 Sample Inventory Report Report View Tools Help i o amp Memorize Export Print m Report Settings Filters Report Type Jinventory S old VS Unsold x Report Format Standard Report Period Custom Dates 7 From October 01 2003 7 Include Avail Types All Include Preemption Levels All to October 31 2003 7 Report Basis Units x Distribute Non Fixed Spots k d v v IV
481. ress to be printed as the return address on all documents for this station such as Confirmations Invoices and Statements You can add an optional small logo by right clicking on the Logo button or in the Logo picturebox If you do add a logo you are responsible for assuring proper dimensions NL does not shrink or expand the logo NL just prints it as is The printed logo should be approximately the size of a first class postage stamp Generally any Windows compatible graphics file format is supported bitmap etc The Logo is printed to the left of the station return address on the documents Station Document Formats Order Confirmation Production Order LogSetup InvoiceSetup Account Statement Natural Log User Manual Page 2 9 2 05 Order Confirmation Format Natural Log allows you to set up document formats for each NL station as well as a Multi Station format for situations in which more than one station appears on a Document such as a multi station order If you are running only one station you do not need the Multi Station Documents If you are running more than 1 station you must set up a Document format for each station plus the Multi Station Document format Single Station Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats Multi Station Natural Log s Multi Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup
482. rface exports and reconciles a log in the format as specified by the RushWorks MasterPlay developers Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Rushiworks MasterPlay Automation Log FileName i Temp 72001001 sch Browse Net Headend NNHHH 01001 x Help Convert Cancel MasterPlay Cut Numbers The MasterPlay system uses 11 digit cut numbers which complies with Natural Log s numbering system any alpha and or numeric characters can be included Therefore you simply enter the 11 digit MasterPlay Spot Identification number into the CopylD field when entering Order Lines in Natural Log Make sure the number in our system matches the number in MasterPlay Log Reconciliation is Supported for MasterPla You will need to obtain a Verification log in the Wide Orbit format from MasterPlay named in the format ccccc_YYYYMMDD ARL See your MasterPlay user manual to find this verification log Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file MDDccccc SCH M 10 A 11 B 12 C DD day of month ccccc is Station or Channel 902DT001 SCH is send Log for Sept 02 for net headend DT001 Input reconciliation verification file ccccc_YYYYMMDD ARLMM month DD day YYYY Year ccccc is
483. rican National Ban 60 Sponsorship NS News Sponsorshit Insert Item 1010 News Closer Americai 15 News Closer NC News Closer Edit Item Delete ltem Print Macro Natural Log User Manual Page 3 39 3 09 03 Scheduling Macros on Orders is 0002 0001 01 Macro Item 1 OF x Details Length Type AE 15 j CA Commercial Announcement Description Note News Opener x Avail Type News Sponsorship NS Copy or Rotator to Play fi 009 News Opener American National Bank 15 9 1 03 Change Cost Allocation of total OrderLine cost to charge to this item on Invoice fo x Do NOT show this item on Customer Invoices Ei Close Save Help e For each item in the macro you specify Length of the item LogType of the item Item description note Avail Type restrictions CopylD Cost Allocation See section 3 07 for a description of these entries which are identical to the entries for a normal order line Cost Allocation For Per Broadcast billable orders you need to tell NL8 how to allocate the total order line cost between the individual items in the macro Most often 100 of the cost is charged to one of the items and 0 to the rest of the item s in the macro but the choice is yours The total allocation for all items in the macro must equal 100 Do NOT Show This Item on Customer Invoices Only on items for which you show 0 cost allocation y
484. rmat Natural Log allows you to set up Document formats for each NL station as well as a Multi Station format for situations in which more than one station appears on a Document such as a multi station order If you are running only one station you do not need the Multi Station Documents If you are running more than 1 station you must set up a Document format for each station plus the Multi Station Document format Single Station Natural Log s individual Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Document Formats Multi Station Natural Log s Multi Station Documents are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Multi Station Document Formats w DEMO AM Production Order Format Oe x Production Order Heading DEMO AM Production Order Bottom Message for Production Order Completed by a Z Restore Page Defaults Margin Font Print Sample Help Close Production Order Header This is the large typeface page heading to be printed on the Production Order for the selected station Bottom Message for Production Order This is the small typeface message printed at the end of the Production Confirmation This can be anything you want such as production instructions The following buttons are available Q Restore Default Settings You can return to the default Document format anytime by click
485. roes 50 3 Played Hour 53 3 Played Minute 56 2 Played Second 59 16 Reserved 75 4 Natural Log event pointer for reconciliation 79 2 Carriage Return Line Feed Note The fields labeled Played Hour Played Minute and Played Second are left blank by Natural Log but may be used by automation to return actual run times to Natural Log Page 10 54 Natural Log User Manual 10 17 Enco DADPro32 Automation ASCII Flat File Users of Enco DADPro32 released after January 2003 have the ability to import an ASCII Flat File from Natural Log that does not require the purchase of a custom filter from Enco NL8 creates a text file that can be imported using Enco s ASCII Flat File import as described in section 5 16 of the Enco DADPro32 manual Note Effective with version 8 0 198 of Natural Log the Multi Library version of Enco DADPro is supported There is a completely separate output log from Natural Log for this purpose labeled as Enco DAD MULTI LIBRARY Users of older versions of EncoDAD must buy the custom filter from Enco and see Interfacing to Enco DAD Automation Using Custom Filter Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Enco DADPr032 ASCII Fl
486. rough 0105 would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather Note that the length of the commercial break listed was reduced by the length of the weather Once again AudioVault only needs the amp 0023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read for humans Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual lt a Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help D x D st New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 01 00 AM x 1 14 00 AM ALIGN 1 17 00 AM l TIBREAK 1 17 00 4M Commercial Break amp 0023 Overnite Weather Natural Log User Manual Page 10 9 10 05 Auto Mate Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type AutoMate bal Automation Log FileName C Temp Thu tpd Browse 1 Hep i Convert Cancel Auto Mate Cut Numbers The Auto Mate system can use any cut numbers from S0001 to S9999 All you need to do is enter the cut number for the particular commercial spot into
487. rowse Station Number R x Help Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The Natural Log automation export can use any cut numbers up to 6 digits of numeric characters However Prophet NexGen allows audio cuts with a 6 digit SpotNumber 000001 through 999999 and a 3 Digit CutNumber 001 through 150 There are 2 uses for this 1 SpotNumber is often used to designate a CustomerID Then the CutNumber is used to identify a specific cut belonging to that customer It is not necessary that you use this numbering system but if you do in NL8 use copylD s formatted exactly as follows SSSSSS CCC where ssssss is the NL8 Customer number ccc is the CutNumber Dash is required 2 Any SpotNumber with a CutNumber of 000 is used to designate a Prophet Rotator ssssss 000 where ssssss is the Prophet Rotator number Dash is required It is not recommended you use the Prophet internal rotators instead let NL8 control the rotation of your copy so the proper copylD s can be shown on your affidavits If you let Prophet rotate your copy NL8 cannot print accurate affidavits showing actual CopylD s Log Reconciliation is Supported for Prophet NexGen Verify logs must be generated by NexGen so Natural log can read exact runtimes for log reconciliation Here are the settings you need to use when configuring the Verify log in Prophet NexGen Date 1 8 Time 9 8 Description 17 32 Event Status 69 2 SpotNumber 72 6 CutNumber 79 3 Page 10 70 Natura
488. rst Level 1 to 99 Q Second Level 100 to 199 Q Third Level 200 to 299 Q Continuing to the 8th level 900 to 999 Note Mandatory commercial breaks must have priority level of O to 99 never 100 to 899 If you leave the Fill Priority blank NL8 assigns it a level of 99 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 5 7 5 01 Editing Log Templates cont im Edit Log Format Line Iof x Maximum Spots in Break Event Type Start Commercial Break Avail a x Scheduled Time fa22004M f Deseniption Commercial Break Length B oo x Avail Type Restriction iii New Avail Type Fill Priority 2 g FillCode y Source Local 7 Log Template Fill Code The fill code is requested only for events with designating a commercial break or designating a Stand Alone commercial avail It is skipped for all other event types Unless one of the following situations applies this should always be left blank Your choices are Q Mandatory NL8 will force all Mandatory stand alone avails to be filled It will also fill to the proper length any Mandatory commercial breaks provided you enter a desired length 0o If Used Fill NL8 will fill commercial breaks to the proper length only if at least one spot is logged in that commercial break and a length is entered for the commercial break This is helpful for satellite network formats in which you must fill certain commercial breaks because the network does
489. rt can be filtered to report on individual Tax Items in case you collect taxes for different agencies or at differing rates Natural Log User Manual Page 9 35 9 18 Report Type Sales Projections Report Description This report screen generates reports showing expected future billing to be issued within the report period based on orders entered in NL8 as of the date the report is generated To get to the Sales projection reports from the main NL menu select Reports Sales Projections 44 Sample Sales Projection Summary Report On the General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report On the Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Report View Tools Help fal a cu a y Memorize Print Export EMail Help Close m Report Settings Filters Report Type Sales Projection Summary Report Format Standard 7 Report Period Next 6 Months 7 From Nov 7 2003 7 o apr 7 2004 Revenue Net x Accr
490. rticular date These items sequentially substitute for each other after the previous line s in the Schedule expire During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Schedule itself to be used when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the appropriate individual CopylD within the Schedule and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can Schedule Copy Schedule Example Suppose you have 2 pieces of copy CopyID 0018 and 0450 You want to run 0018 until Dec 24 and cut 0450 thereafter You can create a Schedule named S0018 001 or any unique CopylD you want to use and insert CopylD 0018 first in the Schedule and 0450 second into the Schedule Then within the Schedule designate cut 0018 to expire on Dec 24 During order entry specify 0018 001 the CopylD of the Schedule itself to be used when that order line runs After Dec 24 the first line of the Schedule will no longer run Cut 0018 and NL8 will drop to the second line and play cut 0450 This will also works with Packets and Rotators inserted into the Schedule 44 Copy 0118 001 Southern Auto File Print Tools Help D 4 a Previous Copy Next Copy Listen Help Cancel Close Copy Schedule Infomation Copy belongs to 0118 Southern Auto x Copy 1D S0118 001 Label S outhern Auto Length 60 copra OOO Voice H Customers Script IDY S chedule Status jk Usable Dates Sep E jon z 2003 through TFN C
491. running in the background Windows Graphical Interface Mouse driven Windows Cut and Paste and Drag and Drop functions are supported Generally right clicking on an item will cause a popup menu to appear allowing cut copy and pasting in text boxes Documents Q Order Confirmations Production Orders Logs Invoices and Statements are much more user configurable You can select the print fonts and font size to be used for each document Q NL Windows also allows you to print a graphic logo on Order Confirmations Invoices and Statements Q All documents may be printed to any Windows compatible printer or to an Adobe Acrobat PDF file for easy e mailing Order confirmations invoices and statements can be e mailed directly from NL8 provided you have appropriate e mail functions available from the computer on which NL8 is installed User Passwords Q An unlimited number of users can be created each with their own password Q Each user can have full read write access read only access to allow viewing but not editing data or can be allowed or denied access to each individual section of NL Q Users can be restricted to accessing accounts belonging to a specific account rep salesman so you can set up your salespeople as users and restrict them to only accessing their accounts and broadcast orders and also allow or deny them the right to enter and edit data see section 2 03 Q You can also allow account reps to directly enter broa
492. s Page 10 102 Natural Log User Manual 10 40 Arrakis Digilink XTreme NL8 converts to the native Digilink Xtreme log format so the Generic Text output log format is not used for this automation system logs Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Arakis Digilink XTreme Automation Log FileName i Temp T 072006 dig i x Convert Cancel Digilink Xtreme Cart Numbers Digilink can use any numeric or alphanumeric cut up to 8 characters to identify its audio cuts NL8 can handle any valid Diglink audio cut identifier so all you need to do is enter the Digilink cut identifier for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen Log Reconciliation is supported for Digilink XTReme Copy the Play Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file Tmmddyr DIG mm is mont
493. s Invoice E Mail D Product Protect 8224 Product Code 8224 Account Closed Because you cannot delete customers in NL8 once they have any Broadcast Orders or A R transactions this checkbox is used to show an account is closed so it will not be included in the customer account browser Only use this if you know that this customer will never be on your station again Sponsor This is the name of the advertiser not the agency Agency If the customer places their buys through an agency you can assign an agency To create a new Agency click the Add New button that will show up to the right of the Agency list when you click the Agency list Natural Log User Manual Page 3 7 3 02 Customer Data Entry cont Billing Name This is the name of the advertiser or agency to be billed Address1 Address2 This allows for 2 lines to be used for the billing street address to show suite or a person s name for an ATTN line City State Zip Billing address Telephone Number Fax Numbers and text allowed Contact Name The agency or sponsor contact person for this account Salutation For use when exporting a customer list to an external mail merge program such as MS Word This allows you to determine the salutation when the external mail merge program merges into a form letter This might be Dear Mr Jones or Dear John etc Contact e mail Address The e mail address of the contact person listed above This i
494. s Body Tech 500 00 06050101 0155 007 Sample AM None Anytown American Legion Allen s Bod 500 00 06050095 0155 007 Sample AM None Anytown American Legion Allen s Bod 500 00 Totals 2 000 00 KX SSS SSNS Select the Electronic Invoices to be Delivered Select the invoice settings at the top of the screen to obtain an invoice list You can select the Station s billing period and Invoice delivery method Invoice Deliver selects the invoice delivery method as set on each customer s account screen elnvoice Encoda SpotData elnvoice Radiolnvoices com elnvoice DDS Invoice Manager elnvoice eMediaTrade E Mail Adobe Acrobat pdf Fax See the discussion of the particulars of each method on the next page Create the E Invoice file s After you select the invoices to be delivered electronically click the e lnvoices button to begin the electronic invoice export process Page 7 12 Natural Log User Manual 7 05 Non Broadcast Invoice Generator To generate Non Broadcast Invoices from the main NL8 screen click Billing Non Broadcast Invoices Non Broadcast invoices cover items like talent fees equipment fees production fees lines fees etc Non Broadcast invoices can also be used to enter initial balances when starting NL8 and you have balances to enter from a prior accounting system See section 7 06 44 Sample Broadcast Invoices File Edit Help sb vB etbie 4 nla _ oS
495. s a Back Time Macro due to the Q Code to switch relay 1 on at 11 00 PM for 100 milliseconds Event 2304 is a Time Immediate Macro due to the Q Code to switch relay 2 on at 11 05 PM for 100 milliseconds This might be used to join and leave a network Your commands will be based on your actual OpX hardware setup but all OpX macros and categories may be placed in an NL8 log template in this manner using the categories enclosed within brackets Comment Example Event 2303 shown below Event 2303 is a comment which is simply a line of text that will be displayed on the OpX log screen but is not executed by the automation It is just skipped Note that event 2305 below will not be sent to OpX as a comment since it does not start with amp C Comments you want to show be shown on screen is OpX must begin with amp C in your NL8 log templates The amp C is stripped out before the comment is sent to OpX Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O amp i D D x New Template Print EditLine Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour Demo AM x Normal Daily Log 7 Monday x 11 00 PM x Th1700PM amp 0PX_BREAK 11 15 00PM amp M Relay 1 100 11 17 00PM_ amp C ABC News 11 15 00PM amp M Relay 2 100 This text will NOT be sent to OP amp C This text WILL be sent to OP lt Page 10 126 Natural Log User
496. s are to be inserted when the log conversion is done Therefore at the beginning of each new Window or program you must enter the line of text in NL8 log templates as shown on the next page lt a Log Templates OF x File Edit Tools Help D amp A D D x g lt New Template Print Edit Line Insert Blank s Insert Break Insert 1 Avail Delete Line s Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO 4M x Normal Daily Log x Monday x 02 00 AM x 2 00 004M SOME PROGRAM TITLE 00 28 30 2 00 004M WINDO W LOB 00 28 30 2 10 004M amp BREAK1 2 10 00 AM Commercial Break 2 20 004M amp BREAK2 2 20 00 AM Commercial Break 000001 23401 Overnight Weather 2 28 304M WINDOW LOI 00 01 30 2 28 304M amp BREAK1 1 30 2 10 00 4M Commercial Break 1 20 amp 000001 5567 StationID 10 Note You must enter the length of the Window in the length column in the format HH MM SS For example 00 28 30 Then before each Commercial Break on the Natural Log Template you need to tell it a MasterPlay Break Number within the defined Window This can be amp BREAK1 through amp BREAK999 The Some Program Title on line 0201 isn t needed but Window LOB command on line 0202 is required to define a window LOB tells Masterplay that the Window break events start by network trigger The event description amp BREAK 1 tells Natural Log to insert any sp
497. s for the next network contact closure Optional Break Alignment Start Example Event 0401 shown below In Satellite mode contact closures from the network start your commercial breaks Some users want to be sure Simian is positioned at the correct break when the contact closure comes The optional entry shown on event 0401 below will cause Simian to align at event 0402 at 4 15 00 AM and wait for the contact closure for the following break This forces Simian to play the correct break even if an earlier closure was missed for some reason s Log Templates OF Xx File Edit Tools Help O x D New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log Monday x 04 00 AM x 4 15 00 4M amp M REM Align for 17 break 4 17 00 AM amp M Relay 1 100 4 17 00 AM Commercial Break x x y p 4 20 00AM_ 8 MJ Relay 2100 This is an example only your Relay numbers will be different or you may use the built in audio mixer on your audio board in which case you will use MIXVOL macros to turn the network up and down instead of the RELAY macros in this example Natural Log User Manual Page 10 31 10 09 BTSG AutoMax Automation BTSG Generation IV users must use the BTSG Gen IV automation log Do NOT use this section NOTE The BTSG systems h
498. s manual or exported a text file for importing into any other program such as a spreadsheet Customizing Reports The following settings for each report may be customized by the user a Title SubTitle See section 9 04 Q Column Setting See section 9 05 Q Filter Settings See sections 9 02 and 9 03 Q Sort Settings See section 9 02 Q Page Settings See section 9 06 Memorized Reports You can save the customized report settings described above for future use by clicking Memorize You can later recall them under the Reports Memorized Reports menu choice See manual section 9 07 Report Printing Export Reports initially appear on screen but may be printed to any Windows compatible printer using the Print button Any report may be exported using the Report Export Report Data menu choice on any report screen NL8 can export to a normal text file or to delimited files that can be easily imported into other programs such as Excel NL8 also includes a PDF output module see section 11 05 of this manual so any report can be printed to an Adobe Acrobat PDF file for easy transfer via e mail View Underlying Report Data On reports except inventory reports you can double click on any data line on the report to view the underlying data that created that line on the report If the report is a summary type report a window will open with the details of the summary report line Then you can double click the detail data line yo
499. s process at the end of each month any NL8 user could go back and enter a new transaction or change or delete any transaction in the past This can change your previous Accounts Receivable reconciliation and therefore throw your current month out of balance Q Not running this process also invites misconduct by your employees One example could be issuing an invoice collecting the cash and then deleting the invoice and pocketing the cash Once the month is closed deletions are not allowed and even if the user credits off the invoice balance at least there is an audit trail and if require user login is selected in NL8 setup a record of who made the credit entry is saved Q When this process is performed each month NL8 will print a closing confirmation to verify that the closing process has been done and the date and time closing was performed We recommend accountants collect these confirmation sheets along with the end of month accounts receivable reconciliation paperwork to verify that the closing was actually performed Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 8 43 8 09 Accounts Receivable End of Month Closing Process cont End of Month Closing Process From the main NL8 menu click Accounts Receivable End of Month Closing The first time you close a month NL8 will allow you to specify the month Thereafter it will automatically close the next month eed Sample End of Month Closing Close A R bo
500. s properly posted to an account but it was later either manually or automatically applied to an incorrect invoice If the period in which the adjusting entry that applied the prepayment has already been closed the prepayment credit must be manually removed from the incorrect invoice and credited back to the original prepayment If necessary it can then be manually applied to the correct invoice See section 8 07 to manually apply prepayments to invoices Example Assume you had a 100 prepayment credit on an account and it got applied to an incorrect invoice You can t delete the applying adjustment and reenter it correctly because the period in which it was posted is already closed It doesn t matter if the invoice belonged to the correct customer or not in either instance the correction is done as shown below Q Step1 Post a DR Debit adjustment to the wrong invoice for 100 00 to restore its balance due Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090003 JOf x Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description rrm Feb os 2004 x DR Debit Adjustment UnApply Prepayment fioooo oo Reference Date Type Description Amount Balance 9 30 03 DEMO FM 0112 002 Tci Cablevision OF Texas 220 00 030901 46 9 30 03 Apply PrePayment 030907 45 3 to Inv 0309000 100 00 Pending 2 6 04 A F Debit Adjustment 100 00 Save Adjustment Example continued on nex
501. s send them a list of audio cuts to play and their developers are responsible for their support Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type m3u List hea Automation Log FileName C T emp 100203 m3u Browse Path to AudioCuts Audo x i Convert Cancel Cut Numbers Copy ID The Natural Log system can use any cut numbers up to 20 alphanumeric characters Be sure to include the mp3 wav or other extensions when entering the CopylD in NL8 during order line entry If the complete path filename and extension is 20 characters or less you can enter the entire path and filename with extension for the audio cut in the NL8 CopyID field during order line entry If your audio cut path filename plus extensions are greater than 20 characters you must not enter the path in the CopylD field in NL8 leave off the path and just enter the filename and extension Then when the Log Conversion is done in the NL8 Log Editor you can specify the path to be added in front of the filenames As an example assume you keep your audio cuts in a folder named Audio on your C drive and they all have mp3 extensions If you enter C Audio as the path to your audio cuts NL8 s log converter will add th
502. s where all e mails from NL will be sent except Invoices and Statements that are sent to the Invoice e mail address below Deliver Invoice On the customer entry screen this tells NL8 how to deliver the invoices and statements for this customer NL8 can deliver Invoices and Statements using 4 methods Mail Paper Invoice eMail Adobe Acrobat PDF This uses the internal Natural Log PDF writer to create a PDF file and deliver it via e mail to your customer s invoice e mail address elnvoice Encoda SpotData elnvoice DDS Invoice Manager elnvoice Radiolnvocies com elnvoice eMediaTrade Creates the appropriate electronic invoice file for the selected clearinghouse You are responsible to contract with the clearinghouse and pay them for electronic deliver of your invoices through their clearinghouse Fax This requires you to have an 3rd party fax capture program and fax modem to capture and send the fax to your customer s fax machine Invoice e mail Address On the customer entry screen NL8 will e mail Invoices and Statements to this address if you select eMail Adobe Acrobat PDF as the Invoice delivery method Page 3 8 Natural Log User Manual 3 02 Customer Data Entry cont Revenue Source On the Customer entry screen this is field useful for sorting and filtering your reports and may be any of the following LD Local Direct LA Local Agency ND National Direct NA National Agency NR Nati
503. scription 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break x x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 69 10 23 NexGen Prophet Automation NexGen requires an import filter template to read commercial logs With the information listed below under Configure the Prophet log import filter you can configure the log import filter template to read and import theNL8 log file You cannot use Prophet s predefined Natural Log import template because it is designed for NL DOS In NL8 There is an automation type in NL8 call Prophet NexGen NL Dos that uses this format for users updating form NL DOS so they won t have to reconfigure their Prophet log import filter New NL8 users should NOT use that format they should use the normal Prophet NexGen log export in NL8 NexGen AutoLoad automation type in NL8 is to be used only by those requiring a special filenaming scheme because they are using the NexGen AutoLoad functionalitv which we do not recommend all others shouid select Proohet NexGen Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Prophet NexGen Automation Log FileName f Temp 121603t1 log B
504. sed See Section 2 17 for a discussion of Time Classes Important Note regarding Time Range NL8 will assume it can schedule items anytime within the specified time range NL8 will attempt to rotate an item through all allowed hours but may not be able to do so depending on how full your log is with higher priority and or more time restricted items This means you cannot assume NL8 will schedule an equal number of items within any subset of the time range That is if you schedule an item to run 6A to 7P it will be logged within that time range but NL8 may not schedule an equal number of items 6A 10A 10A 3P and 3P 7P For example if your log is full with higher priority items that must run between 6A 10A an item scheduled 6A 7P would likely not appear in 6A 10A To force some items to appear in specific dayparts you must schedule them that way In this case schedule some items specifically 6A 10A some 10A 3P and some 3P 7P Broadcasts per Day in the Specified Date Time Range This tells NL8 how many of item s to be scheduled from that Order Line This can be specified in 2 ways You cannot mix these methods on the same Order Line Normal Scheduling Recommended method Specify the actual number to run in the Spots per day box for each weekday Leave blank in any day in which nothing is to run Specifying the actual number to run is the preferred method and gives best control Spots Per Week Scheduling Some stations enter the Order Lin
505. ser 3 1 Account data entry 3 2 to 3 10 Account Rep 3 9 Address 3 8 Agency 3 9 Balance setup 7 15 Billing cycle 3 10 Billing history report 9 14 Credit Limit 3 9 e mail address 3 8 Finance charge 3 9 Invoice delivery method 3 8 Invoice type 3 10 Lists 9 12 to 9 13 Mail labels 3 2 9 12 to 9 13 Page 12 12 Envelopes 3 2 9 12 to 9 13 Product protection 2 26 3 11 Revenue source 3 9 Revenue type 3 10 Spot separation 3 11 Tax 3 10 D Dalet automation 10 110 to 10 111 Data Backup External backup11 2 Internal backup settings 2 2 Data Restore 11 3 Database Compacting 11 5 Connecting across a LAN 1 7 Issues during initial setup 1 7 Repair 11 4 Date Selector 12 3 Date Time insertion in Log Templates 5 13 Default data entry values 2 19 Delivery method Invoices 3 8 Deyan Automation 10 120 DigiCenter automation 10 43 Digital Broadcast MediaBank 10 117 Digital JukeBox automation 10 46 Digital Universe automation 10 15 Dinesat Automation 10 47 Document formats Account Statement format 2 17 Invoice Affidavit format 2 15 Log page format 2 13 Order confirmation format 2 10 Production order format 2 12 Statement format 2 17 E e mail Customer address 3 8 NL8 Documents 2 20 Sending from customer screen 3 2 Setup 2 20 Electronic Invoices Customer settings 3 8 Setup 2 15 Enco DAD Custom Filter automation 10 50 Enco DADPro32 automation 10 54 End of Month closing 8 43 Estimate number 3 18 EZ Broadcaster
506. sert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour JDEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday a 12 00 AM x a Scheduled Time Event Description Length Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 12 17 00 4M amp 4UX LINER Play a liner 12 17 00 4M Commercial Break x x x amp 9001 Overnight Weather 12 28 004M amp BREAK 12 28 00 M Commercial Break Natural Log User Manual Page 10 33 10 10 BTSG Gen IV Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type 81SG Generation ha Automation Log FileName C Temp510022003 nl1 Browse x Convert Cancel Station Number i BSTG Gen IV Cut Numbers Any alphanumeric CutID from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters is acceptable All you need to do is enter the Gen lV cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 exactly matches the number in the Gen IV including leading O s if used Log Reconciliation not supported for BTSG Gen lV If the vendor will provide play log specs
507. sition restriction for a macro order line UnRestricted default Last in Commercial Break The last item in the macro must be last event in the break First in Commercial Break The first item in the macro must be first event in the break First OR Last in Commercial Break If the macro is logged first in the break its first item must be first event in the break If the macro is logged last in the break its last item must be the last event in the break Effects of Macros on Reports When you schedule a macro the allocation of the total line cost for each item in the macro does affect reports Q Each item in a macro is counted as a spot with the specified allocation of the line cost on Order Rates reports see section 9 12 unless you check the Do NOT Show This Item on Customer Invoices checkbox on the macro item edit screen see section 3 09 03 Each item in a macro is counted as a unit for your inventory reports when you report by units Any reports filtered by avail type or length filter based on the length and avail type of each individual item in a macro not the total length of the macro There are several examples of the proper use of macros on the next pages Page 3 34 Natural Log User Manual 3 09 01 Macro Examples Opener Closer Example Suppose you sell a news sponsorship along with an opener and closer billboards You could enter a macro order line with 3 items the opener billboard with an avail typ
508. slots with matching avail types NL8 moves on to the next break and tests it Also see Macro Overview in section 3 09 Macro Examples in section 3 09 01 Scheduling Macros on Order Lines in section 3 09 03 Page 3 38 Natural Log User Manual 3 09 03 Scheduling Macros on Orders This is an advanced function of NL and should be used with caution To schedule a macro order line in NL8 during order line entry select MAC Macro as the LogType Order Line 0002 001 01 American National Bank p Date Range in which this Order Line runs Cost Per Broadcast Tuesday September 30 2003 bf thru TFN lens Station e Runs All Weeks x 02 DEMO FM gt Time Range allowed for this Order Line 1 00 00 PM 7 to 1 04 00 PM x If desired time is not listed in the dropdown box type the time in normal time format T Broadcasts per day in the specified Date Time Range Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Per Week fi fi 7 fi x fi x fi x fi 7 x e z r Order Line Details Length Type fi 30 x MAC Macro ha CopylD to be Played tems for Individual CopylD s See Macro Then click the Edit Macro button to view and edit the macro events to be scheduled together for that one order line ig Order Line 0002 001 01 Macro American National Bank Iof x 1 1009 News Opener meric 15 N Opener 0 NO News Opener 0009 Ame
509. sorship items linked together is now supported as described in section 3 09 You may now specify a required break position for an ordered item such as first in break last in break book ends etc as described in section 3 07 Order confirmations are viewed on screen prior to printing Bulk contracts may be entered to track the customer s fulfillment of his long term buying commitment see section 3 10 The NL8 administrator can set up default broadcast order data values appropriate to their situation see section 2 10 You can allow account reps to directly enter broadcast orders but require multi level management and or traffic director approval before the orders will be logged see sections 2 01 and 3 06 Go opy Manager see Chapter 4 NL DOS used numeric cart numbers to identify an audio cut to be logged NL Windows uses CopylD s for the same purpose but these CopylD s can be numbers and or letters up to 20 characters in length so long as each CopylD is unique with the Natural Log copy manager These CopylD s correspond to the audio cut as it is identified in the automation system You must still comply with your automation system s cut numbering requirements see chapter 10 Scott Studios and MediaTouch users need to see the specific sections of Chapter 10 regarding CopylD s and categories in these systems The NL DOS copy conversion table is no longer used so users need to enter the CopylD exactly as it should appear for
510. spital 0701 1 NA 6 59 00 AM 0060 0702 7 00 00 AM 0703 M1 00 60 N 7 00 00 AM 0704 1 NS 7 00 00 4M 0705 7 05 00 AM 0706 1 00 60 NS 7 06 00 AM NS 7 06 00 AM Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 0135 Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 0071 W B Farm nd Ranch Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM OF 7 13 00 4M PLAYER OF THE WEEK 0709 1 00 60 PS 0710 1 00 30 WA 0711 0712 1 00 30 WS 0713 1 00 30 PA 0714 0715 1 00 30 PS 0716 1 00 30 PS 0717 2 02 00 7 13 00 4M 7 14 00 4M 7 15 00 4M 7 15 00 4M 7 19 00 4M 7 20 00 4M 7 20 00 4M 7 20 00 4M 7 28 004M 0103 WEATHER 0080 Weber Buick SUCCESSFUL LIVING 0042 Sw Clay Products Bommer Tractor 2 Break Enors Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM OF Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19 AM OF Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 AM ClipBoard 5 Items Cop p to ClipBoard Length LogType Note _ OrderLinelD_ Cost _ Sched Ti a 0814 8 12 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK 0815 8 12 00 AM 0816 8 12 00 AM 0817 8 22 00 AM 0011 0818 8 22 00AM_ 0073 3 00 08 20 AM OF Pkg 08 00 AM OF Amolds Jewelers Dubose Insurance 15 CA Comn Live Spot 0006 001 01 30 CA Comn Sponsorship 0031 001 05 You can select multiple contiguous lines in the log by slowly dragging your mouse over the item s while holding the Right mouse button You may select multiple non contiguous lines on the log by
511. ssume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description 44 Log Templates Jof x File Edit Tools Help O x Pza D s New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM a ER E Monday x om J 2 28 00 AM s Commercial Break x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 88 Natural Log User Manual 10 33 Classic Hollywood TV Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log NL8 converts to a native log format for this automation so the Generic Text output log format is not used for this automation system log 4 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Classic Hollywood TY Automation Log FileName C My Documents 1 2110301 log Browse Station Number m x Convert Cancel Cut Numbers The Classic Hollywood Tele
512. sually occurs within a program that denotes the program sponsor as opposed to an advertiser who just buys a number of spots within a particular time window Most broadcasters charge extra for sponsorships Sponsorships can be noted on invoices by using Sponsorship as the order line note during order entry You usually set up Stand Alone avails for these sponsorship items with Avail Type Restrictions so only advertisers who buy the sponsorship will be placed in that avail Spots Per Week Schedule This is an order line in which you specify how many spots are to run in a week and let NL8 decide how to distribute them on the allowed days Also See Front Loading In a nomral schedule you specify how many spots run per day Stand Alone Avail This is an avail on a Log Template in which only one item from Broadcast Orders may be placed and the avail is not part of a commercial break This might be used for a sponsorship or adjacency Page 12 8 Natural Log User Manual Natural Log Glossary of Terms Standard Broadcast Month This month starts on the Monday after the last Sunday of the prior calendar month and always ends on the last Sunday of the month It will always have either 4 or 5 standard broadcast weeks and is the month used by most advertising agencies Broadcast month and standard broadcast are the same Standard Broadcast Week This week always starts on Monday and ends on the next Sunday TFN In N
513. sure you uncheck the Put Autostep on all events box in Simian If you do not uncheck this box Simian will not read any Q codes from Natural Log Click Save Changes then Done Page 10 22 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 03 Sending Commands from NL8 Templates to Simian Background Timed Events which do not affect the log such as recording network audio network switching etc can now be pre scheduled using Simian Scheduled Events There should be little need to send timed event commands from Natural Log BSI provides technical support for programming their Simian product Please call them 1 500 677 TECH for specifics regarding the macro commands such as network switching to be executed by Simian We are unable to provide assistance regarding the specific commands needed by Simian but once BSI provides the Simian command settings we will help you translate the commands into text to be placed on the Natural Log format The following samples and the explanation for each should show how any Simian Macro command can be entered in Natural Log Telling Simian to play a specific non commercial audio cut Commercials should always be scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 You may need to run other items such as weather promos jingles etc for which you don t want to enter a broadcast order These can be placed directly in the Event Description column of the NL8 log templates as follows Q Start with a
514. t Description Note On the Order Line entry screen this specifies how the item will be shown on the log and on invoices Default values that can be selected from the dropdown box are listed below If the default values do not meet your needs you can also type in anything you want as the description note During order line entry if you include the word LIVE or CALL IN in the description field the item is treated as a live spot or call in spot See logging options in section 2 04 to enable or disable this protection Adjacency BillBoard Bonus Call in Extra Intro Live Spot Make Good No Charge Other Outro Program Promo Remote Simulcast Sponsorship Spot TradeOut Avail Type On the Order Line entry screen this tells NL8 to put ordered items only into avail slots whose Log Template Avail Type matches the Broadcast Order Avail Type Normally the Avail Type in both NL8 Log Templates and Broadcast Order Lines should be Unrestricted This means any item from the Broadcast Order can be logged into any avail slot within the order line s time window The only time you use Avail Types is when you want to force a particular customer s item into a particular avail slot or to reserve an avail slot for a particular type of ordered item such as a program sponsorship or adjacency In That case the same Avail Type must be entered on both the Log template and the Broadcast Order See Avail T
515. t in the Natural Log Template to make it readable by humans this is not required Natural Log uses the information on events numbered 0012 through 0015 as commercial avails in which it may log a total of 2 00 of commercials IF Used Fill in FillCode column of the NL log template tells Natural Log that this break must be filled to exact length If Used that is if at least one spot is placed in this break Log Templates File Edit Tools Help k x ow D D amp v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday 12 00AM m Scheduled Time Avail Restriction Fill Priority FillCode Source 12 00 00 AM amp D LW99 Set Voice 04 12 15 004M amp D LR Load Required StopSet 12 17 00 AM Commercial Break Must Fill x x x amp C3001 Overnight Weather 12 25 00 4M amp D LS Load Optional StopSet 12 28 00 AM Commercial Break If Used Fill x 1230 00 AM amp D xF11 Execute Function 11 Page 10 42 Natural Log User Manual 10 12 Computer Concepts DCS amp Maestro Automation cont DCS Maestro Command Examples cont Example of Play non commercial audio cut with DCS Maestro Event 0009 shown below You need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 9001 you could make the entry shown bel
516. t 09 59 AM American National Bank 30 MTWT xxx 7 10 00 AM gt 11 59 PM American National Bank 30 www FSS Specify P0002 001 the CopylD of the Packet itself as the CopyID for the order lines ia or Rotator to Play P0002 001 American National Bank 30 Packet 9 1 03 TFN fC NL8 Logging Process During log generation NL8 uses the first Packet line that can play at the logged time on the log day and date Natural Log User Manual Page 4 11 4 05 02 Complex Copy Example 2 Example Copy Rotation Changes During Order Run Suppose you have a situation in which the copy rotation changes during the order run Cuts 1001 and 1002 rotate evenly 50 50 through Dec 24 After Dec 24 you want to rotate cuts 1002 and 1003 33 and 67 respectively Because Copy changes on a date within the order run you need to use a Schedule to change the copy Rotator in effect on that date Step 1 Create a Rotator named R0002 003A or any unique CopylD and insert CopylID 1001 and 1002 into the Rotator with each cut set to run 50 Copy Rotator Contents Append Item Insert Item Edit Item Delete ltem Percent a Toe peme 50 00 American National Bank 30 50 00 American National Bank 30 Step 2 Create another Rotator named R0002 003B or any unique CopylD and insert CopylD 1002 and 1003 into the Rotator with the cuts set to rotate 33 and 67 respectively Copy Rotator Contents
517. t for importation into any spreadsheet or database program End of Month Closing After all transactions for the month are complete and you have the reports you need you can use End of Month Closing to close that month to prevent anyone from changing anything after the fact Data Backup Click Data Backup to backup your data often to multiple media and locations daily if possible so if your computer crashes or there is a natural disaster or fire you will not have to manually reload all your data Due to wide range of computer systems in use the existence of malevolent computer viruses and the fact that no hardware is completely fail safe the Natural Log developers make no warranty of any kind that your data won t be corrupted or lost Do regular data backups to multiple locations This is your only protection against data loss Edit Print Automate Log Click Logs Edit to view an existing Log Log for a day so you can edit print or send it to your automation system See Editing Log Logs and Sending Log Logs to Automation Data Backup Click Data Backup to backup your data often daily if possible so if your computer crashes you will not have to manually reload all your data IMPORTANT Natural Broadcast Systems Inc is not responsible for any data loss no matter the cause The only protection you have against a catastrophe is to backup your data often Natural Log User Manual Page 1 9 1 07 Common Startup Problems T
518. t loading in CartWorks and Natural Log can be out of sequence CartWorks Automation On Off Example Show Below Assume you are automated from midnight to 6AM and live from 6 10AM Then you return to automation for the rest of the day Natural Log needs to know not to send spot data to CartWorks from 6 10AM If CartWorks doesn t have spot breaks set up for 6 10AM CartWorks will load the next spot sent from Natural Log e g 6 05AM into the next spot break it finds in the CartWorks format setup which may be 10 05AM Your spots will be out of sequence This can be prevented in Natural Log by using AUTO OFF and AUTO ON commands This is done in Natural Log s Templates section In this example your first event in the 6AM hour of the log format would look like this 444 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help 0 x a D New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour JDEMO AM a Normal Daily Log x Monday 06 00 AM x 6 00 00 AM amp AUTO OFF 6 00 00 4M LOCAL NEWS 6 05 00 AM g No data is sent to CartWorks until the system hits an amp AUTO ON command Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help 0 x D D New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM Normal Daily Log x Monday x 10 00 AM x 10 00 00 AM
519. t order to the Bulk Contract by clicking the Assign button to the right of the bulk contract dropdown box on the order entry screen Select the customer and bulk contract ID then click the Apply Order to Selected Contract button You can apply an order from one customer to the Bulk Contract of another customer in situations in which you allow more than one customer to share a bulk 4 Order 0002 001 American National Bank American National Bank Eile Print Schedule Tools Help Previous eels Next Order alee A a al ns ao sa Invoice Instructions Approvals Memos Runs on Station s General Order Instructions Order Status Ok Run Dates Tuesday September 30 2003 thru TN O SY Product Advertised American National Bank Order Type See Part of Bulk Conttact None i tt i OSOSOSOS S SSCS Assign Revenue Type C Cash Spots OOOO Protect Product 03 Bans 0 YW Protect Product2 00 None O CS Minimum Separation 30 Minutes between Broadcasts from this Order Account Rep 03 Delfino Garcia x Bulk Contracts Fulfillment Reports You can generate a Bulk Contract Fulfillment report at any time showing how many spots have been ordered or invoiced toward fulfilling the contract See reports in Chapter 9 of this manual Natural Log User Manual Page 3 45 This page intentionally left blank Page 3 46 Natural Log User Manual Chapter 4 Copy Manager War
520. t page Page 8 32 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 01 Correcting A R Adjustment Errors AFTER End Month Closing cont Error Prepayment credit applied to an incorrect invoice Example continued Q Step 2 Post a CR Credit adjustment to the original prepayment to restore it to its original value i Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 03090145 3 Bm ES Enter Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description TE ce oc 06 os 2004 x cR Credit Adjustment UnApply Prepayment foo 00 oo Reference Date __ Type ET 45 3 9 5 03 Pre TT en seg Amount Balance DEMO 4M C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for 03090146 9 30 03 APre Pending 2 6 04 CR 100 00 Apply Prepayment 030901 45 3 to Inv 0309000 100 00 A R Credit Adjustment 100 00 Natural Log User Manual Page 8 33 8 08 02 Correcting Payment Errors AFTER End Month Closing To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Error Payment applied to wrong invoice This example assumes there is another invoice to which the payment should be applied If this is not true in your instance see Error Payment applied to invoice should have been prepayment on another account in next section There are 2 ways to transfer the payment to the correct invoice depending on the outcome you desire Correcting transactions appear on current mo
521. t to the invoice types below to have the station official s statement certifying accuracy of the invoice If you need the invoice notarized add Notarized Affidavit to the invoice type Detail Prints 1 line per broadcast item Includes run date run time length rate and CopylD Times Rates Prints multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date run times length and rate Times Prints multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date run times and length Summary Multiple broadcast items on one line Includes run date range broadcasts length and rate Co Op Notarized Affidavit This prints a regular detail invoice plus a sub invoice for each different Co Op on an order Note The sub invoices are broken out 1 for each different Co Op based on the name entered Co Op For field in CopyManager not for each piece of copy None Does not print any invoice Only used for customer to whom you send Account Statements only Purchase Order Estimate This field in optional Any alphanumeric text may be entered on the Order entry screen to be printed on the invoice and statements as purchase order number or estimate number for agency buys Some elnvoice clearinghouses require an entry for Client Product Estimate where Client and Product are codes provided by the agency placing the buy In this case you can enter the 3 pieces of data in the Purchase Order Estimate box using to separate each value ESTIMATE CLIEN
522. t will be billed This would be useful to bill different package amounts in different months even if no broadcast items ran Page 3 18 Natural Log User Manual 3 05 Broadcast Order Entry Invoice Instructions cont Package Description Only if you select Level Package or Variable Package above you will be able to enter the package description that will show up on the invoice Variable Package Only if you select Level Package above you will be able enter the amount to be billed for each station each time an invoice is generated Variable Package Only if you select Variable Package above you will be able use these buttons to add or change the package billing schedule You must specify the billing date amount to be billed that date and the station to which it applies if more than one station is ordered Edit Pkg Price Add New Pkg Price Delete Pkg Price Discounts Allowed On the order entry screen this is a discount to be deducted from the Gross invoice amount before any agency or account rep commissions are computed Gross invoice amount minus Discounts Allowed equals the Discounted Gross invoice amount Agency Commission On the order entry screen this is agency commission deducted from the Gross invoice amount or the Discounted Gross invoice amount if other discounts are allowed to get the Net invoice amount Account Rep Commission On the order entry screen this is commission
523. tator may not be able to get a usable piece of Copy 2 DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 a x File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help x i gh 8 g x jozooam 7 Insert Blank Delete Items Swap Items Find Item Print Log Help Close Jump to 07 00 AM LooTime CopylD Description Length LogType Note OrderLinelD SchedTimes Priority Pr a 07 00 AM 6 59 004M 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00AM 07 01AM 1 NA 1F 7 00 00 AM LOCAL NEWS 7 00 00 4M 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 7 00 00 4M 7 05 00 4M TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 7 06 00 4M 0071 W B Farm And Ranch a Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 7 06 00 AM 7 13 00 AM PLAYER OF THE WEEK 7 13 00 AM 7 14 00 4M 7 15 00 AM WEATHER 7 15 004M 0080 Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17AM 14WS 12 7 19 00 4M 7 20 00 4M SUCCESSFUL LIVING 7 20 004M 0042 Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19AM 07 21 M 1 PS 38 7 20 00 4M 7 28 00 4M 0103 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 4M 08 00 4M 2 Break Enrons CipBoard A L EE A EventID LogTime CopylD__ Description Error Description O 0006 12 17 00 AM Ehrig Bros Ag Products CopylD is missing E 8 22 00 AM Amolds Jewelers LogDate after Copy expired 9 30 03 10 17 00 4M Asap Paging LogDate after Copy expired 9 30 03 2 17 00 PM Asap Paging L
524. tc Natural Log has 3 default Revenue Types that are sufficient for most users Cc Cash T Trade F Finance Charge The Descriptions for the 3 default Revenue Types may NOT be changed You may use any other letters to create Revenue Types such as Political etc for which you might want to generate a separate sales report or to treat separately You do NOT need to create a separate Revenue Type for National Local or Regional sales or for each Account Rep because these subgroups are already supported by the Report Generator Post Invoiced Charges to Accounts Receivable This allows you to tell NL8 whether invoices created for broadcast orders with this Revenue Type should be posted to the Accounts Receivable to appear on customers statements You will almost always answer Yes except in very unusual circumstances If you answer No an invoice is issued but no accounting charge is made on the customer s account Some stations don t want trade or promo spots to show up as charges on customers accounts but they do want to be able to assign a value to the spots This Revenue Type setting allows you to tell NL8 to create an invoice for an order assigned this Revenue Type but not post a charge to the customer s account receivable You would set this to No for the Revenue Type and assign that Revenue Type to the broadcast order Note Invoices marked No for Post2AR are automatically excluded from customer account statements AIR Aging reports and A R
525. te Type Normal Daily Log Log Template for Day 11m ET Basis for New log Template Choose if you want to create a new blank Log Template or a new Template using a copy of the open existing Log Template as the basis for the new Log Template Station Select the station to which the Log Template belongs Template Type Select which type of Template you want to create Q Normal Daily Log Select the day Q Special Date Select the date Q Other Log Select a unique name Q Special Event Template Select a unique name See the definition of these log template types in the glossary of terms in Chapter 12 Natural Log User Manual Page 5 3 5 01 Editing Log Templates To access the Log Template Editor from the main NL8 menu select Logs then the Template Type you want to work with You can then use the drop down boxes to select the Station Log Template Type the specific Log Template and the hour to be displayed 244 Log Templates e x File Edit Tools Help k x D amp g y New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x Normal Daily Log x Monday 7 08 00 4M x 1 0801 8 00 00 AM NA News Adjacency 8 00 00 4M LOCAL NEWS Local Commercial Break NS News Sponsorship Local Le NS News Sponsorship Local 8 05 00 AM Commercial Break 60 NS News Sponsorship Local he NS News Sponsorship Local
526. te networks and must run network spots either live or as make goods This section allows you to enter lists of network spots to be logged This can only be done before the log is generated When NL8 generates the log for that day it automatically inserts these spots on the log Also if you entered the product codes for the network spots this is optional NL8 will protect your local spots from competing network spots Opening the Network Spot Log for a Date From the NL8 main menu select Traffic you may select the Network Spots function You can select the station and date to display Each station has its own network logs NL8 will scan the log template for the selected date and will generate a log with only the network avails from that log template If you previously made a special log template for the date specified it will use this special template not the regular log template for the day of the week Note This section of the system looks for commercial avails on your log templates designated with a source of Network It will not insert local spots in these network avails nor will it insert network spots in your local avails See Log Templates before you try to use this Network Spots section the first time Schedule Network Spots Run Live and or MakeGoods File Edit a List ET S iS DEMO AM ba Ee December 21 2004 x EventID e gl Ce senpteg berth Loa Type Network Affidavit Note 0011 12 17 00 AM 001 3 Sout
527. tellite mode amp TBREAKS need a runtime length amp FBREAK or amp FBRK This begins a manual floating break that may be triggered by a satellite nerwork closure If used in satellite mode amp FBREAKS need a runtime length amp NOTE This is some text you want to display in the Digilink log but plays nothing amp SO or amp SOURCE This switches to a source Replace with a 2 digit source number amp BSAT Begins Satellite mode You must enter this formatted as follows in the NL8 Event Description in the log template amp BSAT SS JJ S VVV SS is the 2 digit source JJ is the 2 digit Jock number VVV is the 3 digit variance as defined in Digilink Xtreme Put exactly 1 space between each entry amp ESAT End Satellite mode Digilink BREAKS Digilink Xtreme requires Break Markers in NL8 log templates before each break so it knows where to load the items for that break These are the amp 8FBREAKS amp TBREAKS and amp BREAKS as described above See example below Digilink Play Cut Example Event 0107 shown below Assume you may need to run the non commercial weather audio named WX 1 at certain times each day as part of a 3 00 commercial break The entry starting at 0103 through 0106 would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather on event 0107 Note that the length of the commercial break listed was reduced by the length of the weather Once again DigiLink only needs the amp WX 1 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to
528. ter as a positive adjustment amount the amount to be added back to the invoice Ooo o oO Be sure to click Save Adjustment before exiting More complex Returned Check situations are covered on the next page Page 8 16 Natural Log User Manual 8 06 01 Handling Returned Checks cont Returned Check posted to Prepayment s still pendin If the returned check was posted all or in part to a Prepayment Credit and the Prepayment Credit has not been applied to invoice s you will need to post DR Debit adjustment s to the original Prepayment Credit to cancel the amount originally credited for the Prepayment w Enter an Adjustment for A R Item 04100001 2 Eoix Enter Adjustment Adjustment justment Date Adjustment Type Adjustment Description Amount amp eg 27 X 2004 bi 2004 DR Debit Adjustment 7 NSF Returned Check 20 fee 220 Reference Date Description Amount Balance _ o 00001 2 10 27 04 DEMO AM C Cash Spots Prepaid Credit for 200 00 220 00 Pending 10 27 04 A F Debit Adjustment Returned Check posted to Prepayment s already applied to Invoice s If the returned check was posted all or in part to a Prepayment Credit and the Prepayment Credit has already been applied to invoice s you will need to post DR debit adjustment s to the invoice s to cancel the credit that was applied to the invoice s Enter an Adjustment for A R Ite
529. ter problem Q Microsoft Windows doesn t have a chance to write data caches to disk because it freezes or is restarted in a hard reboot Q In MultiUser LAN environments if the network connection is prematurely terminated To avoid corrupt databases always do a normal exit from Natural Log In some cases power supplies that can t be interrupted may be necessary to prevent accidental data loss during power fluctuations Database Repair This function attempts to repair a database that was marked as possibly corrupt by an incomplete write operation or other problems with your hardware or operating system The Data Repair function attempts to validate all system tables and all indexes Any data that can t be repaired is discarded If the database can t be repaired a run time error occurs After repairing a database it s also a good idea to compact the database using the Database Utilities Compact Database function method to defragment the file and to recover disk space Oooo Note In a multi user environment all other users must exit Natural Log database before data repair can be performed This process takes a LONG TIME several minutes even on a fast computer Do not be fooled in thinking your computer has locked up Do NOT reboot or otherwise interrupt this process This process will create massive traffic on your local area network if run on a workstation so it is recommended you not run this process over a network Data comp
530. tering the orders Make sure the number in NL8 matches the number in Synergy Log Reconciliation is supported for Synergy The Natural Log does read exact run times from the Synergy Traffic Reconciliation Log Copy this file onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyT yy year mm month dd day station 110295T LOG is Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log file mmddyyT LST yy year mm month dd day station 110295T1 LST is Play Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Synergy Commands Automation Commands can be sent to the Synergy from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 99 10 38 Synergy Automation Log cont Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you co
531. that may not happen automatically because The station or revenue type of the prepayment does not match the station or revenue type of the invoice when it is issued so you need to manually apply the prepayment credit The prepayment credit was reserved for a particular broadcast order and that order did not create any new invoices after the prepayment was entered In this case you need to either manually apply the prepayment credit to an invoice from another order to transfer the prepayment credit for future use by another order for this customer or to transfer the prepayment credit for future use by another customer The customer never runs any more orders so no future invoice gets created and you need to either refund the prepayment credit or transfer it to another customer The prepayment credit was posted to the incorrect customer If it is to be used for future invoices you need to transfer it to the correct customer If it is to be used for an already issued invoice you can just apply it to an existing invoice as described below The prepayment credit is entered into NL8 after the invoice is issued Yes users actually do this and wonder why the NL8 billing module did not apply the prepayment credit even though it did not exist at the time the invoice was issued The following pages describe how to manually perform these functions on prepayment credits when the automatic method fails for one of the above reasons Q Manually apply the
532. the CartWorks cut identifier for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen Log Reconciliation is supported For CartWorks Natural Log will filter it and read the exact spot runtimes for your affidavits Copy the unfiltered audit log from the CartWorks onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Ouput amp Input Log FileNames Output send file mmddyr NTL mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295 NTL is Send Log for 11 02 95 Input reconcile log file mult LOG where is day 1 Mon 7 Sun Natural Log User Manual Page 10 37 10 11 CartWorks Pristine CDS32 Automation con Break Markers Required The Natural Log system allows you to set up if used spot breaks as well as Mandatory spot breaks Because the spot loading into CartWorks is sequential something must be sent to CartWorks for each and every spot break setup in CartWorks If a break in NL8 is completely empty something must be sent to CartWorks to tell it that the break is empty If not CartWorks will wait for the next spots to be sent from Natural Log when Natural Log hits the next spot break and the spots will
533. their automation system including any letter prefixes NL8 will accept any combination of letters and or numbers up to 20 characters to create a unique CopylD In NL DOS each station had its own copy list In NL Windows there is a single unified copy list available to orders for any station s After data import from NL DOS you need to use non duplicated CopylD s When NL Windows imports copy data from a 2 station NL DOS system if it sees duplicated CopylD s it appends a special code to make the 2nd station s CopylD unique This special code is automatically stripped out when the log is sent to automation so there is no need to change your CopylD s in automation Copy scripts can be created in any Windows based word processor then copy and paste the script text into the script window of the NL8 Copy Manager There are new types of copy such as Copy Schedules and Copy Packets to help users deal with complex copy scheduling requirements See sections 4 02 and 4 04 Natural Log User Manual Page 1 15 1 08 01 Changes from Natural Log DOS Logs Q Log formats are now called Log Templates in NL Windows Program Blocks are now called Special Events Templates and can be pre scheduled so there is no need to copy them into log formats to use them see sections 3 08 3 10 and Chapter 5 Individual Log Template line items hours or complete days can be copied from one Log Template and mass pasted into on or more other Log Templates
534. ther at a certain time each day If weather is named 00023 you could make the entry shown below at event 0120 above This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 00023 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Cut Sequence Example Event 0110 shown above You may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 02001 then play a program cut 02002 then play a closer cut 02003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown above at event 0110 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and MyWay Program is an optional description Command Example Event 0113 shown above Assume you want to do a Soft Branch This can be entered in NL log templates as shown on event 0113 above For all Enco commands just enter amp followed by a space then the command text Page 10 52 Natural Log User Manual 10 16 Enco DAD Automation Custom Filter cont Telling Enco How to Start an Event The Enco DAD system uses start codes to indicate how an event is to start These start codes are In Enco NL8 Log template Event Description Q SEGUE amp Segue Q AUTOLOAD amp Load OQ AUTOPLAY amp AutoPlay
535. tion 8 06 Credit to Account Rep If you reserve the prepayment for a specific order see above you must specify the Account Rep who will get commission for the prepayment Note If the prepayment applies to more than 1 order station or revenue type simply create multiple prepayments for the check payment entry and apply the correct portion of the payment to each prepayment Natural Log User Manual Page 8 13 8 06 Accounts Receivable Adjustments Accounts Receivable adjustments may need to be entered for any of several reasons Credit a customer account for spots run incorrectly or discounts taken see below Debit a customer account for a check returned unpaid by their bank see section 8 06 01 Write off bad debts see section 8 06 02 Manually post trade credits to invoices see section 8 06 03 Credit a customer account for finance charges not paid see section 8 06 04 Manually apply prepayment credits to invoices see section 8 07 Correction of payments or adjustments after End of Month closing see section 8 08 Ooooocdo The general procedure to enter Accounts Receivable adjustments is described below Select the Accounts Receivable Item to be Adjusted Q From the main menu click Accounts Receivable Payments Adjustments Highlight the customer for whom you need to post an adjusting entry and click the Enter Adjustment button on the right side of the screen Q You must select the invoice o
536. tion is supported for DCS amp Maestro The Input read file is created using DCS s or Maestro s report module to create an audit DUMP report named mmddyyS RPT on a floppy disc for the day s play log Natural Log reads this RPT file Do not change the default report settings as this may make the report unusable Copy this file onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Page 10 40 Natural Log User Manual 10 12 Computer Concepts DCS amp Maestro Automation cont Output amp Input Log FileNames The Natural Log system creates an output file named as the date followed by S followed by the station number a period and LOG For example the converted log output for 06 28 94 for station 1 in natural Log would be named Output send log filename mmddyrS log mm month dd day yr year station 110295S1 LOG Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log filename mmddyrS rpt mm month dd day yr year station 110295S1 RPT Read Log for 11 02 95 station 1 The Input reconcile log file is created using DCS s or Maestro s report module to create an audit or dump report named mmddyyS RPT on a floppy disc for
537. tional description 4 Log Templates iof x File Edit Tools Help D y x D amp g New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM z tonan Log Monday x 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break Must Fill amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 94 Natural Log User Manual 10 36 Matco Automation This NL8 log interface exports a log in the format as specified by Matco for the Matco Playback Event List This creates a CSV file Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing commercial log and then click Open In the NL8 log Editor click Convert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type en Automation Log FileName i Temp 083006 csv Browse x Help Convert Cancel Matco Video Cut ID s The Matco system can use any cut ID s up to 8 characters Enter the Matco ID into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry In all cases NL8 assumes the digital server event is an Element ID unless you enter the following prefix in before the CopylD E precedes an element ID assumed if E is not included in copylD B precedes a Sequence ID V preceeds a Virtual Element ID CopylD Examples 123
538. to be copied from and click File Copy Template and select the Log Template to be copied to i Copy Log Template Of x r Basis for New Log Format Make a Copy of the EXISTING Log Template DEMO 4M Normal Daily Log Monday New Log Format Station JDEMO AM x Log Template Type Normal Daily Log bi Log Template for Day Copy an Entire Hour of a Log Template To copy one hour to other days hours display the hour to be copied from Then click Edit Mass Change Paste Hour to Other Days Hours Then select the appropriate days and hours into which the displayed hour should be pasted ia Paste HOUR from DEMO AM Normal Daily Log Monday 08 00 AM TO To Station DEMO AM 7 To Log Format Type Normal Daily Log Start Pasting Wednesday Thursday Left Click on a DAY name to select ALL hours that day Right Click to UNselect Paste TO x Left Click on an Hour Heading to select ALL days for that hour Right Click to UNselect cl Left Click on a a individual Day Hour cell to select that Day Hour Right Click to UNselect All None Bde Continued on next page Page 5 10 Natural Log User Manual 5 03 Copying Log Templates cont Copy a Portion of a Log Template To copy one or more events from one Log Template to other s select the item s to be copied by
539. to be issued That means the logs have been charged through the end of the Billing Cycle or at least through the Order EndDate Pending Invoices that have not yet been issued but may be ready or not ready Final Invoices that have been already issued for the selected billing period 2 Logs must be Charged before Invoices can be processed amp printed In the Billing Broadcast Invoices section at the top of the invoice list NL8 will show you the last Charged Log date for the selected station s Charging the log is what causes the billable items on the log to be attached the customers invoices To create final invoices logs must be charged through the last day of the month being billed Logs can be charged individually in the Log Editor or multiple logs can be charged from the Billing screen under the Charge Logs menu Note After a log is charged it is considered a final log and may no longer be edited Items may still be edited from the invoice but not on a log after it is charged For this reason we highly recommend you not charge logs until after you have verified that the items on the log ran as scheduled See Reconciling Automation Play Log in section 6 06 of this manual 3 Verify and Corrects Invoices Before Printing amp Finalizin In the Billing Broadcast Invoices section you can correct invoice errors even on finalized invoices as long as the month in which the invoice is issued is not closed If the month has clos
540. to remove them from the bumped item list This is equivalent to deleting the item from the bumped item list however you can later select Show Hidden Bumped Items to view all items that were in the bump list but have been hidden Do NOT hide items unless you want to remove them from the bumped item list If you change your mind you can also UnHide the items to return them to the bumped item list Charging Finalizing Logs Charging the log is what causes the billable items on the log to be attached the customers invoices To create final invoices logs must be charged through the last day of the month being billed Logs can be charged individually in the Log Editor using the File Finalize Log amp Charge to Invoices or multiple logs can be charged from the Billing section Note After a log is charged it is considered a final log and may no longer be edited Items may still be edited from the invoice but not on a log after it is charged For this reason we highly recommend you not charge logs until after you have verified that the items on the log ran as scheduled See Reconciling Automation Play Log in section 6 06 of this manual Log Reports In the Log Editor click Reports to generate a Report for the log displayed in the Log Editor These reports include summary totals by customer order log detail report and log report by scheduled time for one log or multiple logs See Log Reports You can also view a grid type report showing
541. to start at a time and with a length that causes it to continue past 11 59 59 PM However the past midnight events will appear after the 11PM hour in the log for the date on which in Special Event began This MAY create unwanted results in an automation system particularly if there are any timed events in the template that occur past midnight Special Events Scheduler File Edit Help D x amp g x dd Event Edit Event Delete Event Print List Help Close DEMO AM x Fi August 01 2003 F iruf Sunday October 26 2003 x Sart Scheduled Date Time J Special Event Template Fri 9 26 03 6 00 00 PM Hs Football 01 Fri 10 3 03 6 00 00 PM Hs Football 01 00 Fri 10 10 03 6 00 00 P Hs Football 01 03 00 00 Click the Add Event button to add a new event to the schedule Click Edit Event to change an existing event You will need to provide the date and time and then name of the Special Event Template to use w Special Events Scheduler OF x eptember lt b 200 Save Cancel Note You must have created an empty Special Event Template even if it is simply an empty template before you can schedule that template See creating a Special Event Template Time 700 00 00 PM Event to Schedule Hs Football 01 Natural Log User Manual Page 3 41 3 11 Insert Network Spots on Log This section of the Natural Log System is useful for those stations that have one or more satelli
542. ton to delete an Order only if nothing has run from the Order If 1 or more items has already been logged from the order just change the end date to stop it from running anymore Q You can filter the order list by station and by order status active orders expired orders or all order Natural Log User Manual Page 3 3 3 01 Customer Account Screen cont Accounts Receivable tab On the Customer entry screen this tab lists the unpaid A R items for the displayed customer Using dropdown boxes you can select Revenue Type items to be displayed and station items to be displayed You can right click in the Accounts Receivable list to use the Accounts Receivable menu See Accounts Receivable Note If the logged on user s Accounts Receivable permission setting is Deny the Accounts Receivable tab will not be visible 444 0002 American National Bank File Orders Copy Manager Account Receivable Tools Previous a Next 2 2 Print ee eMail iz Help ee x Close View Account Receivable AI Revenue Types 7 eae 7 Statement View Transaction History Print List Type Description Amount Balance a EEN 30 03 ine DEMO 4M 0002 001 American National Bank 250 00 2 9 30 03 DEMO 4M 0002 003 American National Bank 143 75 9 30 03 DEMO A4M 0002 004 American National Bank 200 00 Aging 31 60 Days 61 90 Days 91 120 Days 121 Days ee eee 593 75 593 75 You can use the Statement butt
543. town Filley Co Anytown V F W Apache Chemical Apache Tractor amp Implement Amolds Jewelers Asap Paging Baptist Bible Hour Berans s Agri center Bert s Restaurant Bette s Sewing Center Bommer Ford Bommer Tractor Cooper Chev Olds Pontiac Cattonwond Inn Restaurant And 03 Delfino Garcia 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 08 Sally Selalot 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 02 Corey White 01 Eddy Munster 01 Eddy Munster Boone s Bakery Boone s Bakery 05 Leeroy Mantcha Bordens Inc Bordens Inc 05 Leeroy Mantcha Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home Brooks amp Lee Funeral Home 02 Corey White Caraway Ford Mercury Caraway Ford Mercury 01 Eddy Munster Find Casa Porras Casa Porras 02 Corey White Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr Charlie Bartoz Dozer Contractr 05 Leeroy Mantcha Column Sponsor 7 City Utilities City Utilities 01 Eddy Munster Fn ooo Clothes Tree Clothes Tree 02 Corey White 02 Corey White NAI eeru Mantcha anmai ert 157 Accounts UNFILTERED Configuring the Browser Screen The browser list can be easily sorted and filtered and you can select which item properties columns you want to display under Browser Settings See sections 11 10 through 11 12 of this manual for instructions on changing the configuration of the browser On
544. ts NL8 can handle any valid AudioVault audio cut identifier so all you need to do is enter the AudioVault cut identifier for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field on the NL8 Order Line entry screen Log Reconciliation is supported For BE CORE AudioVault Copy the Play Log onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log filename mmddyr NL mm month dd day yr year station 110295 NL1 Send Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Input reconcile log filename mmmdd LOG mmm is 3 letter month dd is day station NOV021 LOG Read Log for 11 02 95 station 1 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 7 10 04 BE CORE AudioVault Automation Specifying AV SAT StartCodes for Commercials Normally NL8 will sent the Start Command for commercial events not commands as blank manual or closure start for the first commercial event at a given log time then autostart segue for all events that occur at exactly the same log time as the first event This can be overridden to force first in break events and events that occur at different times to also have the start code by placing the
545. ts See sections 2 05 through 2 09 of this manual Q Set default values for new Customer and Order entry screens See section 2 10 of this manual Other Program Settings Q Setup Account Rep salesmen data and sales goals See section 2 12 of this manual Q Setup Agencies to make data entry easier when many new sponsor are entered for the same agency See section 2 13 of this manual Q Setup Avail Types to restrict avail usage for sponsorships and other specialized avails See section 2 14 of this manual Q Define Product Code protections See section 2 15 of this manual Q Define Revenue Types such as Cash Trade etc and how they are handled by the Natural Log system See section 2 16 of this manual Q Define Time Classes only for the few instances when they are needed See detailed discussion before creating Time Classes See section 2 17 of this manual Q Define Tax Rates to be applied to your customers purchases See section 2 18 of this manual The above subjects are addressed in detail on the following pages Natural Log User Manual Page 2 1 2 01 Natural Log Program Options Natural Log s main program options are accessed from the main NL menu click Setup Administrator Controls Program Options User Permissions Then click the Program Options tab a Sample Program Options Program Options m Data Options Prompt for EXTERNAL Data Backup After v Days without a Backup Do automatic INTE
546. u could specify 30 minutes on the Customer entry screen to keep the 2 orders 30 minutes away from each other Product Protect On the Customer entry screen this sets the default product code 1 for order entry Product codes are used to protect advertising for similar products scheduled from different orders and customers You can create a new Product Code by clicking the Add New button that appears to the right of the Product Protect box when you click the Product Protect box See setting up Product Codes Product code separation only applies to items logged from different customers To separate items logged from the same customer see Minimum Separation above Natural Log User Manual Page 3 11 3 03 Broadcast Orders Broadcast Orders are accessed through the NL main menu under the Traffic Broadcast Order Browser menu The orders are displayed on a browser screen that can be configured sorted and filtered as desired See Configuring On Screen Browsers in sections 9 11 through 9 13 of this manual You can also access the orders for any customer on the Orders tab on the customer screen To create a new Broadcast Order click the New button on the Broadcast Order Browser or on the Customer entry screen Orders tab To open an existing Order click the Open button or double click the Order listing This is where you enter tell NL8 on about your Broadcast Orders See Entering Broadcast Orders in sections 3 04 through 3 0
547. u create 2 or more stations using Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings Documents The customer list is shared within the NL8 database You can enter a broadcast order once and assign it to run on 1 or multiple stations Each station has its own log templates logs and invoices Combined account statements can be printed for all stations or for individually for each station All stations use a common shared copy manager list Reports can be generated for each station individually or combined for all stations All station s data is backed up during one data backup process Using multiple NL8 databases with multiple stations This is not very common but is allowed by NL8 is situations in which you want to keep the stations completely separate This might be the case if you do logs for stations at a central location for stations in distant towns that would not have the same customer list You can create a single NL8 database for each station File New Natural Log Database You can then switch between the NL8 databases using File Open Natural Log Database The customer list is not shared between separate NL8 databases You cannot enter a single broadcast order and assign it to run on multiple stations Each station has its own log templates logs and invoices Combined account statements cannot be printed for all stations Each station has its own copy manager list Reports can be generated for only eac
548. u want to display Note The user must have appropriate permission to view the underlying data or it won t display Example1 On an Order Rates Lowest Rate report double click on a data line to view that broadcast order Example2 On an Accounts Receivable Aging Summary report if you click on any data line of the report a window will open to display all transactions included in the line on the summary report In that detail window you can double click on any transaction to view that transaction Report Types The following Reports are available in Natural Log Click a report for a short description and information specific to that report The reports are accessed under the Reports menu from the main NL screen Customers Billing History Reports Q Customer List See section 9 08 Q Customer Mail Labels See section 9 08 Q Customer Envelopes See section 9 08 Q Billing History Monthly Quarterly Annual See section 9 09 Q Payment History Monthly Quarterly Annual See section 9 09 Q Agency List See section 9 10 Q Agency Account List See section 9 10 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 9 1 Chapter 9 Reports amp Lists cont Order Lists Reports Q Oooo Q Oooo Order List Summary Detail Order List Sponsorships Missing Copy Report Order Rates Bulk Contract Fulfillment Log Reports Log Summary Report Log Detail Report Log Times Report NonLog Charge Summary Report NonLog
549. ue when Invoiced Include Sales Goal Vv Include 0 Orders Vv Get Report 0144 Emergency Brdest System Te 0162 PSA s 0162 PSA s 0110 Steelman Office Products 00 House Accounts Sales Goal of Sales Goal 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0155 Anytown American Legion 0102 Anytown Filley Co 0008 Baptist Bible Hour 0012 Bommer Ford 013 Bommer Tractor 017 Caraway Ford Mercury 019 City Utilities 157 Davis And Logan Insurance 027 Donnie s Western Wear And 031 Dubose Insurance 035 Ehrig Bros Ag Products 158 Ferrell Gas Co 043 First United Methodist Churct 057 Gordens Auto Parts 0059 Gray Valley Electric Coop 4 3 Gray Valley Electric Coop Qoqooqooqoqoooqoo amp Sample for the dl an Nov 2003 through Apr 2004 Sales Projection Report 7 0 00 a T 7 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 150 00 150 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 150 00 150 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 200 00 200 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 100 00 80 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 258 00 276 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 134 00 156 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 100 00 108 00 108 00 96 00 108 00 104 00 256 25 276 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 48 00 54 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 297 20 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 170 00 186 50 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 60 00 300 00 345 00 0 00 0 00 0 0
550. ue for the filtering AND or OR Only if you want to add another filter restriction click the AND or OR selection on the next line and repeat the above entries for the second filter line Continue for as many filter lines as you need Natural Log User Manual Page 9 7 9 04 Report Title and SubTitle Setup Design Screen To set the Title and SubTitle to be printed you first need to display the Design screen by selecting Report Customize Report Format on any report screen After making changes click the Get Report button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default report format i Standard Sales Projection Summary Report Design vin ne coca View Print Help Cancel Report Type S ales Projection Summary Report Name Standard Report Title J6 ales Projection Report Report Sub Title for the period Report Name For customized Reports this is the unique name by which you may recall a customized report design Report Title This is the main title heading to be printed at the top of the printed page in large print Report SubTitle This is a sub heading to be printed as the second line of the page header in medium print See Saving customized report formats See Restore default report format Page 9 8 Natural Log
551. uld make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description lt a Log Templates OO x File Edit Tools Help 0 ai x D D g v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM z Normal Daily Log x Monday x 02 00 AM x Exe nt Scheduled Time Event Description Avail Restriction Fill Priority Fill Code Source 3 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 x pA x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 3 3 3 3 2 40 00 AM amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Page 10 100 Natural Log User Manual 10 39 RushWorks MasterPlay Automation This Log inte
552. upport The software includes a searchable and printable user manual plus extensive indexed help file Pre recorded training class videos and demonstration videos are also available for self guided instruction at the TRAINING link at www nat soft com Additionally live training classes 4 sessions each 2 hours over a 2 day period including question and answer sessions are offered monthly through a high speed Internet connected virtual classroom Call 210 349 5808 to enroll One enrollment connection to this class is free for the first 90 days after purchase After this first free enrollment users may enroll anytime to train new personnel at the then current tuition rate Page 1 2 Natural Log User Manual 1 02 Installing Natural Log 8 Software License Warning The standard software license for Natural Log allows you to install NL8 on one computer Unless you have purchased a multi user license installation on additional computers is a violation of your license agreement If you have purchased the multi user multi station license for NL8 you may install the software on all computers on a single Local Area Network See page 1 10 of this manual for the text of the Natural Log End User License Agreement Installing NL8 on your computer constitutes your acceptance of the terms of the Natural Log End User License Agreement Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Warning To properly install and register NL8 on Windows Vista ands later the user
553. ur printer You may select any available font size for the printout WARNING Font sizes above 12 are not recommended because larger font sizes allow very little information to be printed in columns Margins You may select the desired margins in inches for top bottom left and right Copies When NL8 displays the printer selection screen when you print this report this is the number that will appear in the Number of Copies box on the print selection screen Page 9 10 Natural Log User Manual 9 07 Saving Customized Report Settings Saving Report Format Settings On any Report screen if you make changes to the report settings such as sorting and grouping columns title or filtering you can save the changes to the report format for future use by clicking Report Memorize Report Format You can then instantly recall that modified report format from the Report Name dropdown box when that report type screen is displayed or from the Reports Memorized Reports selection from the main menu w Sample Memorized Reports Show Report Type s All Memorized Reports x ReportType RepottName e al AR Aging Summary DEMO AM AR Aging Summary olx AR Aging Summary DEMO FM AR Aging Summary Sales Projection Summary DEMO AM Projection Summary Report Sales Projection Summary DEMO FM Projection Summary Report Restoring Default Report Format Settings On any Report screen if you make changes to the report sett
554. ural Log if you have not created an initial NL Database you will need to create one using File New Station Simply assign the database a unique Windows compliant filename usually the station call sign Important See Natural Log 8 Database Issues in section 1 04 of this manual before you create your Natural Log 8 database Enter Station Setup Information Click Setup Administrator Controls Station Settings to enter station information and automation setup information if needed This is also where you can create your Invoice and Statement formats return addresses etc as well as set default values for data entry See NL8 Setup Create Log Templates Click Logs Daily Log Templates to setup your initial Log templates If you don t set up initial daily log templates to tell NL where you want commercial breaks and avails to occur when NL creates your daily logs your first log will be empty See Log Templates Enter Customers and Orders Click Traffic Customer Browser to view your customer list and to enter new Customers and Orders See Customer Entry and Order Entry Create Logs Click Logs New to create a new commercial log for a day After it is created using your Log template for that day and the Orders you have entered it will be displayed in the Log Editor for you to edit if needed You can Print the log or do a Log Conversion in the Log Editor to create an Automation Log in the proper format to send to your
555. ural Log User Manual Page 12 1 Natural Log Glossary of Terms Avail Types During log generation NL8 will only put ordered items into avail slots whose Log Template Avail Type matches the Broadcast Order Avail Type Normally the Avail Type in both NL8 Log Templates and Broadcast Order Lines should be Unrestricted This means any item from the Broadcast Order can be logged into any avail slot within the order line s time window The only time you use Avail Types is when you want to force a particular customer s item into a particular avail slot or to reserve an avail slot for a particular type of ordered item such as a program sponsorship or adjacency In that case the same Avail Type must be entered on both the Log template and the Broadcast Order See Avail Types on Log Templates and Avail Types on Broadcast Orders Balance Forward Account Statement This is a type of account statement in NL8 that lists a non detailed beginning balance new activity such as payments invoices and adjustments and en ending balance It does not show individual runtimes which are shown on invoices Also see Open ltem Account Statement Please note that selecting these statement types does not change the internal record keeping of NL8 You can always switch between Open ltem and Balance Forward statements for individual customers without any loss of data Billing Cycle This controls the closing dates for a billing period and allows you to
556. ural Log User Manual Page 9 21 9 13 Report Bulk Contract Fulfillment Report Description This report screen generates a report of showing bulk contracts for a selected period all orders applied to those bulk contracts and the number of spots and cost still pending on the bulk contract To get to this report from the main NL menu select Reports Order Reports Bulk Contract Fullfilment See Bulk Contracts in section 3 11 of this manual for a description of bulk contracts On the General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report On the Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Use the AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Sample Contract Fulfillment Report Report View Tools Help vit coe be ce Memorize Export Print Help Close p Report Settings Filters Contract Fulfillment Report AccRep Custmrs Sample Bulk Contracts Running 10 15 03 to 10 15 03 General Revenue Report is based on Orders Placed through 3 3 04 Aa Sponsor Contract Description Run Dates Broa
557. ural Log main screen select Logs Select an existing Log and then click Open 4 DEMO AM Log for Wednesday October 01 2003 i x File Edit Print Convert Log Editor Settings Reports Tools Help x i th g x jozooam 7 Insert Blank Delete Items Swap ltems Find Item Print Log Help Close Jump to 07 00 AM LogTime CopyID Description _ Length LogType Note OrderLinelD SchedTimes Priority Pr 07 00 AM 0060 Golden Corral Adjacency 0048 001 01 9 00 07 00 AM 07 01 AM 1 NA 1F LOCAL NEWS 0135 Graytown County Hospital Sponsorship 0052 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10AM 1 NS 23 TAPE TSN SPORTS PB 7 50 0071 W B Farm And Ranch Sponsorship 0117 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 15AM 1 NS 34 PLAYER OF THE WEEK WEATHER Weber Buick Sponsorship 0119 001 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 17AM 14WS 12 SUCCESSFUL LIVING Sw Clay Products Sponsorship 0108 001 01 7 43 07 19AM 07 21AM 1 PS 38 Bommer Tractor Spot 0013 003 01 5 75 07 00 AM 08 00 AM 2 Break Enors CinBoard Items Bumped from This Log x Sort Bumped Items by OrderLinelD x Items Bumped from this Log 10 1 03 0049 Asap Paging 730 CA Sponsorship 0007 003 05 Pkg 07 00 PM 08 00 PM 10 1 03 0001 Graytown County Hospital 30 CA Spot 0052 001 01 5 00 06 00 4M 09 00 AM 10 1403 0046 Stan s Furniture 30 CA Sponsorship 0109 002 01 Pkg 07 00 AM 07 10 4M Changing the Log Editor Displa You can adjust the split between the upper Log window and the lower Log
558. use and results obtained from use of the Software 1 LICENSE End User is granted a limited non exclusive license to do only the following A Install and maintain the Software on one computer or multiple computers in a one Local Area Network only if a multi user license is purchased at any time for use only in the End User s own business Until full payment of the License price is paid the End User may only operate the Software in evaluation mode for up to 60 days of use Following payment of the one time License fee Licensor will provide a key to unlock the software for permanent use It shall be a violation of this license to attempt to bypass any copy and evaluation protections built into the software It shall also be a violation of this license to use the software in evaluation mode beyond the 60 day evaluation period B Make one copy in machine readable form solely for backup or archival purposes for the computer on which the Software is installed The Software is protected by copyright law As an express condition of this License the End User must reproduce on the copy Licensor s copyright notice and any other proprietary legends on the original copy supplied by Licensor C Transfer the Software and all rights under this License to another party together with a copy of this License and all written materials accompanying the Software provided i the End User gives Licensor written notice of the transfer including in such notice the id
559. use the scheduled spot times to load the spots They are sequential loaders that is the first spot is loaded into the first avail you have in the AudioVault AV Air system the 2nd spot goes into the 2nd avail and so on As you can see it is vitally important that the avails you have set up in Natural Log Templates match EXACTLY the avails you have in AudioVault AV Air How Natural Log Complies To comply with this empty avail requirement NL8 has a separate automation type AV Air w avails which when selected causes NL8 to send either a valid spot number or a blank avail marker 0000 to AudioVault AV Air for each avail slot you have set up on the Natural Log Template A Natural Log avail slot is designated by at the left column of the event description on the Natural Log Template Natural Log will also send a spot number for any use of amp HH on the Natural Log Template see AudioVault AV Air Commands below so these need to be counted as avails and must be provided an avail slot in AudioVault AV Air If the number if the scheduled SPOTS plus UNUSED AVAILS on a log doesn t match the number of avail slots in AudioVault AV Air the spots and blank avails will load into AudioVault AV Air in sequence but may NOT run at the scheduled time When you get ready to convert a finished log from the Natural Log editor for loading into AV Air the number of lines containing spots plus the number of lines containing avail markers am
560. using the Ctrl Left Click mouse buttons simultaneously to toggle between highlight and non highlight of a log line You may then click Edit Cut to ClipBoard to move the selected items to the ClipBoard Click Edit Copy to ClipBoard to copy the selected items to the ClipBoard f you have items on the ClipBoard you may click Edit Paste from ClipBoard to insert all items currently on the ClipBoard onto the Log at the current Log position Any Cuts or Copies from the Log will clear any existing items from the ClipBoard before the cut or copied items are placed on the ClipBoard These deleted clipboard items if cut from the log will be added to the Bump Error list so they are not lost You may Drag and Drop individual items from the ClipBoard onto the Log or you may Paste the entire contents of the ClipBoard into current selected Log position Page 6 6 Natural Log User Manual 6 03 Log Editor Diagnostics Bump Errors Tab In the Log Editor the Bump Errors list includes all items NL was unable to log due to rule violations plus any items you delete from the log You may drag and drop items from the Bump Errors window by Left Clicking and holding the button down until you have moved the Item to where you d like it to appear When you release the mouse button the item will drop into that slot If there is already an item at that location it will be removed from the log and placed in the Bump Errors list You can also
561. utomation 10 16 Billing Chapter 7 also see Invoices Charging logs to invoices 6 5 7 2 Correcting errors 7 3 to 7 10 Editing invoices 7 5 to 7 9 Electronic Invoices 7 11 Final invoices 7 1 Non Broadcast Invoices 7 13 Mass Changing items 7 7 Re Issue corrected invoices 7 10 Trial invoices 7 1 Billing Basis 3 18 Billing Name 3 8 Billing Cycle Broadcast orders 3 17 Customer settings 3 10 Book Ends 3 37 Booked sales see sales projection report Breaks see Commercial Breaks Broadcast invoices see Invoices Broadcast Month Billing Cycle 3 7 3 10 Defined 12 2 Broadcast Orders Account Rep 3 16 Apply trade credit 3 19 Billing Basis 3 18 Billing cycle 3 17 Book Ends 3 37 Bulk contract 3 15 Commissions 3 19 Complex scheduling options 3 28 to 3 46 Co Op Invoices amp Scripts 3 18 Confirmation 3 13 Confirmation format 2 10 Copying 3 12 Copies of invoice 3 18 Customer screen 3 3 Default data entry values 2 19 Invoice type 3 18 Link to special events template 3 29 List 9 18 to 9 20 Macros 3 34 to 3 40 Order type 3 16 Package Billing 3 19 to 3 21 Product 3 15 Product codes 3 16 Production order 3 14 Purchase order estimate 3 18 Review Approval 2 3 3 22 Retention period 2 3 Revenue Type 3 16 Run Dates 3 15 Special events 3 29 to 3 30 3 41 Spot separation 3 16 Stations 3 15 Browsers Configuring 11 11 to 11 13 Copy Manager 4 1 Customers 3 1 8 2 Transactions 8 3 BSI Simian Automation 10 20 to 10 31 BTSG AutoMax automat
562. utor pays some or all of a local store s ad costs to advertise the manufacturers product This usually requires the submission of invoices and affidavits showing the script actually run See entering Co Op scripts in Copy Manager and printing Co Op script affidavits in order entry Copy This is a single script or prerecoreded item to be scheduled in NL8 During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the individual piece of copy to be scheduled when that order line runs This CopylD should exactly match the AudioCut ID or Filename within your automation system See Automation CopylD Up to 20 alphanumeric characters used to uniquely identify a piece of copy in the NL8 system This CopylD is attached to the order lines so NL8 knows which copy to schedule This must exactly match the ID given the same audio cut in your automation system Copy Schedule This consists of 2 or more individual pieces of Normal Copy and or Packets and or Rotators These items sequentially substitute for each other after the previous piece of copy expires During order entry you just specify the exact CopylD of the Schedule itself to be scheduled when that order line runs When NL creates the log it will find the appropriate individual CopylD within the Schedule and schedule it There is no limit to how many Copy items you can put in a Copy Schedule Credit Adjustment A decrease Credit in the amount a customer owes you other than a payment rece
563. utput send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year is the optional station 110295T1 LOG is Send Log 11 02 95 for station1 Input reconcile log file Not supported Natural Log User Manual Page 10 61 10 19 Generic Text Automation Log ont Generic Text NL DOS format used by Dalet Audisk Pristine RapidFire Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each
564. valid Avail Type NL8 will never insert any spot from a Broadcast Order into this avail unless the spot has an Avail Type designation which matches In this way you can protect your special avails e g sponsorship avails etc If you leave this Unrestricted NL8 assumes that there is no restriction on the use of the avail If you want to make an avail usable for a restricted avail type spot but also allow it to be used for unrestricted spots if no restricted type spot uses the avail you simply put a after the avail type For Example an avail type listed as CS would be used for any CS spots if needed but if it is not needed for a CS restricted spot it can be used for unrestricted avail type spots Log Template Fill Priority Within each hour you can specify the order in which NL8 uses the avails in each hour by specifying a Fill Priority Within each hour NL8 will fill all priority 1 avails then priority 2 etc up to priority 99 In this way you can control how an hour is filled with spots or which commercial sets are used first You can use the same Fill Priority for each line within a commercial break or use different Fill Priorities on each line in a break to force NL8 to skip around between breaks Also by assigning a priority of 100 to 199 or 200 to 299 etc to a commercial avail you can create secondary avails to be used only when all lower level avails priority 0 to 99 are full in all hours of the day Your choices Q Fi
565. vent description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description ea Log Templates File Edit Tools Help D y x oo D g x New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM z Normal Daily Log Monday x 02 00 AM z 3 2 28 00 AM Commercial Break 2 30 3 3 3
566. vered in detail in the following topics You must configure the OpX import filter in OpX before attempting to import a log from NL8 Q Configure OpX Pipe Delimited Import Filter Section 10 49 01 Q Sending commands from NL8 Templates to OpX Section 10 49 02 Q Load next day s OpX Log Section 10 49 03 Q Sending Non Audio Commands from NL8 Broadcast Orders to OpX Section 10 49 04 Q OpX Q Codes Section 10 49 05 Natural Log User Manual Page 10 123 10 49 01 Configure Pipe Delimited OpX Import Filter To use the OpX import merge function you need to use the OpX Edit Settings function and select the appropriate station On the Import Formats tab select the Traffic button and enter the following items Input Folder amp File Specify the folder from which the files are imported This can be any folder you want to use but must match with the folder you select in Natural Log You should also specify the File Template NI8 uses mm dd yyT1 LOG Note the 1 after the T can be any alphanumeric value to designate the station This will be same as that entered in Natural Log during log export for Station Number Log Type Click DELIMITED and set the delimiter to Filter Setup xi General Import Formats Station WOPX The Best ae Music Traffic EY Test Input Folder amp File Input Start and Length for position dependent format or Log Type Position for Delimited Click Next when complete Filter Setup Block Marker
567. vert Log Automation Log to create the Automation Log 44 Create Automation Log Automation Log Type Enco DAD Custom Filter z Automation Log FileName C Temp5100203t1 log Browse i Convert Cancel Enco DAD Cut Numbers The Enco DAD system uses 1 to 5 digit cut numbers from 1 to 99999 which can be entered directly into Natural Log orders All you need to do is enter the Enco DAD cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the number in NL8 exactly matches the number in the Enco DAD including leading 0 s if used Station Number i Log Reconciliation is supported for Enco DAD You must obtain the Enco DAD PlayLog for Natural Log to read the exact spot run times Copy the play log file for the selected single date onto a floppy disc or to a folder on your LAN and use the Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 LOG is Send Log 11 02 95 for station1 Input reconcile log file OAmmddyr DBF mm is month dd is day yr is year OA110295T1 DBF is Read Log for 11 02 95
568. vision Automation system CHTV can use any cut numbers names up to 8 digits of numeric and alphanumeric characters Enter the CHTV cut ID including any leading 0 s into the NL8 CopylD field during order line entry Log Reconciliation is NOT supported for Class Hollwood Automation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year 110295T1 LOG is Send Log Nov 02 1995 for station Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown on next page Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 89 10 33 Classic Hollywood TV Automation cont Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown on below Assu
569. voice to which it is attached using the customer screen accounts receivable tab or customer history and right click on the payment entry listed at the bottom of the invoice screen then click View Transaction Payment 04020025 from 0012 Bommer Ford 7 Bommer Ford Payment Date Payment Method Check Number Payment Amount ee fi 2004 Check an2 257 00 9 30 03 Inv DEMO FM 0012 001 Boehm Ford 9 30 03 Inv 03090018 DEMO AM 0012 002 Boehm Ford amp x Print Receipt Delete Payment Click the Delete Payment or Delete Adjustment button Q Reenter the payment or A R adjustment correctly The deleted payment or A R adjustment will not show up at all in any reports or account statements If require user login is selected in NL8 setup there will be an internal NL8 user log record of the original entry and the deletion for audit purposes Page 8 30 Natural Log User Manual 8 08 01 Correcting A R Adjustment Errors AFTER End Month Closing To correct Accounts Receivable errors before the End of Month Closing see section 8 08 Correcting a payment or A R adjustment after the end of month closing If you notice a payment or A R adjustment is entered incorrectly after the end of month closing is done for the accounting period you will need to enter 1 or more Accounts Receivable adjustments to correct the error Q Debit a positive amount to increase an invoice balance D
570. w merge the logs itself if you desire Simian Cut FileNames NL8 CopyID Simian can use any valid Windows cut ID s Natural Log 8 can also handle these long file ID s only if you use the Simian Pipe Delimited NL8 log All you need to do is enter the Simian cut number for the particular commercial spot into the CopylD field in the Natural Log system when entering the order lines Make sure the cut ID in NL8 system matches the number in Simian Natural Log User Manual Page 10 19 10 08 BSI Simian Automation cont Log Reconciliation is supported for Simian Log Reconciliation is supported for all versions of Simian and WaveStation version 2 71 and later If you do not have a network connection between NL and Simian use Simian s Log View Event Log Select the day s log and then File Save As from the NotePad window and save to any floppy disc or folder from which you want Natural log to read it This is not necessary if Natural log can access the Simian Logs folder across a networked connection Then use NL8 Convert Log Reconcile Schedule Log with Play Log function in the Log Editor section of Natural Log with the day s log loaded into the NL8 Log Editor You will need to use the Browse button to point NL8 to the Play Log Natural Log will read the run times and print a discrepancy report Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyrT1 LOG mm is month dd is day yr is year station T means Tra
571. we will support reconciliation Output amp Input Log FileNames Output send log file mmddyyyy NL mm month dd day yyyy year NL station 11021995 NL1 is Send Log 11 02 95 for station NL8 output log format for BTSG Gen lV only Column Length Field Description 1 8 Scheduled time hh mm ss military time 10 8 Cart number filename to play left justified 20 24 Event description Sponsor name Title etc 45 5 Length in mm ss format 51 24 Reserved for artist name in Natural Log 76 4 Natural Log event pointer for reconciliation 81 4 BTSG Category 86 1 BTSG Sync Code H S or blank Page 10 34 Natural Log User Manual 10 10 BTSG Gen IV Automation cont Gen IV Commands Commands can be sent to the automation such as source switching playing liners etc from the Natural Log system On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the category and command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the category and command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description You must put the BTSG Category followed by a dash and then the cut identifier See examples on the following page Gen lV Play Non Commercial Audio Example Event 0025 shown below Assume you want to play a cut named 1002 from category WX before a commercial break You would enter this as amp WX 1002 in the event description column in the NL8 log templates Th
572. whatever is currently playing ends it will play cut named 0002 Q It will then segue to the next logged item after event 0101 Page 10 28 Natural Log User Manual 10 08 06 BSI Simian Q Codes cont Commercial Break Q Codes Natural Log s default command to Simian is to automatically segue to begin commercial sets so you do not need to send any Q code if you simply want to segue from the preceding music or other audio to the spots in the commercial set To control the start of Commercial Breaks which don t start by automatic seque you need to send one of the Q Codes which is the Simian start code These Q Codes sent immediately before a commercial set only apply to the commercial set which runs at the same time as the Q Code time Automatic Segue Into Commercial Breaks Example Event 0302 show below You want the break at 03 17 00 AM to begin playing automatically after the previous event ends In this example below no Q Code is entered so automatic segue is assumed See the example at log template event 0301 below The first item in that break will have a Q of since none specific Q is listed SKIP TO TIME and Start After Current event ends Example Event 0306 shown below Assume you need to have a commercial break about 03 28 00 AM and you want Simian to skip any unplayed music or other cuts and cue up the commercial break so it is the next to start after 03 28 00 AM See the example at log template event 03
573. y mm is month yr is year 021195 ADS is Send Log Nov 02 1995 for xxBC Automation Commands Natural Log can send commands to the automation such as source switching On the Natural Log Templates simply enter amp and then the command code letter numbers in the Event description NL8 will pick up the command or cut name to play by capturing all characters between amp and the first space in the event description Play Non Commercial AudioCut Example Event 0217 shown below Assume you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 Continued on next page Natural Log User Manual Page 10 93 10 35 SoundBox Automation con Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an op
574. y needs to download a free copy of the Adobe Acrobat reader version 4 or later from www adobe com Then your customer can receive any NL8 printed material from you by e mail such as order confirmation invoices statements etc and print it in exactly the same format as you originally created it A printer named Natural Log PDF Writer is installed into Windows by the Natural Log installer program during Natural Log installation This printer will appear in your list of printers in Windows control panel Do not rename this printer or you will lose the ability to create PDF document files from Natural Log Creating a PDF print file Using this PDF component is very easy When you go to print anything from NL8 you will see printer selection dialogue box including a printer named Natural Log PDF Writer Print HES Printer Name HP Laserdet 2100 Series PCL 6 Properties HP Laserjet 2100 Series PCL 6 Status Natural Log PDF Writer Type HP LaserJet 2100 Series PCL 6 Where LPT1 Comment Tl Print to file m Print range Copies All Number of copies 1 Pages from fo ta po Selection pi el 5 Cancel All you have to do is select the Natural Log PDF Writer as the output printer OR click Print to File Either way a PDF file will be created instead of printing a hard copy This works with any NL8 printed output but is particularly useful for e mailing order confirmat
575. y recording the main copylD plus each tag as individual pieces of copy and scheduling the copy tag combined items as a copy rotator This is the easiest way to rotate tags If instead you wanted to record the main copy only once and the individual tags by themselves you could use macros to combine them together during log generation You d enter a 2 item macro order line with the CopylD of the main spot as one item in the macro and the copylD of a copy rotator containing the tags to be rotated as the second item in the macro Whatever you use as description will appear on the log and invoice affidavit w Order Line 0035 0002 01 Macro Ehrig Bros Ag Products ane Cost 1 Restricte 1 1100 Ehrig Bros Ag Product 55 Spot InRe ed R1100 Ehrig Bros Ag Produ UnRestricted Insert Item Edit Item Delete ltem Print Macro Examples continued on next page Page 3 36 Natural Log User Manual 3 09 01 Macro Examples cont Book Ends Example Suppose you sell a customer book ends allowing them to split their spot and have part run at the top of the break and the remainder run at then end of the break You could enter a 2 item macro order line with the order line position restriction set to book ends 44 Order Line 0158 001 11 Ferrell Gas Co Date Range in which this Order Line runs Saturday September 06 2003 thru Saturday September 20 2003 x RunsfAl Weeks v 01 DEMO AM Time Range allowed for
576. y report screen After making changes click the View Print button to refresh the report You do not need to save the report settings changes unless you want to save them for future use with this report format See Saving customized report formats Also see Restore default report format Standard Sales Projection Summary Report Design oy x in ne coca View Print Help Cancel Create and edit SongList Filters Select Up to 4 Filter Columns for each select a Filter Type and then set The Filter Value Only songs which meet ALL filter requirements will be included Filter Field Comparison Filter Value ZipCode 78003 anD F BilCycleCust j MIE BillCycleCust re Billing ame z CityState rT aooo Clear Filter Contact CreditLimit CustEntryD ateT ime CustlD Filter Field Use this dropdown box to select the data field to be filtered Continued on next page Page 9 6 Natural Log User Manual 9 03 Advanced Report Filtering cont Standard Sales Projection Summary Report Design p x Create and edit SongList Filters Select Up to 4 Filter Columns for each select a Filter Type and then set The Filter Yalue Only songs which meet ALL filter requirements will be included Filter Filter Field Comparison Filter Value ZipCode Me 78003 anD BilCycleCust j fe BillCycleCust
577. yment screen This might be needed if a finance charge was assessed but the customer did not pay it and you want to cancel forgive the finance charge Click to highlight the item to be adjusted and click the Adjust Item button Natural Log User Manual Page 8 11 8 05 01 Receiving Pre Payments When entering a payment from a customer the entire payment amount must be applied to one or more open invoices listed in the bottom of the payment screen If the customer overpaid or pays in advance there won t be invoice s to which you can apply the payment In this case NL8 will need to create a prepayment Q Apply as much as needed to existing invoices if any leaving the balance as UnApplied See section 8 05 of this manual to post a payment Q Click Create Payment and NL8 will open a screen to save the remaining UnApplied amount as a prepayment Fill in required information as described below Be sure to click Save Prepayment before closing the prepayment screen 44 Create PrePayment for 0002 American National Bank Marcia Wiggles amp Associates OF x Prepayment Description Prepaid Credit Create Prepayment for amount 1 000 00 Prepayment may be applied To any Invoice for the specified Station Revenue Type for this Customer C ONLY to an Invoice for the Order specified below OrderNumber Stations LoggingName Estimate PO DEMO AM 9 1 03 TFN DEMO 4M 9 6 03 5 30 04 Apply to Station DEMO
578. you do not compound finance charges do not check revenue type F Apply payments FIRST to Finance Charges THEN to Invoices The default value is unchecked which causes NL8 to apply payments to invoices and finance charges in the chronological order in which they were incurred You may check this box if you want NL8 to apply payments to unpaid finance charges if any BEFORE they are applied to unpaid invoices This is how banks credit payments always to finance charges first then any remainder to principal You can override this during payment entry but this checkbox sets the default method Multi Station users please note Finance charges are separately posted for each station The total finance charge due on an account is allocated among the stations carrying a past due balance in their proportion of the total past due amount 1 If 1 station has a credit balance and other station s have a past due balance on the account the credit balance first offsets the past due balance the finance charge is assessed on this net past due balance and this net finance charge is allocated among stations with past due balance 2 If the finance charge applied is the minimum finance charge amount this minimum finance charge is allocated among the stations that have a past due balance on the account In this way the minimum finance charge is applied to each account only once per period Natural Log User Manual Page 2 5 2 03 User Permission Settin
579. you need to run weather at a certain time each day If weather is named 0009 you could make the entry shown below at event 0217 below This would play 2 30 of commercials followed by the weather NL8 only needs amp 0009 and we inserted Overnight Weather only to make it easier to read Do not use this to schedule billable spots Those are scheduled from broadcast orders as described in chapter 3 of this manual Command Sequence Example Event 0219 shown below Assume you may need to run a sequence of cuts or commands at a certain time each day Assume you want to play a program opener cut 2001 then play a program cut 2002 then play a closer cut 2003 You could enter each item on a separate line or you could make the entry shown below at event 0219 in the Natural Log Templates Note that a single space is inserted between each command or cut and My Way Program is an optional description 44 Log Templates File Edit Tools Help O x D v New Template Insert Line Delete Line Edit Line Insert Break Single Avail Print Help Close Station Log Template Type Log Template Name Log Hour DEMO AM x EER Monday x a J 2 28 00 AM gt Commercial Break x amp 0009 Overnight Weather 2 40 00 4M amp 2001 amp 2002 amp 2003 My Way Program Natural Log User Manual Page 10 113 10 45 AutoPlus Automation Automation Logs are created in the NL8 Log Editor At the Natural Log main scre
580. ype Order Lists Missing Copy Report Sponsorship Report Report Description This report screen generates a summary list of orders You may also print Order Confirmations for a group of selected orders You can also get an order list including only those orders with Missing Copy To get to these reports from the main NL menu select Reports Order Reports Missing Copy Report Q Onthe General tab described below you can select the main settings for the report Q Onthe Sort tab you can control how the report is sorted and grouped See section 9 01 Q Use the Stations AcctRep Revenue and Custmrs tabs to perform basic report filtering as described in section 9 02 Also see section 9 03 if you need advanced filtering to handle complex filtering Q You may customize the report format to select which columns are displayed see section 9 05 the page layout see section 9 06 to select font paper margins and paper orientation and the report title and subtitle see section 9 04 Sample Order List Summary Report Report View Tools Help voted eol SB she che Memorize Export Print Help Close m Report Settings Filters son Sars Order List Sample Customers Running 10 15 03 to 10 15 03 Stations StartDate EndDate AccountRep Reve a 0001 003 Allen s Body Tech Spot Allen s Body Tech TFN 01 Eddy Mun C Cas 0001 Allen s Body Tech 0002 001 American National Bank Spot American National 02 Corey
581. ypes on Log Templates Position On the Order Line entry screen this tells NL8 if the item being scheduled must be placed in a particular position within a commercial break Normally this should be to UnRestricted Choices are UnRestricted default Lastin Commercial Break First in Commercial Break First OR Last in Commercial Break Page 3 26 Natural Log User Manual 3 07 Broadcast Order Line Entry cont Preemption Level On the Order Line entry screen this lets NL8 know how important it is for the item to be logged If you are oversold and NL8 cannot schedule all ordered items it needs to know what items to log first and what items can be bumped if needed Items with Preemption level 0 are logged first then preemption level 2 then 3 and so on Less important items should have inferior preemption levels 7 8 9 so they get bumped More important items should have superior preemption levels 0 1 etc so they are more certain to be logged ANY items not logged are always placed in the log s Bump ltem file regardless of their preemption level CopylD to be Played On the Order entry screen this tells NL8 what specific CopylD to tell your announcer or automation system to play when this Order Line is scheduled If using automation this CopylD is simply the audiocut identifier in the automation system When you click the Change button you will get a screen on which you can select an existing CopylD fo

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

GEBRAUCHSANWEISUNG OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS    取扱説明書（PDF 0.78MB）  NOTE IMPORTANTE - Communauté de Communes Beaucaire  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file